HomeMy WebLinkAboutCouncil Reading File - 2017 Special Provisions and Tech Specs
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
FOR
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
Specification No. 91214A
July 2017
PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
ENGINEERING DIVISION
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
(805) 781-7200
City of San Luis Obispo
Margarita Lift Station Replacement
Specification No. 91214A
Approval Date: July 18, 2017
June 19, 2017
<<Signature Date>>
Margarita Lift Station Replacement
Specification No. 91214A
TABLE OF CONTENTS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
Bid Submission ………………........................………………………………………………………….……… i
Bid Documents …………………………………………………………………………………………………… ii
Project Information …………….…………………………………………………………………………........ .. ii
Qualifications……………………………………………………………………………………………………. .. iii
Award …………………………......……………………………………………………………………………….. iv
Accommodation………………….……………………………………………………………………………….. iv
BID FORMS
Bid Item List …………………….……………………………………………………………………………….... A
List of Subcontractors …………...……………………………………………………………………………… C
Code Section Statements ……..……………………………………………………………………………… .. D
Non-Collusion Declaration …..……………………………………………………………………………….. .. E
Bidder Acknowledgements ….……………………………………………………………………………….. .. F
Qualifications Form …………...………………………………………………………………………………… G
Bidder’s Bond ………………….……………………………………………………………………………….. .. I
SPECIAL PROVISIONS…………….…………………………………………………………………………… 1
APPENDICES
Agreement ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….. 8
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(Separate Table of Contents provided following Special Provisions)
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
i
BID SUBMISSION
Sealed bids will be received by the City of San Luis Obispo at the Public Works Administration Office located
at 919 Palm Street, California 93401, until
2:00 p.m. on August 24, 2017
at which time they will be publicly opened and read aloud. Submit bid in a sealed envelope plainly marked:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement,
Specification No. 91214A
Any bid received after the time and date specified will not be considered and will be returned to the bidder
unopened. Bids received by Fax or Email will not be considered.
By submission of bid you agree to comply with all instruction and requirements in this notice and the contract
documents.
All bids must be submitted on the Bid Item List form(s) provided and submitted with all other Bid Forms
included in these Special Provisions.
Each bid must be accompanied by either a:
1. certified check
2. cashier's check
3. bidder's bond
made payable to the City of San Luis Obispo for an amount equal to ten percent of the bid amount as a
guaranty. Guaranty will be forfeited to the City San Luis Obispo if the bidder, to whom the contract is
awarded, fails to enter into the contract.
The City of San Luis Obispo reserves the right to accept or reject any or all bids or waive any informality in
a bid.
All bids are to be compared on the basis of the City Engineer's estimate of the quantities of work to be
done, as shown on the Bid Item List.
Bids will only be accepted from bidders that are licensed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 9,
Division III of Business and Professions Code.
The award of the contract, if awarded, will be to the lowest responsive bid submitted by a responsible
contractor whose bid complies with the requirements prescribed. If the contract is awarded, the contract
will be awarded within 60 calendar days after the opening of the bids.
Failure to raise defects in the notice to bidders or bid forms prior to bid opening constitute a waiver of those
defects.
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
ii
BID DOCUMENTS
A copy of the plans and special provisions may be downloaded, free of charge, from the City’s website at:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/construction-bids
A printed copy may be obtained at the office of the City Engineer by paying a non-refundable fee of:
1. $65.00 if picked up in person, or
2. $95.00 if by mailing to the office of the City Engineer
Request must include Specification Number. The office of the City Engineer is located at:
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
Standard Specifications and Engineering Standards referenced in the Special Provisions may be
downloaded, free of charge, from the City’s website at:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-online/construction-
documents
A printed copy may be obtained by paying a non-refundable of:
1. $16.00 if picked up in person, or
2. $21.00 if by mailing to the office of the City Engineer
You are responsible to obtain all issued addenda prior to bid opening. Addenda will be available to download
at the City’s website listed above or at the office of the City Engineer.
Contact the project manager, Jennifer Metz at (805) 781-7239 or Public Works Department at (805) 781-
7200 prior to bid opening to verify the number of addenda issued.
You are responsible to verify your contact information is correct on the plan holders list located on the City’s
website at: www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/construction-bids.
PROJECT INFORMATION
In general the project involves construction of a new sewer lift station and appurtenances within City
easement adjacent to an existing lift station. A new sewer force main will be constructed from the new lift
station, west along Margarita Avenue, terminating in an existing manhole within South Higuera Street
The project estimated construction cost is $903,000
Contract time is established as 65 working days.
The fixed liquidated damages amount is established at $1,000 per day for failure to complete the work
within the contract time.
In compliance with section 1773 of the Labor Code, the State of California Department of Industrial
Relations has established prevailing hourly wage rates for each type of workman. Current wage rates may
be obtained from the Division of Labor web site: www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR/PWD/ This project is subject to
compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.
There will be a mandatory pre-bid walkthrough meeting on Wednesday, August 2, 2017. Bidders
should meet at the City’s existing Margarita lift station site located adjacent to 206 Margarita Avenue
in San Luis Obispo at 10 AM.
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
iii
QUALIFICATIONS
You must possess a valid Class A Contractor's License at the time of the bid opening.
You and any subcontractors must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations
pursuant to Section 1725.5 of the Labor Code.
You must have experience constructing projects similar to the work specified for this project. Provide three
similar reference projects completed as either the prime or subcontractor. All referenced projects must be
completed within the last five years from this project’s bid opening date.
Two of the three reference projects must have been completed under contract with a city, county,
state or federal government agency as the prime contractor.
Two of the three of the referenced projects must be for a sewer lift station project.
Failure to provide reference projects as specified in this section and as required on the qualification form is
cause to reject a bid as being non-responsive.
The City reserves the right to reject any bid based on non-responsiveness if a bidder fails to provide a bid
that complies with all bidding instructions.
The City reserves the right to reject a responsive bid based on the non-responsibility of the bidder if the
Director of Public Works or Designee finds, after providing notice and a hearing to the bidder, that the bidder
lacks the
1. knowledge
2. experience,
3. or is otherwise not responsible
as defined in Section 3.24 of the San Luis Obispo Municipal Code to complete the project in the best interest
of the City.
Rejected bidders may appeal this determination. Appeal must comply with the requirements in this Notice
to Bidders.
It is the City of San Luis Obispo’s intent to award the contract to the lowest responsive bid submitted by a
responsible bidder. If in the bidder’s opinion the contract has been or may be improperly awarded, the
bidder may protest the contract award.
Protests must be filed no later than five working days after either:
1. bid opening date
2. notification of rejected bid.
Protest must be in writing and received by the project manager located at:
919 Palm Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401.
Valid protests must contain the following information:
1. the reasons for the protest
2. any supporting documentation
3. the ruling expected by the City to remedy the protest.
Any protest not containing all required information will be deemed invalid and rejected.
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
iv
The City will consider additional documentation or other supporting information regarding the protest if
submitted in compliance to the specified time limits. Anything submitted after the specified time limit will be
rejected and not be considered.
The Director of Public Works or Designee may request additional information to be submitted within three
days of the request, unless otherwise specified, and will notify the protester of ruling within ten days of
determination.
In the event that protester is not satisfied with ruling, the protester may appeal the ruling to the City Council
in compliance with Chapter 1.20 of the City of San Luis Obispo Municipal Code.
Pursuant to the Public Records Act (Government Code, § 6250, et seq.), the City will make public records
available upon request.
AWARD
The lowest bidder will be determined using the BID TOTAL.
As a condition to executing a contract with the City, two bonds each equal to one hundred percent of the
total contract price are required in compliance with Section 3-1.05 of the Standard Specifications.
You may substitute securities for moneys withheld under the contract in compliance with the provisions of
the Public Contract Code, Section 10263.
ACCOMMODATION
If any accommodations are needed to participate in the bid process, please contact Kathryn Stanley at
(805) 781-7200. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (805) 781-7107. Requests should be made as
soon as possible to allow time for accommodation.
BID FORMS
A
All bid forms must be completed and submitted with your bid. Failure to submit these forms and required
bid bond will be cause to reject the bid as nonresponsive. Staple all bid forms together.
THE UNDERSIGNED, agrees that they have carefully examined:
1. the location of the proposed work
2. the plans and specifications
3. read the accompanying instructions to bidders
and propose to furnish all:
4. materials
5. labor
to complete all the required work satisfactorily in compliance with
6. plans
7. specifications
8. special provisions
for the prices set forth in the bid item list:
BID ITEM LIST FOR Margarita Lift Station Replacement, Specification No. 91214A
Item Item Unit of Estimated Item Price Total
No. SS(1) Description Measure Quantity (in figures) (in figures)
1 9 MOBILIZATION LS 1
2 RESIDENTIAL LATERAL
CONNECTION LS 1
3 SHORING LS 1
4 DEWATERING LS 1
5 74,15,73 LIFT STATION LS 1
6 74 ELECTRICAL, CONTROLS,
AND GENERATOR LS 1
7 74 LIFT STATION STARTUP AND
COMMISSIONING LS 1
8 DEMOLITION LS 1
9 15,77 3-INCH AC REPLACEMENT
AND STRIPING SF 3782
10 15,77 THICKENED AC SECTION SF 877
11 64 6-INCH HDPE FORCE MAIN LF 264
12 POTHOLING EA 8
13 12 TRAFFIC CONTROL LS 1
14 RECYCLED WATER SERVICE LF 75
15 NATURAL GAS SERVICE LF 80
16 20 LANDSCAPING LS 1
17 7 OSHA COMPLIANCE LS 1
Bid Total $
Company Name:
(1) refers to section in the Standard Specifications, with modifications in the Special Provisions, that describe required
work.
BID FORMS
B
LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Pursuant to Section 4100 of the Public Contracts Code and section 2-1.33C of the standard specifications,
the Bidder is required to furnish the following information for each Subcontractor performing more than 1/2
percent (0.5%) of the total base bid. Do not list alternative subcontractors for the same work. Subcontracting
must not total more than fifty percent (50%) of the submitted bid except as allowed in section 5-1.13 of the
standard specifications.
For Streets & Highways projects, subcontractors performing less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) worth
of work need not be mentioned. Subcontractors must be registered with the Department of Industrial Relations
pursuant to Labor Code section 1725.5 to be listed.
NOTE: If there are no subcontractors, write “NONE” and submit with bid.
Name Under Which
Subcontractor is Licensed License Number
Address and Phone
Number of Office, Mill or
Shop Specific Description of
Subcontract
% of
Total
Base
Bid
Attach additional sheets as needed.
BID FORMS
C
(Rev 9-07)
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10285.1 STATEMENT
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10285.1 (Chapter 376, Stats. 1985), the bidder hereby
declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the bidder, or any
subcontractor to be engaged by the bidder, has ____, has not ____ been convicted within the preceding
three years of any offenses referred to in that section, including any charge of fraud, bribery, collusion,
conspiracy, or any other act in violation of any state or federal antitrust law in connection with the bidding
upon, award of, or performance of, any public works contract, as defined in Public Contract Code Section
1101, with any public entity, as defined in Public Contract Code Section 1100, including the Regents of the
University of California or the Trustees of the California State University. The term "bidder" is understood
to include any partner, member, officer, director, responsible managing officer, or responsible managing
employee thereof, as referred to in Section 10285.1.
NOTE: The bidder must place a check mark after "has" or "has not" in one of the blank spaces provided.
The above Statement is part of the Bid. Signing this Bid on the signature portion constitute signature of this
Statement. Bidders are cautioned that making a false certification may subject the certifier to criminal
prosecution.
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10162 QUESTIONNAIRE
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10162, the Bidder must complete, under penalty of
perjury, the following questionnaire:
Has the bidder, any officer of the bidder, or any employee of the bidder who has a proprietary interest in
the bidder, ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing a
federal, state, or local government project because of a violation of law or a safety regulation?
Yes No
If the answer is yes, attach a letter explaining the circumstances
PUBLIC CONTRACT CODE SECTION 10232 STATEMENT
In compliance with Public Contract Code Section 10232, you hereby states under penalty of perjury, that no
more than one final unappealable finding of contempt of court by a federal court has been issued against you
within the immediately preceding two-year period because of your failure to comply with an order of a federal
court which orders you to comply with an order of the National Labor Relations Board.
LABOR CODE SECTION 1725.5 STATEMENTS
The bidder has delinquent liability to an employee or the state for any assessment of back wages or related
damages, interest, fines, or penalties pursuant to any final judgment, order, or determination by a court or
any federal, state, or local administrative agency, including a confirmed arbitration award. Any judgment,
order, or determination that is under appeal is excluded, provided that the contractor has secured the
payment of any amount eventually found due through a bond or other appropriate means.
Yes No
The bidder is currently debarred under Section 1777.1 or under any other federal or state law providing for
the debarment of contractors from public works.
Yes No
Attach documentation of registration with the Department of Industrial Relations and date of registration
per Labor Code Section 1725.5(a)(1).
NOTE: The above Statements and Questionnaire are part of the Bid. Signing this Bid on the signature portion
constitute signature of this Statement and Questionnaire. Bidders are cautioned that making a false
certification may subject the certifier to criminal prosecution.
BID FORMS
D
NONCOLLUSION DECLARATION
I, , declare that
I am of ,
the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed
person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not
collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a
false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder
or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone refrained from bidding; that the bidder has not in any
manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid
price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that
of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone
interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the
bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents
thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation,
partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to
effectuate a collusive or sham bid.
Executed on , 20 , in __
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct.
(Signature and Title of Declarant)
(SEAL)
Subscribed and sworn to before me
this _______day of _________, 20_____
Notary Public
Company Name:____________________
BID FORMS
E
Bidder Acknowledgements
By signing below, the bidder acknowledges and confirms that this bid is based on the information contained
in all contract documents, including the notice to bidders, plans, specifications, special provisions, and
addendum number(s) . (Note: You are responsible to verify the number of
addenda prior to the bid opening.)
The undersigned further agrees that in case of default in executing the required contract, with necessary
bonds, within eight days, (not including Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays), after having received a
mailed notice that the contract is ready for signature, the proceeds of the check or bond accompanying his
bid will become the property of the City of San Luis Obispo.
Licensed in accordance with an act providing for the registration of contractors, License No. , Expiration
Date .
The above statement is made under penalty of perjury, and any bid not containing this information "will be
considered non-responsive and will be rejected” by the City.
Signature of Bidder
(Print Name and Title of Bidder)
Business Name (DBA):
Owner/Legal Name:
Indicate One: Sole-proprietor Partnership Corporation
List Partners/Corporate Officers:
Name Title
Name Title
Name Title
Business Address
Street Address
Mailing Address
City, State, Zip Code
Phone Number
Fax Number
Email Address
Date
BID FORMS
F
Qualifications
Failure to furnish complete reference information ON THIS FORM, as specified in this project’s Notice to
Bidders and indicated below, is cause to reject the bid. Additional information may be attached, but is not a
substitute for this form.
Reference Number 1
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid
or did this project include sewer lift
station work?
Yes □ No □
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public
agency?
Yes □ No □
Reference Number 2
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid
or did this project include sewer lift
station work?
Yes □ No □
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public
agency?
Yes □ No □
Reference Number 3
Customer Name & Contact Individual
Telephone & Email
Project Name (Site Address):
Is this similar to the project being bid
or did this project include sewer lift
station work?
Yes □ No □
Describe the services provided and how this project is similar to
that which is being bid:
Date project completed:
Was this contract for a public
agency?
Yes □ No □
BID FORMS
G
ATTACH BIDDER'S BOND TO ACCOMPANY BID
Know all men by these presents:
That we ____________________________________________, AS PRINCIPAL, and
_______________________________________________________, AS SURETY, are held and firmly
bound unto the City of San Luis Obispo in the sum of:
____________________________________________________ Dollars (_____________) to be paid to
said City or its certain attorney, its successors and assigns; for which payment, well and truly to be made, we
bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by
these presents:
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the certain bid of the above
bounden ______________________________________________________________________
to construct ___________________________________________________________________
(insert name of street and limits to be improved or project)
dated _____________________ is accepted by the City of San Luis Obispo, and if the above
bounden _______________________________________________________, his heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns shall duly enter into and execute a contract for such construction and
shall execute and deliver the two bonds described within ten (10) days (not including Saturdays, Sundays, or
legal holidays) after the above bounden,
______________________________________________________, has received notice by and from the
said City of San Luis Obispo that said contract is ready for execution, then this obligation shall become null
and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we hereunto set our hands and seals this ___ day of ______, 20____.
Bidder Principal:
Signature Date
Title:
Surety:
Bidder's signature is not required to be notarized. Surety's signature must be notarized.
Equivalent form may be substituted
(Rev. 6-30-14)
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1
ORGANIZATION
Special provisions are under headings that correspond with the main section heading of the Standard
Specifications. Each special provision begins with a revision clause that describes or introduces a revision
to the Standard Specifications. Any paragraph added or deleted by a revision clause does not change the
paragraph number of the Standard Specifications for any other reference to a paragraph of the Standard
Specifications.
DIVISION I GENERAL PROVISIONS
1 GENERAL
Add to Section 1-1.01 General
The work must be done in compliance with the City of San Luis Obispo, Department of Public Works:
1. City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement Special Provisions
2. City of San Luis Obispo Engineering Standards and Standard Specifications – 2016 edition
3. State of California, Department of Transportation Standard Specifications and Standard Plans –
2010 edition
In case of conflict between documents, governing ranking must comply with section 5-1.02 of the City of
San Luis Obispo’s Standard Specifications.
Failure to comply with the provisions of these sections is a material breach of contract:
1. Sections 6 through 8 of the Standard Specifications
2. Section 12 through 15 of the Standard Specifications
3. Section 77-1 of the Standard Specifications
4. Section 81 of the Standard Specifications
5. authorized working hours
6. OSHA compliance
2 BIDDING
Replace Section 2-1.33A with:
Furnish bid using blank forms provided in the Special Provisions. Bid must include all forms and must be
signed by the bidder.
3 CONTRACT AWARD AND EXECUTION
Upon notification of project award, return:
1. executed contract
2. insurance
3. contract bonds
within five working days after the bidder receives the contract.
5 CONTROL OF WORK
Add to Section 5-1.01 Control of Work General
Adjustments to working hours may be imposed due to public traffic impacts in compliance with section 7-
1.03B.
Add to Section 5-1.13A Sub-Contracting General
A representative of the prime contractor must be on site when any subcontractor is performing contract
work. Contract work will not be allowed to continue until prime contractor’s representative is on site.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
2
Add to Section 5-1.36A General
Repair to damage must comply with the associated sections of the specifications, standards, and plans.
Add to Section 5-1.36D Nonhighway Facilities
Existing third party (non City-owned) utilities are shown on project plans for information purposes only. It is
your responsibility to contact “Underground Service Alert USA” and have site marked prior to start of
excavation or sawcutting. The City of San Luis Obispo is not responsible for any:
1. damages
2. costs
3. delay
4. expenses
resulting from a third party underground facility operator’s failure to comply with stipulations as set forth in
4216.7.(c) of California Government Code.
Add to Section 5-1.43A Potential Claims and Dispute Resolution General
Potential claim forms are located on the City’s website:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-online/construction-
documents
7 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO THE PUBLIC
Add to Section 7-1.02K(1) General
The project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial
Relations.
Add to Section 7-1.03B Traffic Control Plan
For those areas not restricted, work hours are restricted to 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. and construction noise is limited
to the hours of 7 a.m. to 7 p.m. unless otherwise approved by the Community Development Director.
Work hours are restricted to 9 a.m. to 4 p.m. on South Higuera Street.
Provide traffic control plan and traffic control application at or before the preconstruction meeting. Traffic
control plan must be drawn to scale. Traffic control application may be obtained on the City’s website:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-online/construction-
documents
Upon approval of the traffic control plan, the City will issue a no-fee Encroachment Permit. Permittee is
responsible to comply with all conditions of the traffic control plan. Complete work using due diligence in
order to restore free flowing of traffic.
Replace Section 7-1.06 with:
7-1.06A General
Procure and maintain for the duration of the contract, insurance against claims for:
1. injuries to persons
2. damages to property
which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work by your:
1. agents
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
3
2. representatives
3. employees
4. subcontractor
Provide:
1. Commercial General Liability Insurance
2. Commercial General Liability Insurance Endorsement
3. Automotive Liability Insurance
4. Automotive Liability Insurance Endorsement
5. Workers’ Compensation Insurance
6. The Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the City from and against any and
all fines or mitigation measures imposed on the City arising out of the Contractor's actual or alleged
violation of any local, state or federal regulation, as well as all attorney fees, costs and expenses
of any kind which directly or indirectly arise out of or are in any way associated with enforcing this
indemnity provision against the Contractor.
7-1.06B Minimum Scope of Insurance
Coverage must be at least as broad as:
1. Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage:
a. CG 20 10 Prior to 1993
b. CG 20 10 07 04 with CG 20 37 10 01
2. Insurance Services Office form number CA 0001 (January 1987 Edition) covering Automobile
Liability, code 1 (any auto).
3. Workers' Compensation insurance as required by the State of California and Employer's Liability
Insurance.
7-1.06C Minimum Limits of Insurance
Maintain insurance limits no less than:
1. General Liability:
a. $1,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage.
b. If Commercial General Liability or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the
c. general aggregate limit must apply separately to this project/location
d. the general aggregate limit must be twice the required occurrence limit.
2. Automobile Liability:
a. $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.
3. Employer's Liability:
a. $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury or disease.
7-1.06D Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions
Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the City. At the option of
the City, either:
1. the insurer must reduce or eliminate the deductibles
2. procure a bond guaranteeing payment of:
a. losses and related investigations
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
4
b. claim administration and defense expenses.
7-1.06E Other Insurance Provisions
The general liability and automobile liability policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following
provisions:
1. The City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers are to be covered as insureds as
respects:
a. liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of you
b. your products and completed operations
c. premises owned, occupied or used by you
d. automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by you
2. The coverage must not contain special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the City
and its:
a. officers
b. officials
c. employees
d. agents
e. volunteers
3. For any claims related to this project, your insurance coverage will be the primary insurance for the
City and its:
a. officers
b. officials
c. employees
d. agents
e. volunteers.
4. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City is in excess to your insurance and will not
contribute to it.
5. Any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies including breaches of
warranties must not affect coverage provided to the City and its
a. officers
b. officials
c. employees
d. agents
e. volunteers
6. Your insurance must apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is
brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability.
7. Each insurance policy required must be endorsed to state that coverage will not be:
a. Suspended
b. Voided
c. canceled by either party
d. reduced in coverage or in limits
except after thirty days prior written notice provided by certified mail with return receipt requested has been
given to the City.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
5
8. Coverage may not extend to any indemnity coverage for the active negligence of the additional
insured in any case where an agreement to indemnify the additional insured would be invalid under
Subdivision (b) of section 2782 of the Civil Code.
7-1.06F Acceptability of Insurers
Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a current A.M. Best's rating of no less than A:VII.
7-1.06 G Verification of Coverage
Furnish the City with a certificate of insurance showing required insurance coverage. Original endorsements
effecting general liability and automobile liability coverage must be provided. The endorsements are to be
signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All endorsements are to be
received and approved by the City before work commences.
7-1.06H Subcontractors
Include all subcontractors as insured under its policies or provide separate certificates and endorsements
for each subcontractor. All insurance coverage for subcontractors are subject to same requirements as the
prime contractor.
8 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
Section 8-1.02A Schedule
Provide a Level 1 schedule for this work.
Add to Section 8-1.03 Pre-Construction Conference
All listed subcontractors performing contract work must attend the preconstruction meeting.
At a minimum, provide the following submittals at the preconstruction meeting:
1. emergency contact list
2. representative at the site of work authorized to sign extra work tickets
3. representative authorized to sign change orders
4. Caltrans equipment rental rates for equipment used to complete work
5. work schedule
6. traffic control application
7. traffic control plans
8. water pollution control plan
9. location of construction yard
10. location of disposal site
11. evidence construction yard is correctly permitted if construction yard is not your business address
12. evidence disposal yard is correctly permitted.
13. door hanger for notification of adjacent properties
9 PAYMENT
Add to Section 9-1.23 City Billing
After given the opportunity, you fail to complete any of the following:
1. maintain the project site,
2. complete project work,
3. any other cause which requires City staff to complete work at the project site
you must reimburse the City in compliance with section 9-1.23.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
6
DIVISION II GENERAL CONSTRUCTION
13 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
Add to 2nd paragraph in Section 13-1.01A
A minor WPCP plan form may be obtained on the City’s website:
www.slocity.org/government/department-directory/public-works/documents-online/construction-
documents
14 ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
Add to Section 14-9.02A
The City has obtained an annual permit for construction from the Air Pollution Control District (APCD). The
annual APCD permit and construction log files are located on the City’s website:
http://www.slocity.org/publicworks/slostandards.asp
You are required to comply with the APCD permit including all notification and construction logs using the
appropriate equipment. Provide training to all workers in the construction area.
You must comply with section 77-1 of the standard specifications.
Add to Section 14-9.02C
Where contamination is encountered, you are responsible to:
1. monitor
2. record
3. report
H2S and Hydrocarbon FID readings taken every hour during work in the contamination zone or as directed
by the Engineer.
Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) must be used.
Add to Section 14-9.02D
Full compensation for APCD compliance and applicable engineering standards is included in the payment
for other bid items unless a bid item of work is shown on the bid list item.
DIVISION III GRADING
Replace Section 19-1.03B with:
Notify the Engineer prior to removal of unsuitable material. Excavate unsuitable material. Ensure that
unsuitable material is separated from other suitable construction materials or removed from the work area.
Removal of unsuitable material including rock, within contract work area and limits and for which there is
no separate pay item, is paid for in other items on the Bid Item List. Removal of unsuitable material outside
contract work area and limits, as directed by the Engineer, will be paid by force account.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
7
DIVISION VIII MISCELLANEOUS CONSTRUCTION
Add to Section 77-1.01
Excavation and restoration includes removal of concrete.
Protection and restoration of survey monuments and bench marks must comply with Section 5-1.26 and 5-
1.36.
Use Class 2 concrete for thrust blocks and encasement. You may use Class 1, or other approved mix.
77-1.01B Incorporated by Reference
Earthwork must comply with Section 19.
Add to Section 77-3.02B
Joints and Fittings for HDPE must be of the same manufacturer as the pipe.
Add to Section 77-3.04
Thrust blocks and encasement are measured and paid for as part of the unit price for the size and type of
pipe installed.
APPENDICES
8
APPENDIX A - FORM OF AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made on this ______ day of ___________, 20__, by and between the City of San Luis
Obispo, a municipal corporation and charter city, San Luis Obispo County, California (hereinafter called the
Owner) and COMPANY NAME (hereinafter called the Contractor).
WITNESSETH:
That the Owner and the Contractor for the consideration stated herein agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1, SCOPE OF WORK: The Contractor shall perform everything required to be performed, shall
provide and furnish all of the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment, and all utility and
transportation services required to complete all the work of construction of
NAME OF PROJECT, SPEC NO.
in strict compliance with the plans and specifications therefor, including any and all Addenda, adopted by the
Owner, in strict compliance with the Contract Documents hereinafter enumerated.
It is agreed that said labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services shall be furnished and said work performed
and completed under the direction and supervision and subject to the approval of the Owner or its authorized
representatives.
ARTICLE II, CONTRACT PRICE: The Owner shall pay the Contractor as full consideration for the faithful
performance of this Contract, subject to any additions or deductions as provided in the Contract Documents,
the contract prices as follows:
Item
No.
Item Unit of
Measure
Estimated
Quantity
Item Price
(in figures)
Total
(in figures)
1.
2.
3.
BID TOTAL: $ .00
Payments are to be made to the Contractor in compliance with and subject to the provisions embodied in the
documents made a part of this Contract.
Should any dispute arise respecting the true value of any work omitted, or of any extra work which the
Contractor may be required to do, or respecting the size of any payment to the Contractor, during the
performance of this Contract, said dispute shall be decided by the Owner and its decision shall be final, and
conclusive.
ARTICLE III, COMPONENT PARTS OF THIS CONTRACT: The Contract consists of the following
documents, all of which are as fully a part thereof as if herein set out in full, and if not attached, as if hereto
attached:
1. Notice to Bidders and information for bidders.
2. Standard Specifications, Engineering Standards, Special Provisions, and any Addenda.
2. Accepted Bid.
4. Public Contract code Section 10285.1 Statement and 10162 Questionnaire.
5. Noncollusion Declaration.
6. Plans.
APPENDICES
9
7. List of Subcontractors.
8. Agreement and Bonds.
9. Insurance Requirements and Forms.
ARTICLE IV. It is further expressly agreed by and between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict
between the terms of this instrument and the bid of said Contractor, then this instrument shall control and
nothing herein shall be considered as an acceptance of the said terms of said bid conflicting herewith.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have hereunto set their hands this year and date first
above written.
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
A Municipal Corporation
__________________________________
Katie Lichtig, City Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM CONTRACTOR:
Name of Company
________________________________
By:________________________________
J. Christine Dietrick
City Attorney
Name of CAO/President
Its: CAO/PRESIDENT
Rev. 12-28-09
CITY OF SAN LUIS OBISPO
MARGARITA LIFT STATION REPLACEMENT
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 00 – PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
007300 SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL PROVISIONS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
011100 COORDINATION OF WORK, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS
012000 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
015800 TEMPORARY BYPASS PUMPING
017410 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL CLEANING
018110 START UP AND PERFORMANCE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROGRAM
019310 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS
020120 PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
023219 POTHOLING
024100 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, MATERIALS REMOVAL AND DEMOLITION
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
030500 GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
034220 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS
DIVISION 05 - METALS
055300 ACCESS HATCHES
DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
068200 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC WET WELLS
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
099000 PAINTING AND COATING
099720 CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRETE
099752 WAX TAPE COATING
099754 POLYETHYLENE SHEET ENCASEMENT
099761 FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS
DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL
260500 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
260519 WIRES AND CABLES
260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING
260534 CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
260548 SEISMIC RESTRAINS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
260573 SHORT CIRCUIT AND ARC FLASH STUDY
260590 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES
262419 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
263213 STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100KW AND SMALLER)
263623 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK
311100 CLEARING, STRIPPING, AND GRUBBING
312300 EARTHWORK
312316 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING
312319 DEWATERING
314100 SHORING
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
329010 LANDSCAPE PLANTING
DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES
330130 LEAKAGE AND INFILTRATION TESTING
333112 PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
DIVISION 40 - PROCESS INTEGRATION
400500 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS
400515 PRESSURE TESTING OF FORCE MAIN PIPING
400520 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES
400525 SPECIALTY VALVES FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE
401449 PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE
402040 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
402090 PVC PIPE, 3 INCHES AND SMALLER
402097 HDPE PIPE
405000 PCIS GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
405010 PROCESS CONTROL & INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM LOOP
DESCRIPTIONS
405020 INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT
405040 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE
405050 DATA RADIO SYSTEM
405060 SCADA HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
405080 INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL (ICP)
409115 MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS
DIVISION 43 - PROCESS GAS AND LIQUID HANDLING, PURIFICATION, AND STORAGE
EQUIPMENT
432132 SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A – LANDSCAPE PLANS
APPENDIX B – TEMPORARY AND PERMANENT EASEMENTS
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUPPLEMENT TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS 007300-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 007300 SUPPLEMENT TO GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.01 DEFINITIONS
The following defined terms shall be added to the General Provisions. Whenever the
following terms occur in the General Provisions, their meaning is as follows:
CONSULTANT
Michael K. Nunley and Associates, Inc. (MKN) and its
directors, officers, employees and subconsultants
Consultant is not an agent of the City.
OWNER City of San Luis Obispo, CA.
CITY’S REPRESENTATIVE/
OWNER’S
REPRESENTATIVE
The authorized individual, consultant, or other entity,
selected and hired by the City to perform tasks on behalf of
the City during construction of the City’s Project.
CITY’S PROJECT Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONTRACTOR The individual, partnership, corporation, joint-venture, or
other legal entity with whom the City has executed the
construction contract.
1.02 TERMS
A. Command type sentences used in the General Provisions refer to and are directed to the
Contractor.
B. Terms and Conditions contained in this section prevail over the General Provisions.
1.03 TIME FOR COMPLETION AND FORFEITURE DUE TO DELAY
A. Work shall be completed within 65 WORKING DAYS, from and after the issuance of
the Notice to Proceed. Notice to Proceed will be issued 24 weeks after award of
contract, OR upon delivery of pumps and pump control panels, whichever comes first.
B. Forfeiture for each day completion is delayed beyond the time allowed will be at the rate
defined in the Special Provisions. Work hours are restricted on Margarita Avenue to
8:30 AM to 4 PM.
1.04 AUTHORITY FOR THE WORK
The drawings, specifications, and other contract documents for the Work were approved
and adopted by the Governing Body of the City.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUPPLEMENT TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS 007300-2
9 Jun 2017
1.05 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS
The following reports, which have been prepared for the Owner, are available for
review:
A. Geotechnical Engineering Report Margarita Avenue Lift Station and Force Main
Replacement, San Luis Obispo, California, February 18, 2015, Earth Systems Pacific.
B. Categorical Exemption in compliance with CEQA.
1.06 UTILITIES
A. The Consultant has endeavored to determine the existence of utilities along the project
alignment from the records of owners of known utilities in the vicinity of the work. The
positions of these utilities as derived from such records are shown on the plans. Note,
service laterals and connections are not all shown on the plans. The Contractor is
responsible for locating, protecting, and maintaining the operation of all existing utilities
(including service laterals).
B. The Contractor shall conduct his own utility investigation to locate and determine the
true horizontal and vertical locations of existing subsurface utilities in the vicinity of the
project. The Contractor shall field locate and expose underground utilities by potholing
or other acceptable non-destructive methods.
C. If the Contractor discovers conflicting utility facilities not identified in the plans or
specifications or in a position different from that shown in the plans and specifications,
he shall immediately notify by phone and in writing the City's Representative and the
owner of the utility facility.
D. See Specification Section 020120 and the Standard Specifications for City of San Luis
Obispo requirements and procedures regarding the removal, relocation, protection, and
temporary maintenance of utility facilities not identified in the Contract Documents.
1.07 GENERAL SAFETY
In accordance with generally accepted construction practices, the Contractor shall be
solely and completely responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including safety of all
persons and property during performance of the work, and the Contractor shall fully
comply with all state, federal and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to
safety of the public and workers.
The right of the Owner or the Owner's Representative to conduct construction review or
observation of the Contractor's performance will not include review or observation of the
adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUPPLEMENT TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS 007300-3
9 Jun 2017
1.08 CALIFORNIA AND LOCAL REGULATIONS
A. The Contractor is solely responsible for accomplishing all work in a safe manner,
complying with, but not limited to, the following regulations:
1. CAL/OSHA, Title 8, Industrial Relations, Chapter 4, division of Industrial Safety
Orders, Subchapter 4, Construction Safety Order.
2. Title 8, CCR, General Industrial Safety Orders (GISO), Section 5156, Scope &
Definitions, and Section 5159, Confined Space Operations.
3. Title 8, CCR, Construction Safety Orders, Article 4, Sections 1528 to 1531, Dusts,
Fumes, Mists, Vapor, and Gases.
B. Contractor shall submit a notarized letter signed by a principal officer of the corporation
or company certifying the Contractor fully complies with California Code of Regulations
pertaining to the Construction Safety Orders (CSO) and General Industry Safety Orders
(GISO). Review of Contractor’s safety plan by Engineer does not imply that Owner
accepts responsibility for such plans or safety activities.
1.09 WORKER PROTECTION
A. Conform to all federal, state, county, and City safety and environmental protection codes
and regulations. Do not create conditions for which the Owner is subject to citations by
any regulatory agency. Should the Owner be cited for a condition under the control of
the Contractor, the Contractor will be responsible for payment and settlement of said
citation. All safety equipment, including that for confined space entry, shall be provided
by the Contractor at his expense, including safety equipment necessary for use by the
Owner’s Representative.
B. Comply with all applicable regulations for properly storing, handling, transporting, and
disposing of any hazardous waste.
C. Maintain a full-time standby hole watch in case of an emergency. This employee shall
be certified in CPR and have confined space certification and shall be able to comply
with GISO 5157 (Operating Procedures and Employee Training) and GISO 5158 (Pre-
Entry). This employee shall also be fully equipped to operate within the directives of
GISO 5159 (Confined Space Operations). This person shall have his own personal safety
equipment and operating telephone (not the jobsite telephone).
1.10 EXCAVATION SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING PLANS FOR WORKER
PROTECTION REQUIRED BY LABOR CODE SECTION 6705
The Contractor shall submit to the Owner’s Representative for acceptance, in advance of
excavation, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other
provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the
excavation. The plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer. As a
part of the plan, a note shall be included stating that the registered civil or structural
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUPPLEMENT TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS 007300-4
9 Jun 2017
engineer certifies that the plan complies with the CAL/OSHA Construction Safety Orders,
29CFR1926 Subpart P-Excavations, or that the registered civil or structural engineer
certifies that the plan is not less effective than the shoring, bracing, sloping, or other
provisions of the Safety Orders.
The City or their consultants may have made investigations of subsurface conditions in
areas where the work is to be performed. If so, these investigations are identified in the
Contract Documents and the records of such investigations are available for inspection at
the office of the City Engineer of Work The detailed plan showing the design of shoring,
etc., which the Contractor is required to submit to the City’s Representative for acceptance
in advance of excavation will not be accepted by the City if the plan is based on
subsurface conditions which are more favorable than those revealed by the investigations
made by the City or their consultants; nor will the plan be accepted if it is based on soils-
related design criteria which is less restrictive than the criteria set forth in the report on the
aforesaid investigations of subsurface conditions.
The detailed plan showing the design of shoring, etc., shall include surcharge loads for
nearby embankments and structures, for spoil banks, and for construction equipment and
other construction loadings. The plan shall indicate for all trench conditions the minimum
horizontal distances from the side of the trench at its top to the near side of the surcharge
loads.
Nothing contained in this article shall be construed as relieving the City’s Contractor of
the full responsibility for providing shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions which
are adequate for worker protection.
1.11 PERSONAL LIABILITY
No director, officer, employee, or agent of the Consultant or their subconsultants shall be
personally responsible for any liability arising under or by virtue of the contract.
1.12 MODIFICATIONS TO THE GENERAL PROVISIONS
Wherever additional insured parties and their officers and agents are mentioned in the
General Provisions, it shall also mean to defend, indemnify, or hold harmless and shall
include the Consultant and its officers and subconsultants and shall be extended to include
responsibility for damage.
In addition, the construction contractor is required to hold harmless and defend MKN and
their agents, employees and consultants, from all suits and actions, including attorneys’
fees, and all costs of litigation and judgments of any nature and description arising out of
or incidental to the performance of the construction contract or work performed
thereunder. The City, MKN, their agents, employees and consultants shall also be named
as additional insureds in any construction contractor’s insurance policies.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUPPLEMENT TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS 007300-5
9 Jun 2017
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
COORDINATION OF WORK, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS 011100-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 011100 COORDINATION OF WORK, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section generally describes the project and includes permits, and regulations.
1.02 GENERAL NATURE OF WORK
The work involves construction of a new sewer lift station and appurtenances within
City easement adjacent to an existing lift station. A new sewer force main will be
constructed from the new lift station, west along Margarita Avenue, terminating in an
existing manhole within Sough Higuera Street.
1.03 LOCATION OF PROJECT SITE
The project site is located at 206 and 210 Margarita Avenue, and west along Margarita
Avenue to South Higuera Street in San Luis Obispo, California.
1.04 WORK SCHEDULE
Contractor shall submit a Level 1 Critical Path Method Schedule in accordance with the
General Provisions. The schedule shall be submitted to the Owner a minimum of ten
(10) working days prior to the start of construction.
1.05 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A. Easements at 206 and 210 Margarita Avenue are shown on the plans and Appendix B of
the Technical Specifications. Equipment and construction crew parking areas shall be
located within permanent easements and temporary construction easements without
blocking access to City and private landowner operations.
B. The Contractor shall not occupy the project site until after Notice to Proceed, and per
Section 07300. Contractor shall provide City and Property Owner written notice at least
30 days prior to occupying the project site.
C. Maintain site security and operator access to the existing facilities at all times.
1.06 WORKING HOURS
Work hours are limited to City of San Luis Obispo Standard Working hours (M-F 8:00
AM-5:00 PM). Contractor may be required to work outside of normal City working
hours to make connections or tie-ins.
1.07 PERMITS
A. Obtain a “No Fee” Encroachment Permit from the City.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
COORDINATION OF WORK, PERMITS, AND REGULATIONS 011100-2
9 Jun 2017
B. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and paying fees for all permits, excluding
those provided by City as described above, required to execute the work as defined in
the contract documents, including the following if applicable:
Name or Type of Permit Name, Address, Telephone
Number of Permitting Agency
State of California, Department of Industrial
Relations, Division of Occupational Safety
and Health (DOSH):
Permit for Trenching/Excavations
Exceeding 5-feet in depth
CAL/OSHA Field Office
Ventura County
1655 Mesa Verde, Room 125
Ventura, CA. 93003
(805) 654-4581
NPDES discharge permit for discharging
water for dewatering, pressure testing, and
leakage testing
Central Coast Regional Water Quality
Control Board
895 Aerovista Place, Suite 101
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401-7906
(805) 549-3147
Construction Water Permit for water
obtained from fire hydrants owned by City
of San Luis Obispo
City of San Luis Obispo Utilities
Department
879 Morro Street
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012000-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 012000 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.01 WORK LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE OF WORK ITEMS
A. Work under this contract will be paid on a unit price or lump-sum basis as outlined on
the Bid Schedule for the quantity of work installed.
B. The unit prices and lump-sum prices include full compensation for furnishing the labor,
materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work involved to complete the work
included in the contract documents.
C. The application for payment will be for a specific item based on the percentage
completed or quantity installed. The percentage complete will be based on the value of
the partially completed work relative to the value of the item when entirely completed
and ready for service.
1.02 WORK NOT LISTED IN THE SCHEDULE OF WORK ITEMS
A. The General Provisions, Special Provisions, general requirements, and specifications
which are not listed in the schedule of work items of the Bid Form are, in general,
applicable to more than one listed work item, and no separate work item is provided
therefor. Include the cost of work not listed but necessary to complete the project
designated in the contract documents in the various listed work items of the Bid
Schedule.
B. The bids for the work are intended to establish a total cost for the work in its entirety.
Should the Contractor feel that the cost for the work has not been established by specific
items in the Bid Schedule, include the cost for that work in some related bid item so that
the Proposal for the project reflects the total cost for completing the work in its entirety.
1.03 BID ITEM 1- MOBILIZATION
Payment for mobilization shall be made at the time of the first progress payment after
the Contractor has purchased bonds and insurance and moved construction equipment
onsite. Compensation for mobilization shall not exceed 5% of the sum of the other bid
items.
1.04 BID ITEM 2- RESIDENTIAL LATERAL CONNECTION
Payment for the residential lateral connection shall be made on a percent complete basis,
based on the lump sum amount for this item, and shall include full compensation for
furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work involved to
maintain uninterrupted sewer service throughout the project duration and relocating
residential lateral in accordance with the Contract Documents. City will furnish and
install Insert a Tee on sewer main. Contractor to expose upper half of sewer main for the
City at the connection point. Bid item shall include all labor, materials, tools, and
equipment required to construct temporary and permanent residential lateral.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012000-2
9 Jun 2017
1.05 BID ITEM 3 – SHORING
Payment for sheeting, shoring, bracing, and excavation safety measures for the
protection of life and limb, in conformance with the applicable safety orders, shall be
made at the contract lump-sum bid price.
1.06 BID ITEM 4 – DEWATERING
Payment for dewatering shall be made on a percent complete basis, based on the lump
sum amount for this item, and shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor,
materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work to dewater trenches and
excavations for the work per the Contract Documents, including obtaining and
complying with the requirements of the City’s pretreatment permit.
1.07 BID ITEM 5 - LIFT STATION
Payment for furnishing and installing the lift station shall be made on a percent complete
basis, based on the lump sum amount for this item, and shall include full compensation
for furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work involved
in accordance with the Contract Documents including but not limited to installation of
wet well, valve, vault, meter vault, approach manhole, and site appurtenances and
improvements as shown on Sheet C-103. This bid item shall include all the necessary
labor, tools, materials, and equipment required to do all the work involved.
1.08 BID ITEM 6 – ELECTRICAL, CONTOLS, AND GENERATOR
Payment for this lump sum bid item shall be made on a percent complete basis, based on
the lump sum amount for this item, and includes full compensation for furnishing and
installing all electrical and instrumentation items as shown on the Electrical and
Instrumentation Drawings and Specifications. This bid item shall include all the
necessary labor, tools, materials, and equipment required to do all the work involved.
1.09 BID ITEM 7 – LIFT STATION STARTUP AND COMMISSIONING
Payment for startup and commissioning shall be made on a percent complete basis,
based on the lump sum amount for this item, and shall include full compensation for
furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work to perform
lift station start up tasks and filed testing as shown on the plans and in Section 018110
including but not limited to: field testing of individual components, furnishing and
installation of temporary force main and sewer connections, removal of temporary
connections, system start-up, performance acceptance testing for seven days, and
calibrated test equipment.
1.10 BID ITEM 8 – DEMOLITION
Payment for this lump sum bid item shall be made on a percent complete basis, based on
the lump sum amount for this item, and includes full compensation for demolition and
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012000-3
9 Jun 2017
salvage in accordance with the Contract Documents. This bid item shall include all the
necessary labor tools, materials, and equipment required to do all the work.
1.11 BID ITEM 9 – 3-INCH AC REPLACEMENT AND STRIPING
Payment for paving and striping shall be on a square foot basis installed based on a 3-
inch thick section. The unit cost shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, and equipment associated with performing all work involved
including but not limited to removal and disposal of existing pavement, removal and
disposal of subgrade materials, compaction of existing base, placement of aggregate
base, placement of new pavement, surface finishing; connection to existing pavement,
and striping.
1.12 BID ITEM 10 – THICKENED AC SECTION
Payment for paving and striping shall be on a square foot basis installed based on a 5-
inch thick section. The unit cost shall constitute full compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, and equipment associated with performing all work involved
including but not limited to removal and disposal of existing pavement, removal and
disposal of subgrade materials, removal and disposal of base materials, placement and
compaction of aggregate base, placement of new pavement, surface finishing;
connection to existing pavement, and striping.
1.13 BID ITEM 11 – 6-INCH HDPE FORCE MAIN
Payment for furnishing and installing force main shall be by the linear foot of 6-inch
HDPE pipe installed. The unit costs shall include full compensation for furnishing all
labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all work involved to provide the 6-inch
HDPE pipe in place and operational in accordance with the Contract Documents. This
bid item shall include all the necessary labor tools, materials, and equipment required to
do all the work.
1.14 BID ITEM 12 – POTHOLING
Payment for potholing shall be made on a unit cost basis. The unit cost shall constitute
full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, and equipment associated
with performing all work involved for each test hole excavation as shown on the plans
and Specification Section 023219, including providing the Contractor’s pothole
excavation field logs/reports to the Owner. Pothole work performed for the Contractor’s
convenience shall be paid as part of the Bid Item the work is done for. No separate
payment shall be made.
1.15 BID ITEM 13 – TRAFFIC CONTROL
Payment for traffic control shall be made on a percent complete basis, based on the lump
sum amount for this item, and shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor,
materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work involved to implement Traffic
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 012000-4
9 Jun 2017
regulation/control throughout the project duration in accordance with the Contract
Documents and City standards.
1.16 BID ITEM 14 – RECYCLED WATER SERVICE
Payment for the recycled water service shall be by the linear foot of 2-inch recycled
water pipe installed and shall include full compensation for furnishing the labor,
materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work involved in accordance with the
plans and specifications. This bid item shall include all the necessary labor tools,
materials, and equipment required to do all the work.
1.17 BID ITEM 15 – NATURAL GAS SERVICE
Payment for the natural gas service shall be by the linear foot of gas pipe, and shall
include full compensation for furnishing the labor, materials, tools, and equipment and
doing all the work involved in accordance with the plans and specifications and gas
utility company requirements. This bid item shall include all the necessary labor tools,
materials, and equipment required to do all the work.
1.18 BID ITEM 16 – LANDSCAPING
Payment shall be on a percent complete basis based on the lump sum amount and shall
include full compensation for furnishing the labor, materials, tools, equipment, and
doing all the work involved for landscaping as detailed in the contract documents, and
shall include, but is not limited to: planting plants, placing ground cover, mulching,
placing weed fabric, and all other landscaping work shown on the plans and detailed in
the specifications. This bid item shall include all the necessary labor tools, materials, and
equipment required to do all the work.
1.19 BID ITEM 17– OSHA COMPLIANCE
Payment for this lump sum bid item shall be made on a percent complete basis, based on
the lump sum amount for this item, and includes full compensation for all equipment,
labor, and materials necessary to comply with applicable OSHA standards for the
duration of this work.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TEMPORARY SEWAGE BYPASS PUMPING 015800-1
9 June 2017
SECTION 015800 TEMPORARY SEWAGE BYPASS PUMPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This specification covers work and equipment required for temporarily diverting sewage
around work areas or interrupting flow for a short duration. Bypass pumping includes
furnishing, installing, operating and maintaining all power, primary and standby pumps,
appurtenances, bypass piping, and all the tools, labor, supervision, materials, and
equipment necessary to maintain existing sewer flows and services and conforming with
the Contractor’s submitted Bypass Pumping Plan and Spill Prevention Control and
Countermeasure Plan. The Contractor shall schedule work to minimize service outages.
The Contractor may perform short duration shutdowns as specified herein. Performing
Short Duration Shutdowns includes furnishing, installing, operating and maintaining all
power, standby pumps, appurtenances, standby piping, and all the tools, labor,
supervision, materials, and equipment necessary to conform to the Contractor’s submitted
Short Duration Shutdown Plan and Spill Prevention Control and Countermeasure Plan.
Short duration shutdowns may also include collecting and transporting sewage to the City
wastewater treatment plant via truck. The maximum duration of a planned short duration
sewer shutdown shall be 24 hours and shall occur in coordination with the Owner and
only during the Contractor’s working hours while work necessitating the shutdown is
performed. In addition to submitting the shutdown plan(s), the Contractor shall provide a
minimum of 72 hours written notice prior to the actual need for sewer shutdowns.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Commissioning: 018100.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Submit a Bypass Pumping Plan and/ or a Change Over Plan and Short Duration Shutdown
Plan depending on the Contractor’s plan of action.
A. Bypass Pumping Plan.
Submit a bypass pumping plan prepared by a licensed California Professional
Engineer to the Owner’s Representative for review a minimum of 10 days prior to
any planned bypass. The Owner’s written permission shall be obtained prior to
bypass pumping. The bypass pumping plan shall consist of the following
information, at a minimum, for each bypass pumping setup:
1. Sequence of sewage flow interruption, bypass and tie-ins.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TEMPORARY SEWAGE BYPASS PUMPING 015800-2
9 June 2017
2.Plans indicating the location of temporary sewer plugs and bypass discharge
lines. Drawings shall clearly indicate the proposed intake-to-discharge
pumping sequence and shall be coordinated to minimize impact to existing
Lift Station operations.
3.Capacities of pumps, prime movers, and standby equipment. A completely
redundant bypass system is required including pumps and appurtenances.
4.Design calculations proving adequacy of the system and selected equipment.
This is to include any flow metering data collected, method used to establish
design flows, and design flows used for sewer bypass system sizing.
5.Pump make, model, pump curve, design head (TDH) calculations,
horsepower requirement, and noise rating.
6.Sewage bypass pipe material, fitting types, and details on necessary
appurtenances, including pipe plugs.
7. Method for securing plugs to prevent floating downstream.
8.Plans showing details of proposed method of temporary handling of sewage
flow, routing of bypass lines, containment areas, equipment location,
schematic of pump set-up and discharge, and proposed sequencing.
9.Electrical, controls, and instrumentation.
10.Spill Prevention, control, and countermeasure plan.
B. Change Over Plan
Submit a written change-over plan to the Owner’s Representative for review a
minimum of 14 days prior to decommissioning any segment of the existing sewer or
process equipment and/ or constructing tie-in connections for new sewer or process
equipment. The Owner’s written permission shall be obtained prior to any
shutdowns. The change-over plan shall consist of the following information, at a
minimum:
1.Sequence of flow interruption, short duration shutdowns, construction of tie-
ins, construction of interference manhole, and abandonment or removal of
existing sewers and manholes.
2.Plans indicating the location of temporary sewer plugs, standby pump(s),
discharge lines and other standby equipment.
3.Capacities of pumps and standby equipment.
4.Checklist for equipment, material and manpower required to complete the
change-over in a timely fashion in conformance with the plans and
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TEMPORARY SEWAGE BYPASS PUMPING 015800-3
9 June 2017
specifications. All equipment, material and manpower shall be on-site and
ready prior to initiating the change-over. The Contractor shall also have
backup equipment and material on hand and shall be prepared to pursue the
completion of the change-over in an efficient diligent and timely manner.
5. Spill Prevention, control, and countermeasure plan.
C. Short Duration Shutdown Plan
Submit a written short duration shutdown plan to the Owner’s Representative for
review a minimum of 10 days prior to any planned shutdowns. The Owner’s written
permission shall be obtained prior to any shutdowns. The short duration shutdown
plan shall consist of the following information, at a minimum, for each setup:
1. Sequence of flow interruption and construction of tie-ins, including new
manholes and sewers.
2. Location and duration of planned short duration shutdowns.
3. Plans indicating the location of temporary sewer plugs, standby pump(s),
discharge lines and other standby equipment.
4. Capacities of pumps and standby equipment.
5. Checklist for equipment, material and manpower required to complete the
tie-in in a timely fashion in conformance with the plans and specifications.
All equipment, material and manpower shall be on-site and ready prior to
initiating the sewer shutdown. The Contractor shall also have backup
equipment and material on hand and shall be prepared to pursue the
completion of the tie-in in an efficient diligent and timely manner.
6. Spill Prevention, control, and countermeasure plan.
1.04 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Schedule the order of work to minimize bypass pumping and/or shutdown durations.
B. Protection
Ensure that treatment operations are not disrupted. Waste Discharge Limits per the
Regional Water Quality Control Board order are to be met at all times during
construction. All bypassed flow shall be discharged into a downstream manhole,
pond, or distribution box to maintain adequate treatment and operation of the Lift
Station. No bypassing to the ground surface, receiving streams, storm drains, or
bypassing which may result in groundwater contamination or potential health
hazards shall be permitted.
C. Bypass conditions
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TEMPORARY SEWAGE BYPASS PUMPING 015800-4
9 June 2017
1. Each bypass pump shall be capable of handling a Peak Hour Flow of 170
gallons per minute. Confirm Peak Hour Flow with Owner’s Representative
prior to preparing bypass plan.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PUMPING EQUIPMENT
Engines shall be muffled in such a manner that the maximum noise level will not exceed
80 dBA at a distance of eight feet from motors. Implement sound damping measures.
Standby pumping equipment shall be at the site continuously during bypass pumping or
short duration shutdown to provide 100 percent standby pumping capacity. The standby
pumps shall be connected to piping such that if the bypass duty pump fails or if
interrupted sewage accumulates beyond an acceptable level, the standby pump will be
online immediately.
2.02 BYPASS PIPING
Bypass piping shall be aluminum, galvanized steel, or fusion-welded solid wall HDPE.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SEWER BYPASSING
A. Sewer bypassing shall be accomplished by pumping or diverting the upstream flow
around the work.
B. Provide temporary pumps, bypass pipe, and other equipment to bypass the sewer
flow. Furnish the necessary labor, tools, equipment, and supervision to set up,
operate, and monitor the pumping and bypass system. Pumps and bypass lines shall
be of adequate capacity and size to handle projected flows. All bypassed flow shall
be discharged into a downstream manhole, pond, distribution box, infiltration basin,
or other structure to maintain treatment. Pumps and entire bypass line shall have a
sandbag berm to act as a temporary containment area.
C. Under no circumstances shall sewage or solids be deposited onto the ground
surface, streets, or into ditches, catch basins, storm drains or natural drainage ways.
Sewage shall be handled in a manner so as not to create a health hazard. Swales and
drainage paths in the vicinity of the bypass shall be sandbagged prior to and during
bypass pumping.
D. Maintain continuity of treatment works connected to the bypassed sewer during the
execution of the work. In the event that sewage backup occurs during Contractor
bypass pumping, the Contractor shall cleanup, repair, pay property damage costs,
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TEMPORARY SEWAGE BYPASS PUMPING 015800-5
9 June 2017
pay fines imposed by jurisdictional authorities, and handle all claims arising
therefrom. All spills shall be contained and returned to the sewer system.
E. Provide a designated employee(s) who is to be responsible for monitoring the
bypassing operation, and all related equipment.
F. Complete a bypassing checklist prior to bypassing operation. The checklist will
demonstrate the step-by-step inspection of the pumps, pipes, hold-down cables,
plugs, and other equipment or appurtenances that will be used in the operation and
sign the checklist.
3.02 STANDBY EQUIPMENT
Maintain on site sufficient equipment and materials to ensure continuous and successful
operation of the bypass and dewatering systems. Standby pumps shall be fueled and
operational at all times. Maintain on site a sufficient number of valves, tees, elbows,
connections, tools, sewer plugs, piping and other parts or system hardware to ensure
immediate repair or modification of any part of the system as necessary.
3.03 SPILL PREVENTION, CONTROL AND COUNTERMEASURE PLAN
Prepare, submit and carry out a spill prevention, control and countermeasure plan that
incorporates the following:
A. Include or reference in the plan, materials provided as submittals per Part 1.02
above.
B. Provide in the plan a description of all emergency equipment for bypassing flow,
containment, cleanup, and repair of any damage. Specifics shall include as
applicable, but are not limited to:
1.Pipe patch kits
2.Sand bags
3.Rubber matting
4.Bypass pipes, pumps, and other relevant equipment
5.Extra pumps
6.Secondary containment in trench or other surrounding land relief
C. Maintain equipment on site.
D. Provide the Owner with at least two (2) people who can be contacted 24 hours per
day by phone and be at the site within 1 hour to address onsite emergencies.
Provide notification of any substitution in writing at least two days in advance.
When bypassing flows, have at least one person available 24 hours per day to
implement the emergency procedures in case of an emergency.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TEMPORARY SEWAGE BYPASS PUMPING 015800-6
9 June 2017
E. Describe the method used to protect storm drains, waterways, and drainages during
construction on the plan. The description shall include where the storm drains are
located (simple map of sewer pipe, storm drains, waterways, and any relief features)
and information that would assist in containing the spill. The plan shall describe
how storm drains will be blocked in the event of a spill (what material, who will do
it, how long will it take). Describe any other response-related plans (bypass
pumping set ups, etc.).
F. Coordinate the plan to protect water quality and respond to spills of sewage,
groundwater, or fuels. Describe all spill prevention measures (e.g. monitoring of
upstream manholes, monitoring in the trench).
G. In general, good housekeeping is required so no contamination reaches surface
waters or storm drains when it rains. Some specifics include, but are not limited to:
1.Prior to start of bypassing, all storm drain catch basins that are within the
vicinity of the work that could possibly take in sewage in the event of a spill
shall be isolated with sandbags or other approved means.
2.Oil pans should be under any engine that leaks oil.
3.Spill response as covered below.
H. Spill procedures shall be incorporated into the plan in anticipation of the described
failure mode, and the Contractor shall be prepared to act accordingly. If a spill is
detected or a catastrophic pipe failure occurs, the immediate priority shall be to
prevent any sewage from reaching surface waters and storm drainages. Immediately
protect all drainage paths using sand bags (have sand bags on site).
I. Comply with the Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Luis Obispo County
Health Department, and Owner Standards. Cooperate with Owner’s staff and other
regulators and environmental agencies.
3.04 DAMAGES
Without cost to the Owner, repair any damage that may result from the installation,
operation, maintenance, and removal of the sewer bypass pumping system or short
duration shutdown system. This includes but is not limited to damages resulting from
inadequate or improper installation, operation and maintenance of the bypass or
interruption system components, mechanical failures, or electrical failures.
If Owner staff is called on to assist, the Contractor shall pay for all costs incurred by the
Owner in assisting the Contractor.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station
CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL CLEANING 017410-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 017410 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL CLEANING
1.01 GENERAL
A. This section includes cleaning during construction and final cleaning on completion of
the work.
B. At all times maintain areas covered by the contract and adjacent properties and public
access roads free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by
construction operations.
C. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and
antipollution laws. Do not burn or bury rubbish or waste materials on project site. Do not
dispose of volatile wastes, such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner, in storm or
sanitary drains. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.
D. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned.
1.02 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. During execution of work, clean site, adjacent properties, and public access roads and
dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish to assure that buildings, grounds, and
public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish.
B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust.
C. Provide containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish.
D. Cover or wet excavated material leaving and arriving at the site to prevent blowing dust.
Clean the public access roads to the site of any material falling from the haul trucks.
1.03 SITE CLEANING PRIOR TO LANDSCAPING
Remove concrete, concrete wash, stucco splatter, overspray, and all other wastes and
debris prior to final grading and landscaping.
1.04 FINAL CLEANING
A. At the completion of work and immediately prior to final inspection, clean the entire
project site as follows.
B. Clean, sweep, wash, and polish all work and equipment including finishes.
C. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from
sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish surfaces.
D. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station
CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION AND FINAL CLEANING 017410-2
9 Jun 2017
E. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean landscaped areas.
F. Remove from the site temporary structures and materials, equipment, and appurtenances
not required as a part of, or appurtenant to, the completed work.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROGRAM 018110 - 1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 018110 START UP AND PERFORMANCE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROGRAM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
Provide planning, functional completion testing, startup and commissioning as indicated and
specified.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Supplement to General Provisions: 007300.
B. Temporary Sewage Bypass Pumping: 015800.
C. PCIS General Requirements: 405000.
1.03 REFERENCES
A. Hydraulic Institute Standards
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a performance acceptance testing procedure to the Owner’s Representative for
review at least 30 days prior to systems startup, and prior to system testing.
B. Submit plan to maintain emergency use of existing lift station if necessary during startup
and commissioning period. Submit method of providing temporary connection between
existing lift station and force main.
PART 2 – MATERIALS
(Not used)
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.01 INTERFACE BETWEEN CONTRACTOR AND OWNER
It is the intent of this section that, during Preliminary Matters, System Start-Up and Performance
Acceptance Testing:
A. The ownership of the project shall remain with the Contractor.
B. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to test, commission, and maintain the
systems provided, assuming a 24-hour working day, seven days a week, beginning 7 days
prior to the use of the newly constructed facilities or equipment. The Contactor shall
supply all personnel required to assure all systems associated with the project are
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROGRAM 018110 - 2
9 Jun 2017
commissioned and operate according to the specified design criteria. These systems
include but are not limited to mechanical, electrical, instrumentation, controls, etc.
C. Instrumentation Coordination
Provide personnel and equipment for the test period specified in the specifications to
demonstrate that the entire Lift Station’s control system functions properly.
3.02 LIFT STATION START-UP & FIELD TESTING
A. Description
1. This section includes system start-up and testing for the Lift Station system. The
entire system shall be operated and tested under actual operating conditions prior
to project acceptance
2. Provide temporary connection between existing lift station and force main to
facilitate emergency use of the existing lift station during the testing, startup and
commissioning of the new lift station facilities.
3. The system shall be placed in operation by accomplishing the following three
steps:
a. Preliminary Matters – field testing of individual components during the
Contract Time, which may be accomplished one at a time.
b. System Start-up – starting the system under operational conditions and
showing it will work for the specified length of time, which shall be
accomplished before system performance acceptance testing.
c. Performance Acceptance Testing – proving that the entire Work will
function properly as a system, each individual component shall operate
within the system and that the system shall function to meet the specified
standards over a stated period of time. The new lift station shall remain in
uninterrupted operation for seven (7) consecutive days before requesting
approval in writing to commence demolition of the existing Margarita Lift
Station. Demolition of the Lift Station shall not commence until written
approval from the Owner’s Representative is obtained
4. The City will proved recycled water free of charge for the Contractor’s use during
Preliminary Matters and System Start-up.
B. Testing Equipment
1. Calibrate instrumentation to be used in each Performance Acceptance Test and
submit proof of calibration to the Owner’s Representative.
2. Install 24-hour test recorders to each motor starter for the purpose of the tests only
and remove them upon contract closeout.
C. Preliminary Matters
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROGRAM 018110 - 3
9 Jun 2017
1. Conduct (or have previously conducted, whichever is appropriate) all field
inspections as defined in the individual specification sections, installation checks,
instrumentation start-up and debugging (where appropriate) hydrostatic tests,
performance tests, and necessary corrections required, to demonstrate that
individual components of the Work have been properly erected and found to
operate in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that they can be utilized
for their intended purposes.
2. Remove all electrical jumpers, bypasses or other items connected to the equipment
which are not intended to remain in the facility and are not required by the
specifications other than test recorders. Demonstrate that each component is
operating under its own control as designated.
3. Confirm that all electrical circuits are energized in the automatic position, that
valves and gates are set to their normal position and that the flow path through the
Work is unobstructed.
D. System Start-Up
1. Provide personnel and equipment as necessary during the system start-up period to
perform the system start-up tasks. Coordinate preliminary matter activities with the
Owner’s operating personnel and the Owner’s Representative prior to commencing.
2. The systems start-up will be accomplished as outlined below.
3. The system start-up for the new Margarita Lift Station will be deemed to be
completed after:
a. Adjustments to the control equipment and associated systems have been
made.
b. All the system equipment is operating as specified.
4. Initiate component start-up in accordance with the manufacturer’s operation and
maintenance manual.
5. Coordinate with Owner’s Representative for any adjustments desired or
operational problems requiring debugging.
6. Make adjustments as necessary to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.
7. Coordinate manufacturer representative site visits to inspect the equipment and
certify in writing that the equipment has been installed properly and is operating
properly. This certification shall include that all auxiliary equipment have been
installed properly and function in accordance with the manufacturer’s
specifications.
8. Operate the facilities in a manner to test alarms, controls, operating pressure, flow,
interlocks, and all other auxiliary components and sub-systems. Repair or replace
equipment that does not respond to the interlocks, alarms, controls and sub-
systems designed. The system must operate successfully during this testing period
in the manner intended. If the system does not operate successfully, correct the
problem(s) and start the test over.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROGRAM 018110 - 4
9 Jun 2017
E. Performance Acceptance Testing (PAT)
1.Performance acceptance testing shall not proceed until the following items are
completed:
a.Completion of Preliminary Matters and System Startup.
b.The written test procedure has been submitted and accepted by the Owner's
Representative.
2.The design criteria for this project are fully defined in the contract documents.
Confirm existing conditions with Owner’s Representative.
3.After completion of the system start-up, undertake the performance acceptance testing
in the presence of the Owner’s Representatives. Provide all personnel and equipment
as necessary during the system testing period to complete the tasks. The Owner’s
Representative will direct the Contractor relative to required unit operation and
performance under the varying operating conditions.
4.During the performance acceptance testing period, operate the facilities in a manner to
test alarms, controls, interlocks, and all auxiliary and sub-systems. Repair or replace
equipment that does not respond to the interlocks, alarms, and controls designed.
5.The performance acceptance testing will be conducted for seven (7) consecutive days
24 hours per day utilizing wastewater flow entering the Lift Station. The work must
operate successfully during the performance acceptance testing period in the manner
intended. If the work does not operate successfully, correct the problem(s) and start
the test over from day one.
6.During the performance acceptance testing, operate the pumps for the duration of the
test, during which time no repairs or adjustments shall be required. Assure that pumps
operate as designed and specified in response to wet well level controls, and operates
without evidence of vibration in excess of that allowed by the Hydraulics Institute
Standards. Repair, replace, or realign motors, shafts, and impellers and retest.
7.Where field tests are required for pumps and no meters are in the associated piping,
provide temporary meters and flow recorders.
8.During the performance acceptance system testing period, operate the Work, instruct
designated Wastewater Collections personnel in the function and operation of the
Work, and cause various operational circumstances to occur. As a minimum, these
circumstances will include average and peak daily flows, random equipment failures,
surcharges, and bypasses. Acceptability of the Work’s performance will be based on
the work performing as specified under these actual and simulated operating
conditions and as defined in the contract documents. The intent is for the Contractor
to demonstrate to the Owner’s Representatives that the Work will function as a
complete and operable system under normal as well as emergency operating
conditions and is ready for acceptance.
9.Submit weekly reports to the Owner’s Representative presenting performance data
commencing when the system startup has commenced and ending with substantial
completion of the work.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STARTUP AND PERFORMANCE ACCEPTANCE TEST PROGRAM 018110 - 5
9 Jun 2017
These reports shall describe the daily data of unit processes and include summaries of
any equipment failures, overflows, surcharges, or any other circumstances outside of
normal operations, as well as procedures to repair or otherwise correct the situation
(performed or planned).
It is the intent that during the performance acceptance testing period, the Owner’s
Representative will evaluate these reports and estimate the performance of each unit
process.
Based on these evaluations, the Owner’s Representative will direct the Contractor to
further investigate and correct unit processes that are believed to be performing below
their expected design criteria.
10. The new lift station shall remain in uninterrupted operation for seven (7) consecutive
days before requesting approval in writing to commence demolition of the existing
Margarita Lift Station. Demolition of the existing Margarita Lift Station shall not
commence until written approval from the Owner’s Representative is obtained
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 019310-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 019310 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
1.01 GENERAL
Submit six copies of all manufacturer's operation and maintenance manuals and data
pertinent to equipment supplied for the project. Prepare and organize the material in
three-ring binders with divider tabs and labels. Include a table of contents. Include a CD
of all catalog data in pdf format and all drawings in both pdf and CADD formats. All pdf
files shall be formatted to allow word search.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittals shall include:
1. List of equipment furnished for project with name, address, and telephone number
of each vendor.
2. List of serial numbers of equipment furnished.
3. A copy of shop drawings for mechanical, electrical, and instrument equipment in
final form.
4. Manufacturer's operation and maintenance instructions and parts lists.
5. Tabulation of motor nameplate horsepower, nameplate current, field-measured
current, overload relay setting, and catalog number for polyphase motors.
6. List of fuses, lamps, seals, and other expendable equipment and devices. Specify
size, type, and ordering description. List name, address, e-mail address, website
address, fax number, and telephone number of vendor.
7. Warranty Certificates
B. Provide manuals for each piece of equipment including individual components and
subsystems of complete assemblies (including but not limited to valves, piping, flow
meters, slide gates, transducers, sensors, floats, instruments, and controls). Line out
nonapplicable text and illustrations. The section of the manual on operation shall
describe the functions and limitations of each component and its relationship to the
system of which it is a part. Where several models, options, or styles are described, the
manual shall identify the items actually provided.
C. Each manual shall contain the following:
1. Manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, and serial number.
2. Blue line prints or reviewed shop drawings and diagrams of all systems.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 019310-2
9 Jun 2017
3. Certified equipment drawings or reviewed shop drawing data clearly marked for
equipment furnished.
4. Complete operating and maintenance instructions for each and every item of
equipment, setting forth in detail and step-by-step the procedure for starting,
stopping, operating, and maintaining the entire system as installed. Include a
schedule of recommended maintenance intervals.
5. Complete parts list of replaceable parts, their part numbers, and the name and
address of their nearest vendor.
6. Any special emergency operating instruction and a list of service organizations
(including addresses and telephone numbers) capable of rendering emergency
service to the various parts of the system.
7. Copy of manufacturer's equipment guarantees and warranties.
D. Brochures shall be loose leaf with durable plastic or fiberboard covers. Each sheet shall
be reinforced to prevent tearing from continued use, and each brochure shall have the
following information clearly printed on its cover:
1. Project name, name of Owner, and address.
2. Name and address of Owner's Representative.
3. Name and addresses of contractors and subcontractors and department to contact.
4. Telephone number of contractors, including night and emergency numbers.
5. Major equipment vendors' names and telephone numbers.
E. Submit complete manuals at least four weeks before the date of the instructions required
by the subsections on "Manufacturer's Services" in the various specification sections.
F. Operation and maintenance manuals specified herein are in addition to any operation,
maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install, test, and
start up equipment.
1.03 EQUIPMENT DATA SHEETS
Provide six sets of equipment data sheets, bound in three-ring binders, summarizing the
equipment manufacturer's maintenance instructions and recommendations. A blank data
sheet and a sample data sheet are attached.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 019310-3
9 Jun 2017
Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Sheets
Preventive Maintenance Program Equipment Record Number
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL
DATA
Name:
Size:
Serial No.: Model:
Vendor:
Vendor Address:
Type:
Mfr.:
Vendor Rep: Voltage: Amps:
Phone: Phase: rpm:
Maintenance Work to be Done Frequency*
OPERATING REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE
*D - Daily; W - Weekly; B - Biweekly; M - Monthly; Q - Quarterly;
S - Semiannually; A - Annually.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 019310-4
9 Jun 2017
SAMPLE
Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Sheets
Preventive Maintenance Program Equipment Record Number
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL DATA
Name: Influent Pump No. 1
Tag No.: P01-1
Size: 15 hp
Serial No.: 123456ABC
Vendor: ABC Pump Co.
Model: 140T Frame
Serial No. 987654ZY
Class F Insulation
W/Space Heater
Vendor Address: Type:
1111 Pump Circle
Newport Beach, CA 92663
Mfr.: DEF Motors, Inc.
Vendor Rep: XYZ Equipment, Inc. Voltage: 460 Amps: 20
Phone: 714/752-0505 Phase: 3 rpm: 1,800
Maintenance Work to be Done Frequency*
1. Operate all valves and check such things as a) bearing temperature,
b) changes in running sound, c) suction and discharge gauge
readings, d) pump discharge rate, and e) general condition of the
drive equipment.
2. Check packing.
3. Checking pumping unit for any dust, dirt, or debris.
(Continued on attached sheet)
D
D
W
OPERATING REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE
For manufacturer's instructions regarding installation, operation, maintenance, and trouble
shooting of this equipment, see Volume ____, Section ______.
*D - Daily; W - Weekly; B - Biweekly; M - Monthly; Q - Quarterly;
S - Semiannually; A - Annually.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 019310-5
9 Jun 2017
SAMPLE
Preventive Maintenance and Operating Requirement Sheets
Preventive Maintenance Program Equipment Record Number
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION ELECTRICAL OR MECHANICAL
DATA
Name:
Size:
Serial No.: Model:
Vendor:
Vendor Address:
Type:
Mfr.:
Vendor Rep: Voltage: Amps:
Phone: Phase: rpm:
Maintenance Work to be Done Frequency*
4. Lubricate bearing frame and motor bearings (consult manufacturer's
instructions for type of grease or oil).
5. Disassemble and change or repair the following: a) impeller, b) shafts,
c) shaft sleeve, d) rotary seals, and e) sleeve bearings.
Q
A
OPERATING REQUIREMENTS AND REFERENCE
*D - Daily; W - Weekly; B - Biweekly; M - Monthly; Q - Quarterly;
S - Semiannually; A - Annually.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 019310-6
9 Jun 2017
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 020120-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 020120 PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and procedures for protecting existing underground
utilities.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
B. Subsurface Utility Locating (Potholing): 023219.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 REPLACEMENT IN KIND
Except as indicated below or as specifically authorized by the Owner's Representative,
reconstruct utilities with new material of the same size, type, and quality as that
removed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Replace in kind street improvements, such as curbs and gutters, barricades, traffic
islands, signalization, fences, signs, etc., that are cut, removed, damaged, or otherwise
disturbed by the construction.
B. Where utilities are parallel to or cross the construction but do not conflict with the
permanent work to be constructed, follow the procedures given below. Notify the utility
owner 48 hours in advance of the crossing construction and coordinate the construction
schedule with the utility owner's requirements. For utility crossings not shown in the
drawings, refer to the General Provisions and the instructions of the Owner's
Representative for guidance.
C. Determine the true location and depth of utilities and service connections which may be
affected by or affect the work. Determine the type, material, and condition of these
utilities. In order to provide sufficient lead-time to resolve unforeseen conflicts, order
materials and take appropriate measures to ensure that there is no delay in work.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 020120-2
9 Jun 2017
3.02 PROCEDURES
A. Protect in Place: Protect utilities in place, unless abandoned, and maintain the utility in
service, unless otherwise specified in the drawings or in the specifications.
B. Cut and Plug Ends: Cut abandoned utility lines and plug the ends. Plug storm drains and
sewers with an 8-inch wall of brick and mortar. Cap waterlines with a cast-iron cap or
install a 3-foot-long concrete plug. Dispose of the cut pipe as unsuitable material.
C. Remove and Reconstruct: Where so indicated in the drawings or as required by the
Owner's Representative, remove the utility and, after passage, reconstruct it with new
materials. Provide temporary service for the disconnected utility.
3.03 COMPACTION
A. Utilities Protected in Place: Backfill and compact under and around the utility so that no
voids are left.
B. Utilities Reconstructed: Prior to replacement of the utility, backfill the trench and
compact to an elevation 1 foot above the top of the ends of the utility. Excavate a cross
trench of the proper width for the utility and lay, backfill, and compact.
C. Alternative Construction--Sand-Cement Slurry: Sand-cement slurry consisting of one
sack (94 pounds) of portland cement per cubic yard of sand and sufficient moisture for
workability may be substituted for other backfill materials to aid in reducing compaction
difficulties. Submit specific methods and procedures for the review of the Owner's
Representative prior to construction.
3.04 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
A. Reinforced Concrete Beam: Where indicated in the drawings or as determined by the
Owner's Representative, support utilities by a reinforced concrete beam as shown on the
utility support details in the drawings. The primary purpose of the beam is to prevent
settlement of the utility line after construction. The Contractor is responsible for the
protection of the utility during construction and shall incorporate the beam as part of the
protection.
B. Concrete Support Wall: Where indicated in the drawings or as determined by the
Owner's Representative, support the utilities by a concrete support wall as shown on the
utility support details in the drawings. The purpose of the concrete support wall is to
prevent settlement of the utility line after construction. The Contractor is responsible for
the protection of the utility during construction.
3.05 THRUST BLOCKS ON WATERLINES
A. The Contractor's attention is called to thrust blocks for waterlines throughout the project
whose thrust is in the direction of the new excavation and, therefore, may be affected by
the construction. These waterlines are owned and operated by the Owner. Protect thrust
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROTECTING EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 020120-3
9 Jun 2017
blocks in place or shore to resist the thrust by a means approved by the Owner's water
division superintendent and reconstruct. If the thrust blocks are exposed or rendered to
be ineffective in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, reconstruct them to bear
against firm unexcavated or backfill material.
B. Provide firm support by backfilling that portion of the trench for a distance of 2 feet on
each side of the thrust block to be reconstructed from the pipe bedding to the pavement
subgrade, with either:
1.Sand-cement slurry (94 pounds of cement per cubic yard).
2.The native material compacted to a relative compaction of 95%.
C. Then excavate the backfill material for construction of the thrust block.
D. Test compaction of the backfill material before pouring any concrete thrust block. Use
Class C concrete per Section 030500 for reconstruction.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUBSURFACE UTILITY LOCATING (POTHOLING) 023219-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 023219 SUBSURFACE UTILITY LOCATING (POTHOLING)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and procedures for performing pothole operations to
locate existing underground utilities.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit request for premarking of pothole locations at least five calendar days prior to
the commencement of field activities.
B. Submit a traffic control/protection plan at least seven calendar days prior to the
commencement of field activities.
C. Submit proposed method of potholing, including description of equipment to be used,
and schedule for potholing for approval at least seven calendar days prior to the
commencement of field activities. Obtain Owner’s approval of pothole locations prior to
commencement of field activities.
D. Submit field logs to the Owner within two working days after the completion of pothole
excavations in each area. Include dates of potholing operations and any additional
discovered information or pertinent data. Include for each pothole excavation field log:
1. Pothole number.
2.Date of pothole.
3.Depths to top and bottom of utility (measured from existing grade over utility at
pothole).
4.Miscellaneous Contractor’s notes.
E. Submit temporary steel cap and/or steel plate bridging shop drawings at least seven
calendar days prior to the commencement of field activities.
F. Submit sand-cement slurry mix design at least seven calendar days prior to the
commencement of field activities.
G. Submit asphalt concrete mix design at least seven calendar days prior to the
commencement of field activities.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUBSURFACE UTILITY LOCATING (POTHOLING) 023219-2
9 Jun 2017
1.03 PROCEDURES
A. Subsurface utility-locating (potholing) services shall conform to CI/ASCE 38-02. For the
purpose of this scope, “locate” means to obtain the horizontal and vertical position of the
utility line by excavating a circular test hole or narrow trench (where approved of and/or
requested by the Owner). Construct test holes using vacuum excavation or comparable
nondestructive equipment in a manner that will cause no damage to the utility.
B. Subsurface utility locating shall consist of test hole excavations at locations indicated on
the pothole plans as approved by the Owner. Narrow trench excavations (slot potholes)
may be required at locations approved by the Owner or to locate multiple parallel
utilities.
C. Premark pothole excavation locations and notify Owner for review by Owner’s
Representative. Collect subsurface utility data by the surveyor following pothole
excavation.
1.04 TIME OF COMPLETION/SCHEDULE
The Contractor shall diligently prosecute the work to completion before the expiration of
15 working days immediately following the date of the project kick-off meeting.
1.05 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Wherever reference is made to the State Specifications such reference shall mean the
State of California, Business, Transportation, and Housing Agency, Department of
Transportation Standard Specifications, 2006 edition.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY BACKFILL AT TEST HOLES AND AT
EXPLORATORY TRENCHES
Sand-cement slurry backfill shall consist of one sack of Type I or II portland cement
added per cubic yard of imported sand and sufficient water for workability.
2.02 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT REPAIR AT EXPLORATORY TRENCHES
AND AT TEST HOLES
A. Asphalt concrete paving shall conform to Type A or B in Section 39 of the State
Specifications.
B. Asphalt shall be Performance Grade PG 64-10 per Section 92 in the State Specifications.
Asphalt content in the pavement shall be 5.5% to 6.0%.
C. Areas to be paved shall receive prime coat. Prime coat shall be per Section 39 in the
State Specifications.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUBSURFACE UTILITY LOCATING (POTHOLING) 023219-3
9 Jun 2017
D. Aggregate shall be Type A or B per Section 39 in the State Specifications.
E. Paving thickness shall match existing plus 1 inch.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 POTHOLING OPERATIONS
A. Backfill and repair test hole excavations immediately after obtaining the measurement
data. Backfill and repair trench excavations requiring use of temporary steel plate
bridging within four working days. Promptly provide notice to the Owner for scheduling
field survey activities. Advise Owner of number of pothole excavations completed and
number remaining.
B. Underground Service Alert Requirements: Comply with Underground Service Alert
requirements for notification prior to excavation. Contact Underground Service Alert at
1-800-642-2444 (or dial 811) no less than two and no more than ten days prior to the
start of exploratory excavation. Verify whether or not a representative of each utility or
agency will be present during excavation, and coordinate with said individual(s). Take
any precautions required by the utility owner.
C. Conduct potholing operations in a manner that minimizes the damage potential to
existing underground utilities in order to ensure that the existing facilities will remain in
operation without interruption.
D. Coordinate and cooperate with and facilitate field data collection by Owner’s surveyor.
Pothole excavations shall sufficiently expose subsurface utilities to allow surveyor to
easily determine and measure the following data:
1. Elevation at top and bottom of utility.
2. Elevation of existing grade over utility at pothole.
3. Coordinates at surface.
4. Outside diameter of utility or width of duct banks.
5. Utility material and condition.
E. Location and Depiction of Existing Utilities: Pothole maps for subsurface utility locating
shall be present and utilized during potholing activities. The plans shall be compared to
utility/agency paint markings following Underground Service Alert notification as well
as locations premarked by the Owner’s surveyor. If discrepancies are found between the
plans and paint markings, promptly notify the Owner prior to commencement of any
excavation
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUBSURFACE UTILITY LOCATING (POTHOLING) 023219-4
9 Jun 2017
3.02 TRAFFIC CONTROL
Furnish, install, maintain, and remove necessary traffic signs, barricades, lights, signals,
cones, pavement markings, and other traffic control devices. Perform traffic control in
accordance with OSHA Regulations for Construction Projects, and City issued
Encroachment Permit.
3.03 EXCAVATION
A. Protect utilities or underground structures from damage during potholing. Immediately
report any damaged utilities to the affected utility’s owner and the Owner. Repair
immediately any damaged utilities in accordance with the respective utility owner’s
requirements. Neatly cut and remove existing pavement. Excavate test holes in such a
manner as to prevent any damage to wrappings, coatings, or other protective coverings,
utilizing vacuum excavation or hand digging.
B. Methods: Backhoe excavation is not permitted except for trench excavations. Use the
following methods for pothole excavations:
1. Hand Digging: Hand digging is the method of excavating a pothole by manual
means with hand-held, nonmechanical equipment such as a shovel.
2. Vacuum Excavation: Vacuum excavation shall consist of air or water pressure to
break up the soil and a vacuum device to collect the spoil. Determine if air or
water vacuum excavation shall be used depending upon specific site and
environmental characteristics. Soil type such as heavy clay may require water
vacuum excavation. Utilize air vacuum excavators if mud from water vacuum
excavators cannot be disposed properly. Use air vacuum excavators if damage to
utilities, such as cutting through cables, will occur with the use of water vacuum
excavators.
a. Air: Air vacuum excavators shall utilize a high velocity air stream to
penetrate, expand, and break up the soil. Remove the loosened particles of
soil and rock from the excavation through the use of a vacuum.
b. Water: Water vacuum excavation systems shall excavate the pothole using
high-pressure water to reduce and loosen the soil. Remove the wet soil and
mud slurry to a spoil tank using a vacuum.
C. Size of Test Hole Excavation: Maximum test hole size shall be 8 inches in diameter at
surface, unless indicated otherwise by Owner.
D. Size of Exploratory Trench Excavation: Trench width and length shall be as approved by
the Owner. Trench depth shall be as required to accurately locate subsurface utilities.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUBSURFACE UTILITY LOCATING (POTHOLING) 023219-5
9 Jun 2017
3.04 TEMPORARY STEEL PLATE BRIDGING, WITH A NONSKID SURFACE (WHERE
REQUIRED FOR APPROVED TRENCHES)
A. Provide steel plate bridging with a nonskid surface and shoring to preserve unobstructed
traffic flow. In such cases, the following conditions shall apply:
1. Steel plates used for bridging shall extend a minimum of 12 inches beyond the
edges of the trench.
2. Install steel plate bridging to operate with minimum noise.
3. Shore the trench to support the bridging and traffic loads.
4. Use temporary paving with cold asphalt concrete to feather the edges of the plates
if plate installation by Method 2 is used.
5. Secure bridging against displacement by using adjustable cleats, shims, or other
devices.
B. Install steel plate bridging and shoring using the following method:
For roadways with a posted speed limit less than 45 mph: Attach approach plate(s)
and ending plate (if longitudinal placement) to the roadway by a minimum of two
dowels predrilled into the corners of the plate and drilled 2 inches into the
pavement. Butt subsequent plates to each other. Compact fine graded asphalt
concrete to form ramps, maximum slope 8.5% with a minimum 12-inch taper to
cover all edges of the steel plates. When steel plates are removed, backfill the
dowel holes in the pavement with either graded fines of asphalt concrete mix or
concrete slurry.
For roadways with a posted speed limit of 45 mph or more: Cold plane the
pavement to a depth equal to the thickness of the steel plate for the width and
length of the steel plate.
C. Maintain the steel plates, shoring, and asphalt concrete ramps.
D. Unless specified, use of steel plate bridging at any given location shall not exceed two
consecutive working days in any given week. Cover backfilling of excavation with a
minimum of 3 inches of temporary layer of cold mix asphalt concrete.
E. The following table shows the required minimal thickness of steel plate bridging
required for a given trench width:
Trench Width
(feet)
Minimum Plate Thickness
(inches)
1 1/2
1 1/2 3/4
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SUBSURFACE UTILITY LOCATING (POTHOLING) 023219-6
9 Jun 2017
F. The Contractor may use standard steel plate with known coefficient of friction equal or
exceeding 0.35.
G. Use a “Rough Road” sign (W8-8) with black lettering on an orange background in
advance of steel plate bridging. This is to be used along with any other required
construction signing.
3.05 POTHOLE REPAIR
A. After excavating a test hole or trench, provide and install a temporary steel cap (over test
hole) or temporary steel plate bridging (over trench) to facilitate data gathering by
Owner’s surveyor.
B. Following data gathering by surveyor, remove temporary steel caps and/or steel plate
bridging, and backfill excavation with approved material as follows:
1. Test Hole Excavations: Sand-cement slurry backfill per Part 2 of this section.
Bring to grade with asphalt cement pavement per Part 2 of this section. Match
existing pavement thickness plus 1 inch.
2. Exploratory Trenches: Backfill per Part 2 of this section. Match existing pavement
thickness plus 1 inch.
C. The finished surface of the repair shall be of like material and constructed to the same
finished grade as the adjacent pavement. The finished surface shall be such that it does
not allow water to pond. There shall be no discernable difference in surface level at the
joint between the existing pavement and the completed repair.
3.06 DISPOSAL OF CUTTINGS
Dispose of cuttings off-site.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND MATERIALS DEMOLITION 024100-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 024100 EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND MATERIALS DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes demolition removal, and abandonment, of existing process,
mechanical and electrical equipment and piping.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Protecting Existing Underground Utilities: 020120.
B. Earthwork: 312300.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a Temporary Support Plan for support of existing utilities.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
Refer to other sections of these specifications for material to be used as replacements for removal
or abandoned equipment.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
Perform removal, abandonment, and demolition work specified and indicated in the
drawings. Prepare remaining surfaces to receive new scheduled and specified materials
and finishes or finish to match adjacent surfaces if no additional work is scheduled or
indicated.
3.02 REMOVAL
A. Remove equipment indicated in the drawings. Deliver the removed equipment to the
Owner. Unload the removed equipment and store it in the location designated by the
Owner.
3.03 ABANDONMENT
Abandon in place equipment indicated in the drawings.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND MATERIALS DEMOLITION 024100-2
9 Jun 2017
3.04 SALVAGE
Equipment salvaged from the premises is the property of the Owner. Carefully remove
and handle the equipment. Deliver the motors and pumps to the City Warehouse within
the Corporation Yard at 25 Prado Road. Unload the equipment and store it in the
location designated by the Owner. Leave the property free of debris and material.
3.05 SHUTDOWNS OF EXISTING PIPING AND ELECTRICAL UTILITIES
Shut off or disconnect utilities affecting demolition work. Schedule shutdowns with the
Owner; notify the Owner three working days in advance of any shutdown that is
required to perform the work. The Owner will open/close valves on piping, and electrical
disconnects required for the shutdowns.
3.06 TEMPORARY SUPPORT OF EXISTING EXPOSED PIPING
A. Provide temporary supports for existing piping that must be kept in service during
demolition of adjacent piping or other existing work in the project. Do not block access
to the adjacent valves, equipment, or access door and stairways with the temporary
supports.
3.07 PLUGGING ABANDONED PIPING
Plug buried pipes 6 inches and larger to be abandoned. Plug pipes of all sizes to be
abandoned under structures. Plug per City Standard 6050.
3.08 REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Unless otherwise noted, remove existing electrical materials and equipment from areas
indicated for demolition or where equipment is to be relocated. Disconnect circuits at
their source. Remove materials no longer used, such as studs, straps, and conduits.
Remove or cut off concealed or embedded conduit, boxes, or other materials and
equipment to a point at least 3/4 inch below the final finished surface. Remove existing
unused wires.
B. Repair affected surfaces to conform to the type, quality, and finish of the surrounding
surface.
3.09 PATCHING
A. Patching shall mean the restoration of a surface or item to a condition as near as
practicable to match the existing adjoining surfaces unless otherwise noted, detailed, or
specified.
B. When patching involves painting, special coating, vinyl fabric, or other applied finish,
refinish the entire surface plane (i.e., wall or ceiling), unless complete refinishing of the
entire space is scheduled or specified.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EQUIPMENT, PIPING, AND MATERIALS DEMOLITION 024100-3
9 Jun 2017
C. Patching includes cleaning of soiled surfaces.
3.10 DEMOLITION
A. Existing buildings, structures, boxes, pipes, pavements, curbs, and other items are to be
removed, altered, salvaged, and disposed of as specified herein or indicated in the
drawings. Remove and dispose of all portions of these items that interfere with project
construction.
B. Remove and dispose offsite facilities to be demolished in their entirety including
belowground footings, foundations, and other associated appurtenances, as shown in the
drawings or as specified herein. Backfill and compact all site areas disturbed by
demolition work with 3/8-inch gravel material in accordance with Section 312300.
C. Perform the work in a manner that will not damage parts of the structure not intended to
be removed or to be salvaged for the Owner. If, in the opinion of the Owner's
Representative, the method of demolition used may endanger or damage parts of the
structure or affect the satisfactory operation of the facilities, promptly change the method
when so notified by the Owner's Representative. No blasting will be permitted.
D. Equipment, material, and piping, except as specified to be salvaged for the Owner, or
removed by others, within the limits of the demolition, excavations, and backfills, will
become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the project site. The
salvage value of this equipment, materials, and piping shall be reflected in the contract
price of the demolition work.
E. Do not reuse material salvaged from demolition work on this project, except as
specifically shown.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 030500 GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, installation, and testing of formwork, reinforcing steel,
joints, concrete, and finishing and curing for general concrete construction.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Chemical-Resistant Coatings for Concrete: 099720.
B. Earthwork: 312300
C. Dewatering: 312319.
D. Shoring: 314100.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Prepare concrete and mortar mix designs and laboratory 7-day and 28-day compressive
tests, or submit test reports of 7- and 28-day compressive tests of the mix where the
same mix has been used on two previous projects. Submit mix design in writing for
review by the Owner at least 15 days before placing of any concrete.
C. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive literature for form ties, spreaders,
form coatings and curing compound, joint sealant, epoxy bonding compound, and color
additive epoxy anchor adhesive.
D. Submit mill test certificates identifying chemical and physical analyses of each load of
reinforcing steel delivered. If mill test reports are unavailable and the quantity of steel
for a structure exceeds 5 tons, provide a laboratory test to prove conformance with the
specified ASTM standard.
E. Submit reinforcing bending lists and placing drawings for all reinforcing. Placing
drawings shall indicate all openings (mechanical, electrical, equipment, and
architectural) including additional reinforcing at openings and corner bar arrangements
at intersecting beams, walls, and footings indicated in the typical detail and structural
drawings. Placing drawings shall be coordinated with the concrete placing schedule.
Each bending list and placing drawing submitted shall be complete for each major
element of a structure (grade slabs, footings, walls, deck, floor, or roof slabs) including
dowels and corner bars. Furnishing such lists shall not be construed that the lists will be
reviewed for accuracy. The Contractor shall be wholly and completely responsible for
the accuracy of the lists and for furnishing and placing reinforcing steel in accordance
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-2
9 Jun 2017
with the details shown in the drawings and as specified. Placing drawings shall be
prepared by the Contractor and shall not incorporate photocopies of the contract
drawings.
F. Submit one copies of a report from a testing laboratory verifying that aggregate material
contains less than 1% asbestos by weight or volume and conforms to the specified
gradations or characteristics.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 NONDOMESTIC CEMENT AND ADDITIVES
A. The use of nondomestic cement and additives in concrete may be permitted only after
review of a written request to use such materials. The request to use nondomestic
materials shall include a chemical analysis that indicates the material meets the project
specifications. Certifications that state the nondomestic materials meet the project
requirements will not be accepted.
B. Test reports for concrete materials shall be current to within three months of inclusion
into the project and shall be identifiable to the materials supplied.
2.02 FORMWORK
A. Design forms according to ACI 347.
B. Class I Forms: Use steel forms, ply form, or smooth-surface plywood 3/4-inch minimum
thickness for straight surfaces and 1/2-inch minimum thickness for curved surfaces.
C. Class II Forms: Use plywood in good condition, metal, or smooth-planed boards free
from large or loose knots with tongue and groove or ship lap joints.
D. Class II forms may be used for exterior concrete surfaces that are 1 foot or more below
finished grade. Use Class I forms for all other surfaces.
E. Coat forms with form release agent.
2.03 BOND BREAKER
Bond breaker shall be a nonstaining type which will provide a positive bond prevention,
such as Williams Tilt-Up Compound, as manufactured by Williams Distributors, Inc.,
Seattle, Washington; Silcoseal 77, as manufactured by SCA Construction Supply
Division, Superior Concrete Accessories, Franklin Park, Illinois; or equal.
2.04 FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Form release agent shall effectively prevent absorption of moisture and prevent bond
with the concrete. Agent shall be nonstaining and nontoxic after 30 days.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-3
9 Jun 2017
B. For steel forms, release agent shall prevent discoloration of the concrete due to rust.
2.05 REINFORCING STEEL
A. Reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A615 or A706, Grade 60.
B. Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with the current edition of the Manual of Standard
Practice, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. Bend reinforcing steel
cold.
C. Deliver reinforcing steel to the site bundled and with identifying tags.
2.06 WELDED WIRE REINFORCEMENT
Welded wire reinforcement shall conform to ASTM A185.
2.07 TIE WIRE
Tie wire shall be 16 gauge minimum, black, soft annealed.
2.08 BAR SUPPORTS
Bar supports in beams and slabs exposed to view after form stripping shall be galvanized
and plastic coated. Use concrete supports for reinforcing in concrete placed on grade.
2.09 BAR COUPLERS
Reinforcing steel bar splicing couplers shall be a mechanical type as manufactured by
Dayton Barsplice Inc. or equal. Use couplers that do not reduce tensile or ultimate
strength of bars.
2.10 JOINT SEALANT FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES
A. Joint sealant shall be a multipart, gray, nonstaining, nonsagging, gun grade polyurethane
sealant, which cures at ambient temperature to a firm, flexible, resilient, tear-resistant
rubber. Sealant shall comply with ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25 for
horizontal joints and Grade NS, Class 25 for vertical joints and be recommended by the
manufacturer for continuous immersion in water.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-4
9 Jun 2017
Characteristic or Parameter Technical Requirements
Pot life 1 to 3 hours
Hardness 35 Shore A, ±5, ASTM D2240
Elongation 650%, ASTM D412
Tensile strength 200 psi, ASTM D412
Peel strength on concrete No adhesion loss at 25 pounds
Temperature service range 40°F to 167°F
Immersion in water Continuous
B. Sealant shall be Tremco Vulkem 227 or Sikaflex-2CNS (for Grade NS, Class 25),
Sikaflex-2CSL of Sika Corporation or Vulkem 245 (for Type M, Grade P, Class 25), or
equal. Troweling of sealants into joints will not be permitted.
2.11 BACKING ROD FOR EXPANSION JOINTS
Backing rod shall be an extruded closed-cell polyethylene foam rod, such as Minicel
backer rod, manufactured by Industrial Systems Department, Plastic Products Group of
Hercules, Inc., Middletown, Delaware; Ethafoam SB, as manufactured by Dow
Chemical Company, Midland, Michigan; or equal. The rod shall be 1/4 inch larger in
diameter than the joint width. Where possible, provide full-length sections for the joint;
minimize splices. Apply backup rod and bond breaker tape in expansion joints.
2.12 BOND BREAKER TAPE
Bond breaker tape shall be an adhesive-backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape that
will adhere to the premolded joint material or concrete surface. The tape shall be the
same width as the joint. The tape shall be compatible with the sealant.
2.13 PREFORMED CONTROL JOINT
Preformed control joint shall be a one-piece, flexible, PVC joint former, such as Kold-
Seal Zip-Per Strip KSF-150-50-50, manufactured by Vinylex Corp., Knoxville,
Tennessee, or a one-piece steel strip with preformed groove, such as Keyed Kold
Retained Kap, manufactured by Burke Concrete Accessories, Inc., San Mateo,
California, or equal. Provide the preformed control joint material in full-length unspliced
pieces.
2.14 CEMENT
A. Use domestic portland cement that conforms to ASTM C150. Provide a mixture of 85%
Type II/V portland cement and 15% pozzolan fly ash.
B. Use only one brand of cement in any individual structure. Use no cement that has
become damaged, partially set, lumpy, or caked. Reject the entire contents of the sack or
container that contains such cement. Use no salvaged or reclaimed cement.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-5
9 Jun 2017
C. Maximum tricalcium aluminate shall not exceed 8%. The maximum percent alkalies
shall not exceed 0.6%.
2.15 AGGREGATES
Aggregates shall be natural rock, sand, or crushed natural rock and shall comply with
ASTM C33, and shall contain less than 1% asbestos by weight or volume. Aggregates
shall be free from any substances that will react with the cement alkalies, as determined
by Appendix X-1 of ASTM C33.
2.16 WATER AND ICE
Use water and ice that is clean and free from objectionable quantities of organic matter,
alkali, salts, and other impurities that might reduce the strength, durability, or otherwise
adversely affect the quality of the concrete. Water shall not contain more than 500 mg/L
of chlorides or more than 500 mg/L of sulfate.
2.17 COLOR ADDITIVE FOR EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL DUCT ENCASEMENT
For exterior electrical duct concrete encasements, use a color additive for identification
purposes: brick red "Colorfull" as manufactured by Owl Manufacturing Company,
Arcadia, California; coral red "Chromix C-22" as manufactured by L. M. Scofield
Company, Los Angeles, California; or equal. Add the color additive while the concrete
is being mixed using the quantity per cubic yard of concrete recommended by the
manufacturer for the class of concrete indicated.
2.18 CONCRETE ADMIXTURES
A. Class A concrete shall contain an air-entraining admixture conforming to ASTM C260.
Admixtures shall be Master Builders MB-AE 90, Sika AER, or equal.
B. Class A concrete shall contain a water-reducing admixture conforming to ASTM C494,
Type A. It shall be compatible with the air-entraining admixtures. The amount of
admixture added to the concrete shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Admixture shall be Master Builders Pozzolith polymer-type normal
setting, Plastocrete 161 or Plastiment, Sika Chemical Corporation, or equal.
C. Mineral Admixture: Class A concrete shall contain a mineral admixture, fly ash Class F,
conforming to ASTM C618, not to exceed or replace more than 15% of the cement
material required without the mineral admixture.
2.19 GROUT
A. Nonshrink grout shall conform to ASTM C1107 and to these specifications. Use a
nongas-liberating type, cement base, premixed product requiring only the addition of
water for the required consistency. Grout shall be UPCON High Flow, Master Flow 928,
or equal. Components shall be inorganic.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-6
9 Jun 2017
B. Expansive Grout: Premixed, cementitious mixture with a minimum 28-day strength of
3,500 psi. Provide air-entraining admixture as recommended by the manufacturer.
C. Epoxy Grout:
1. Mix the two components of epoxy bonding compound in compliance with the
manufacturer's instructions.
2. Use sand that is oven dry and meets the following gradation requirements for
epoxy grout:
Sieve Size No. 8 No. 50 No. 100
% Passing 100 30 ±15 5 ±5
2.20 GROUT BEDDING FOR HORIZONTAL JOINTS
The grout placed on horizontal construction joints shall be a mixture of cement, sand,
and water in the same proportions and strength used in the overplaced concrete with
coarse aggregate omitted.
2.21 REPAIR MORTAR
A. Mortar used for repair of concrete voids shall be made of the same materials as used for
concrete, except that the coarse aggregate shall be omitted or the mortar shall consist of
not more than one part cement to two and one-half parts sand by damp loose volume.
The quantity of mixing water shall be no more than necessary for handling and placing.
B. Materials for repair of major defects or cracks shall be in accordance with “Repair of
Defects and Cracks” specified in Part 3.
2.22 BONDING COMPOUND
A. Epoxy bonding compound shall be Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod, Sika Chemical Corporation,
Lyndhurst, New Jersey; Concresive by BASF; Euco Epoxy 452 by Euclid Chemical
Company; or equal.
B. Nonepoxy bonding compound shall be Weldcrete by Larsen Products Corp., Link by
Sta-Dry Manufacturing Corp., Euco Weld by Euclid Chemical Co., or equivalent. The
compound shall be rewettable for up to two weeks.
2.23 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN
A. Conform to ASTM C94, except as modified by these specifications.
B. Air content as determined by ASTM C231 shall be 4% ±1%.
C. Maximum water-cement ratio for Class A concrete = 0.45 by weight.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-7
9 Jun 2017
D. Use classes of concrete as described in the following table:
Class
Type of Work
28-Day
Compressive
Strength
(in psi)
Minimum
Cement Content
(in lbs per C.Y.)
A Concrete for all
structures, equipment
pads, and concrete not
otherwise specified.
Concrete fill at structure
foundations, cradle,
supports across pipe
trenches, pipe supports,
thrust blocks, and
reinforced pipe
encasement.
4,000 564
B Pavement, curbs, and
gutters
2,500 550
C Floor grout and
miscellaneous
unreinforced concrete.
2,000 376
E. Measure slump in accordance with ASTM C143. Slump shall be as follows:
Slab on grade or heavy sections wider (in
plan view) than 3 feet 3 inches maximum
Footings, walls, suspended slabs, beams,
and columns 4 inches maximum
Pavement 4 inches maximum
Floor grout 4 inches maximum
Proportion and produce the concrete to have a maximum slump as shown. A tolerance of
up to 1 inch above the indicated maximum shall be allowed for individual batches
provided the average for all batches or the most recent 10 batches tested, whichever is
fewer, does not exceed the maximum limit. Concrete of lower than usual slump may be
used provided it is properly placed and consolidated.
F. Aggregate size shall be 3/4 inch maximum for slabs and sections 8 inches thick and less.
Aggregate size shall be 1 inch maximum for slabs and sections greater than 8 inches and
less than 17 inches. Aggregate size shall be 1 1/2 inches maximum for all larger slabs
and sections. Aggregate size for floor grout shall be maximum 3/8 inch.
G. Combined aggregate grading shall be as shown in the following table:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-8
9 Jun 2017
Maximum Aggregate Size
1 1/2" 1" 3/4" 3/8"
Aggregate Grade per
ASTM C33 467 57 67 8
H. Mix design for pumped concrete shall produce a plastic and workable mix. The
percentage of sand in the mix shall be based on the void content of the coarse aggregate.
2.24 SLURRY CEMENT BACKFILL
A. Slurry cement backfill shall consist of a fluid, workable mixture of aggregate, cement,
and water.
B. Aggregate shall be either:
1.Material selected from excavation, imported material, or a combination thereof,
free from organic matter and other deleterious materials and meeting the following
gradation:
Sieve Sieves Percentage Passing
1 1/2 inches 100
1 inch 80 to 100
3/4 inch 60 to 100
3/8 inch 50 to 100
No. 4 40 to 80
No. 100 10 to 40
2.Commercial quality concrete sand.
C. Proportion the aggregate, cement, and water by either weight or volume. Include at least
188 pounds of cement per cubic yard produced. The water content shall be sufficient to
produce a fluid, workable mix that will flow and can be pumped without segregation of
the aggregate while being placed.
D. Thoroughly machine-mix the materials for the slurry cement backfill in pugmill, rotary
drum, or other mixer. Continue the mixing until the cement and water are thoroughly
dispersed throughout the material. Place slurry cement backfill within one hour after
mixing.
2.25 CURING COMPOUND
A. Curing compound shall conform to ASTM C309, Type 1-D, Class A.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-9
9 Jun 2017
B. Curing compound shall be compatible with required finishes and coatings and shall meet
the State of California Clean Air Quality Standards which limit the quantity of volatile
organic compounds to 350 grams per liter.
2.26 MATS, PAPER, AND SHEETING FOR CURING
A. Burlap mats shall conform to AASHTO M182.
B. Sisal-kraft paper and polyethylene sheets shall conform to ASTM C171.
2.27 REINFORCING DOWEL ADHESIVE
Dowel anchor adhesive shall be HIT-RE 500-SD by Hilti; Sikadur 31, Hi-Mod Gel by
Sika; or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FORM TOLERANCES
A. Failure of the forms to produce the specified concrete surface and surface tolerance shall
be grounds for rejection of the concrete work. Rejected work shall be repaired or
replaced at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. The following table indicates tolerances or allowable variations from dimensions or
positions of structural concrete work:
Maximum Tolerance
(inch)
Sleeves and inserts +1/4 -1/4
Projected ends of anchors +1/4 -0.0
Anchor bolt setting +1/4 -1/4
Finished concrete, all locations
+1/4 -1/4 in 10 feet
Max ±1-inch in total length
The planes or axes from which the above tolerances are to be measured shall be as
follows:
Sleeves and inserts: Centerline of sleeve or insert.
Projected ends of anchors: Plane perpendicular to the end of the anchor
as located in the drawings.
Anchor bolt setting: Centerline of anchor bolt.
Finish concrete: The concrete surface as defined in the
drawings.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-10
9 Jun 2017
Where equipment is to be installed, comply with manufacturer's tolerances if more
restrictive than above.
3.02 FORM SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Clean form surfaces to be in contact with concrete of foreign material prior to
installation.
B. Coat form surfaces in contact with concrete with a release agent prior to form
installation.
3.03 FORM REUSE
Reuse only forms that provide a uniform surface texture on exposed concrete surfaces.
Apply light sanding or other surface treatment between uses for uniform texture. Plug
unused tie rod holes with corks, shave flush, and sand the concrete surface side. Do not
patch forms other than filling tie rod holes, except in the case of Class II forms. Do not
use metal patching discs on Class I forms.
3.04 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Forms and shoring for elevated structural slabs or beams shall remain in place until the
concrete has reached a compressive strength equal to the specified 28-day compressive
strength as determined by test cylinders. Do not remove supports and reshore. The
following table indicates the minimum allowable time after the last cast concrete is
placed before forms, shoring, or wall bracing may be removed:
Sides of footings and encasements 24 hours
Walls, vertical sides of beams, girders,
columns, and similar members not
supporting loads 48 hours
Slabs, beams, and girders 10 days (forms only)
Shoring for slabs, beams, and girders Until concrete strength reaches
specified 28-day strength
Wall bracing Until top or roof slab concrete
reaches specified 28-day strength
B. Do not remove forms from concrete that has been placed with outside air temperature
below 50°F without first determining if the concrete has properly set without regard for
time. Do not apply heavy loading on green concrete. Immediately after forms are
removed, the surface of the concrete shall be carefully examined and any irregularities in
the surface shall be repaired and finished as specified.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-11
9 Jun 2017
3.05 FORMED OPENINGS
Openings shall be of sufficient size to permit final alignment of pipes or other items
without deflection or offsets of any kind. Allow space for packing where items pass
through the wall to ensure watertightness. Provide openings with continuous keyways
and water stops. Provide a slight flare to facilitate grouting and the escape of entrained
air during grouting. Provide formed openings with reinforcement as indicated in the
typical structural details. Reinforcing shall be at least 2 inches clear from the opening
surfaces and encased items.
3.06 EMBEDDED ITEMS
Set anchor bolts and other embedded items accurately and hold securely in position until
the concrete is placed and set. Check all special castings, channels, or other metal parts
that are to be embedded in the concrete prior to and again after concreting. Check nailing
blocks, plugs, and strips necessary for the attachment of trim, finish, and similar work
prior to concreting.
3.07 BEVELED EDGES (CHAMFER)
Form 3/4-inch beveled edges on exposed concrete edges and corners, beam soffit
corners, and where indicated in the drawings. Reentrant corners in concrete members
shall not have fillets, unless otherwise shown in the drawings. The top edges of slabs,
walkways, beams, and walls may be beveled with an edging trowel in lieu of using
chamfer strips.
A. Layout of construction joints shall be as shown in the drawings and according to the
following guidelines:
1. Provide horizontal construction joints at top of foundation members and slabs-on-
grade and at the soffit of supported slabs and beams.
2. Space the construction joints at a maximum horizontal distance of 25 feet and a
maximum vertical distance of 16 feet.
3. Space the corner vertical construction joints between 4 and 8 feet from the corner
of walls or wall intersections.
4. Space horizontal construction joints at least 8 inches below bottom of slabs.
B. Construction joints shall be keyed, unless otherwise detailed. Form keyways by beveled
strips or boards placed at right angles to the direction of shear. Except where otherwise
shown in the drawings or specified, keyways shall be at least 1 1/2 inches in depth over
at least 25% of the area of the section.
C. When it is necessary to make a joint because of an emergency, furnish and place
reinforcing dowels across the joint normal to the face of joint created if not normal to
specified reinforcement and at the centerline of the concrete section being terminated.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-12
9 Jun 2017
Carefully remove set concrete to a plane but rough surface near normal to adjacent
formed or finish surfaces. Embed and extend dowels 48 bar diameters each side of the
joint. Size and spacing of dowels shall match the largest reinforcing in the member but
no closer than 6 inches on center. Furnishing and placing such reinforcing steel shall be
at the Contractor's expense.
D. After a concrete placement pour has been completed to the construction joint and the
concrete has hardened, thoroughly clean the entire surface of the joint of surface
laitance, loose or defective concrete, and foreign material. Expose clean aggregate by
sandblasting and thoroughly cleaning the surface of construction joints before placing
the new concrete. Cover horizontal construction joints with grout bedding. Spread
uniformly and work thoroughly into all irregularities of the surface. The consistency of
the mortar shall be suitable for placing and working and shall be placed immediately
prior to placing new concrete.
E. In case of emergency, place additional construction joints. (An interval of 45 minutes
constitutes cause for an emergency construction joint.)
Immediately prime and fill with the expansion joint sealant and backup materials. The
primer used shall be supplied by the same manufacturer supplying the joint sealant.
3.08 TIME BETWEEN POURS
At least two hours shall elapse after depositing concrete in the columns or walls before
depositing in beams, girders, or slabs supported thereon. Place beams, girders, brackets,
column capitals, and haunches monolithically as part of the floor or roof system, unless
otherwise indicated in the drawings.
3.09 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. Immediately before installing the joint sealant, clean the joint cavity by sandblasting or
power wire brushing. Install bond breaker tape per manufacturer's instructions.
B. After the joints have been prepared as described above, apply the joint sealant. Apply the
primer, if required, and joint sealant only with the equipment and methods recommended
by the joint sealant manufacturer. Application criteria for the sealant materials, such as
temperature and moisture requirements and primer cure time, shall be in accordance with
the recommendations of the sealant manufacturer.
C. Apply masking tape along the edges of the exposed surface of the exposed joints. Trowel
the joints smooth with a tuck pointing tool wiped with a solvent recommended by the
sealant manufacturer.
D. After the sealant has been applied, remove the masking tape and any sealant spillage.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-13
9 Jun 2017
3.10 PLACING REINFORCEMENT
A. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with the current edition of Recommended Practice
for Placing Reinforcing Bars, published by the Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute.
B. Place reinforcing in accordance with the following, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Reinforcement indicated in the drawings is continuous through the structure to the
farthest extent possible. Terminate bars and hooks 2 inches clear from faces of
concrete.
C. Reinforcing steel, before being positioned and just prior to placing concrete, shall be free
from loose mill and rust scale and from any coatings that may destroy or reduce the
bond. Clean reinforcing steel by sandblasting or wire brushing and remove mortar, oil,
or dirt to remove materials that may reduce the bond.
D. Do not straighten or rebend reinforcing steel in the field. Do not use reinforcing with
bends not shown in the drawings.
E. Position reinforcing steel in accordance with the drawings and secure by using annealed
wire ties or clips at intersections and support by concrete or metal supports, spacers, or
metal hangers. Do not place metal clips or supports in contact with the forms. Bend tie
wires away from the forms to provide the specified concrete coverage. Bars, in addition
to those shown in the drawings, which may be found necessary or desirable by the
Contractor for the purpose of securing reinforcement in position shall be provided by the
Contractor at his own expense.
F. Place reinforcement a minimum of 2 inches clear of any metal pipe or fittings.
G. Secure reinforcing dowels in place prior to placing concrete. Do not press dowels into
the concrete after the concrete has been placed.
H. Roll wire mesh used for reinforcement flat before placing concrete. Support and tie wire
mesh to prevent movement during concrete placement.
I. Position dowels for masonry walls to occur at reinforced block cells.
3.11 SITE-MIXED CONCRETE
Conform to ACI 304.
3.12 READY-MIXED CONCRETE
Conform to ASTM C94.
3.13 PLACING CONCRETE
Conform to ACI 304.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-14
9 Jun 2017
3.14 PUMPING CONCRETE
Conform to ACI 304.2R-91.
3.15 WEATHER REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to ACI 305 for placing during hot weather.
B. Conform to ACI 306 for placing during cold weather.
3.16 BONDING TO OLD CONCRETE
Coat the contact surfaces of structural sections with epoxy bonding compound when
noted in the drawings. The method of preparation and application of the bonding
compound shall conform to the manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations
for specific application for this project.
3.17 GROUTING MACHINERY FOUNDATIONS
Block out the original concrete or finish off a sufficient distance below the bottom of the
machinery base to provide for the thickness of grout shown in the drawings. After the
machinery has been set in position and placed at the proper elevation by steel wedges,
fill the space between the bottom of the machinery base and the original pour of concrete
with a pourable nonshrink grout. Grout and grouting procedure shall be in accordance
with API 686, Chapter 4, paragraphs 3.6 and 3.7, and Chapter 5 and Section 432101.
3.18 BACKFILL AGAINST WALLS
A. Do not place backfill against walls until the concrete has obtained a compressive
strength equal to the specified 28-day compressive strength. Where backfill is to be
placed on both sides of the wall, place the backfill uniformly on both sides.
B. Do not backfill the walls of structures that are laterally restrained or supported by
suspended slabs or slabs on grade until the slab is poured and the concrete has reached
the specified compressive strength.
3.19 PLACING SLURRY CEMENT BACKFILL
Place slurry cement backfill in a uniform manner that will prevent voids in, or
segregation of, the backfill. Remove foreign material that falls into the excavation or
trench. Do not commence backfilling over or place any material over the slurry cement
backfill until at least four hours after placing the slurry cement backfill, except that when
concrete sand is used for the aggregate and the in-place material is free draining,
backfilling may commence as soon as the surface water is gone.
3.20 CONCRETE FINISHES
A. Complete concrete surfaces in accordance with the following schedule:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-15
9 Jun 2017
Finish
Designation Area Applied
F-1 Beams, columns, and exterior walls not exposed to view.
Beams, columns, and walls of structures or buildings
exposed to view. Underside of formed floors or slabs.
F-4 Exterior and interior surfaces to be coated.
S-1 Slabs and floors to be covered with concrete or grout.
S-4 Slabs and floors of structures or buildings exposed to view.
Slabs and floors at slopes greater than 10% and stairs.
E-1 Exposed edges. EXCEPTION: edges normally covered
with earth.
E-2 Top of walls, beams, and similar unformed surfaces.
B. Finish F-1: Repair defective concrete, fill depressions deeper than 1/2 inch, and fill tie
holes.
Finish F-4: Repair defective concrete, remove fins, fill depressions 1/16 inch or deeper,
fill tie holes, remove mortar spatter, and remove bulges higher than 1/16 inch.
Finish S-1: Screed to grade without special finish.
Finish S-4: Steel trowel finish without local depressions or high points and apply a light
hair-broom finish. Do not use stiff bristle brooms or brushes. Leave hair-broom lines
parallel to the direction of slab drainage.
Finish E-1: Provide chamfer or beveled edges.
Finish E-2: Strike smooth and float to an F-3 or F-4 finish.
3.21 CURING CONCRETE
A. Conform to ACI 308.
B. Water cure with burlap mats unless optional curing methods are permitted.
C. Do not use curing compound on surfaces that are to be coated in accordance with
Section 099720.
D. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to select the appropriate curing method in
response to climatical and/or site conditions occurring at the time of concrete placement.
Take appropriate measures as described in ACI 305 and 306 for protecting and curing
concrete during hot and cold weather.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-16
9 Jun 2017
3.22 REPAIR OF DEFECTS AND CRACKS
A. Do not repair defects until concrete has been evaluated by the Owner's Representative.
B. Surface Defects:
1.Repair surface defects that are smaller than 1 foot across in any direction and are
less than 1/2 inch in depth.
2.Repair by removing the honeycombed and other defective concrete down to sound
concrete, cut or grind edges perpendicular to the surface and at least 3/8 inch deep,
abrasive clean and thoroughly dampen the surface, work into the surface an epoxy
bonding agent, and fill the hole with one part cement to one part fine sand. Match
the finish on the adjacent concrete, and cure as specified.
C. Severe Defects:
1.Repair severe defects that are larger than surface defects but do not appear to
affect the structural integrity of the structure.
2.Repair by removing the honeycombed and other defective concrete down to sound
concrete, make edges of the repair area perpendicular to the surface, as required
above, sandblast the sound concrete surface, coat the exposed surfaces with epoxy
bonding compound, place nonshrink grout, match the finish on the adjacent
concrete, and cure as specified.
D. Repair minor cracks in concrete structures that are wider than 1/10 inch by cutting out a
square edged and uniformly aligned joint 3/8 inch wide by 3/4 inch deep, preparing
exposed surfaces of the joint, priming the joint, and applying polyurethane joint sealant.
E. If the cracks are major or affect the hydraulic capacity or function of the element, the
Owner's Representative may require the concrete to be repaired by epoxy injection.
F. Major Defects and Cracks: If the defects affect the structural integrity of the structure or
if patching does not satisfactorily restore quality and appearance to the surface, the
Owner’s Representative may require the concrete to be removed and replaced, complete.
3.23 CONCRETE SURFACES TO BE COATED
See Section 099720.
3.24 CONCRETE TESTS
A. Concrete quality testing will be performed on the concrete by an independent testing
laboratory as follows:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION 030500-17
9 Jun 2017
1. Frequency of Sampling: Cast four concrete test cylinders from each 50 cubic
yards, or fraction thereof, of each class of concrete placed in any one day.
Sampling and curing of cylinders shall conform to ASTM C31.
2. Strength Testing: Test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C39. Test one cylinder
at 7 days for information; test two cylinders at 28 days for acceptance; and hold
one cylinder for verification. Strength acceptance will be based on the average of
the strengths of the two cylinders tested at 28 days. If one cylinder of a 28-day test
manifests evidence of improper sampling, molding, or testing, other than low
strength, discard it and use the fourth cylinder for the test result.
3. Determine concrete slump by ASTM C143 with each strength test sampling and as
required to establish consistency.
4. Determine air content of the concrete using ASTM C231 to verify the percentage
of air in the concrete immediately prior to depositing in forms.
5. The average value of concrete strength tests shall be equal to or greater than the
specified 28-day strength. No test shall be less than 90% of the specified 28-day
strength.
6. If the 28-day strength tests fail to meet the specified minimum compressive
strength, the concrete will be assumed to be defective and one set of three cores
from each area may be taken as selected by the Owner and in accordance with
ASTM C42. If the average compressive strength of the set of three concrete cores
fails to equal 90% of the specified minimum compressive strength or if any single
core is less than 75% of the minimum compressive strength, the concrete will be
considered defective. The Owner may require additional coring, nondestructive
load testing, or repair of defective concrete. Costs of coring, testing of cores, load
testing, and required repairing pertaining thereto shall be paid by the Contractor at
no extra cost to the Owner.
B. To facilitate concrete sampling and testing, the Contractor shall:
1. Furnish labor to assist the Owner in obtaining and handling samples at the project
site.
2. Advise the Owner in advance of concrete placing operations to allow for
scheduling and completion of quality testing.
3. Provide and maintain facilities for safe storage and proper curing of concrete test
specimens on the project site, as required by ASTM C31.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS 034220-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 034220 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, design, and installation of precast concrete vaults and
structures.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Concrete Construction: 030500.
B. Access Hatches: 055300.
C. Earthwork: 312300.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog data on precast concrete items. Show dimensions of
vaults and thicknesses of walls, floors, and top slabs. Show reinforcing wire and steel.
Show materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade.
C. Submit manufacturer's design calculations and certification signed and sealed by a
professional civil or structural engineer registered in the state of California that vault
design and construction comply with the specified design load conditions and the
referenced ASTM specifications (e.g., ASTM C857 and C858).
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
Precast concrete vaults shall be manufactured by Mid-State Concrete Products, or equal.
2.02 PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS
A. Precast concrete vaults shall comply with ASTM C858 except as modified herein.
B. Design loads shall be in accordance with ASTM C857, except as modified herein.
Traffic loads, unless otherwise stated, shall conform to Load Designation A-16 per Table
1. Soil lateral loads shall be as determined by ASTM C857 or loadings specified in the
project soils report, whichever is greater. Alternate design by the strength design method
shall include a load factor of 1.7 times the lateral earth or hydrostatic pressures.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS 034220-2
9 Jun 2017
C. Include the following load conditions in the design:
1.Vault roof removed while structure is backfilled to grade and subject to live and
dead loads.
2.Vault roof in place and walls subject to simultaneous vertical and horizontal
application of all live, impact, and dead loads. Include the case of an A-16
designated load placed directly above the wall.
D. Design shall also comply with the following restrictions:
1.The maximum reinforcement ratio allowed is one-half the reinforcement ratio that
would produce a balanced strain condition.
2.Earth pressure shall be converted to a horizontal pressure using a coefficient of
earth pressure at rest of 0.5 and not a coefficient of active earth pressure.
3.Include a live load surcharge of 2 feet of soil in the design of the walls.
E. Design all vaults to receive the specified traffic loading.
F. Precast vault construction shall be in the form of monolithic walls or horizontal wall
sections; do not use panel walls.
G. Minimum wall thickness shall be 6 inches. Design knockout wall panels to
accommodate loading pressures defined above.
H. Floor slab shall be precast concrete. Calculations for the floor slab design shall be
included in the vault design submittal.
I. Design joints using a butyl rubber sealant per ASTM C990.
2.03 SEALANTS AND MORTAR
Butyl rubber sealing compound shall comply with ASTM C990. Mortar shall comply
with ASTM C387, Type S or use grout complying with Section 030500.
2.04 LADDERS
Provide polyethylene ladder for access to vault interior.
1.Ladder shall meet OSHA, California State Safety Standards, and other applicable
design criteria.
2.Ladder shall be fabricated as shown in the drawings. Minimum diameter of rungs
shall be ¾ inch. The distance between rungs shall not exceed 16 inches and shall
be uniform throughout the length of the ladder. The minimum clear length of
rungs or cleats shall be 14 inches.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS 034220-3
9 Jun 2017
3. Ladder shall be equipped with a lift-up type rail extension to 42-inches above top
of vault.
2.05 ACCESS HATCHES
A. Provide access hatches per Section 055300.
2.06 INSERTS
Handling eyes, lifting inserts, and threaded inserts shall be Type 304 stainless steel.
2.07 CEMENT
Cement shall be ASTM C150, Type II.
2.08 CRUSHED ROCK BASE
Crushed rock base material shall comply with Section 312300.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 VAULT BASE
A. Excavate for the vault and install a crushed rock base per Section 312300, 12 inches
thick.
B. Crushed rock base material shall extend 1 foot beyond the outside edge of the concrete
vault base. Compact using a vibrating plate compactor.
3.02 SEALING AND GROUTING
Fill joints between precast sections with either a butyl rubber sealing compound or
mortar.
3.03 INSTALLING VAULTS
A. After the excavation has been completed, level the area where the base section is to be
installed. Fill and compact the base material and provide a level and solid foundation.
B. Assemble the vault sections by lowering onto the preceding base or section. Set level
and firmly position the base or preceding section before placing additional sections.
C. Set each precast concrete vault section plumb on a bed of sealant or cement mortar at
least 1/2-inch thick to make a watertight joint with the concrete base and with the
preceding unit. Remove foreign materials such as dirt, mud, and stones from joint
surfaces. Apply grout or sealant such that no voids occur. Point the inside joint and wipe
off the excess mortar or sealant.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS 034220-4
9 Jun 2017
D. If a misalignment of sections occurs during the installation, remove and reinstall the
section. Do not reinstall damaged sections. If the sealing material is damaged, clean the
joint surfaces before repairing or placing new sealing material.
3.04 BACKFILL AROUND VAULTS
Backfill and compact around the vaults using fill as specified in Section 312300.
Compact to 90% relative compaction.
3.05 INSTALLING LADDER
A. Mount ladder to provide clearance in back of ladder so that the distance from the
centerline of rungs or cleats to the nearest permanent object in back of the ladder is not
less than 7 inches.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GRATING, COVER PLATES, AND ACCESS HATCHES 055300-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 055300 ACCESS HATCHES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials, fabrication, and installation of aluminum access
hatches.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Concrete Construction: 030500.
B. Precast Concrete Vaults: 034220.
C. Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Wet Wells: 068200
D. Painting and Coating: 099000.
1.03 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. Access Hatches: 300 psf loading.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit drawings of access hatches. Show dimensions and reference materials of
construction by ASTM designation and grade. Show design criteria.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ALUMINUM ACCESS HATCHES
A. Access hatches shall be aluminum, channel frame by Halliday, Bilco, or equal of the
size and configuration shown in the drawings. Aluminum doors shall be anodized. Latch
and lifting mechanism assemblies, hold-open arms and guides, and brackets, hinges,
pins, and fasteners shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
B. Locking and Latching Devices:
1.Type 316 stainless steel slam lock with key and treaded plug.
C. Access hatches for the pumps shall have the words “Pump #1” and “Pump #2” centered
over the respective pumps.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GRATING, COVER PLATES, AND ACCESS HATCHES 055300-2
9 Jun 2017
2.02 PROTECTIVE GRATE FOR WET WELL ACCESS HATCHES
Provide hinged grating panel to cover each access hatch opening for the wet well. The
grating panel shall fit beneath the access hatch cover. Provide Type 316 stainless steel
hold-open arm with aluminum latch, Type 316 stainless steel hardware including
mounting hardware and supports and aluminum grating with OSHA Safety Orange
fusion-bonded coating. Provide spring-loaded lifting handle. Products: Halliday Products
“Retro-Grate” or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
Store structural material, either plain or fabricated, above ground on platforms, skids, or
other supports. Keep material free from dirt, grease, and other foreign matter and protect
from corrosion.
3.02 INSTALLATION AND ERECTION
A. Clean the surfaces of metalwork to be in contact with concrete of rust, dirt, grease, and
other foreign substances before placing concrete.
B. Set frames and supports accurately in position when concrete is placed and support it
rigidly to prevent displacement or undue vibration during or after the placement of
concrete. Unless otherwise specified, where metalwork is to be installed in recesses in
formed concrete, said recesses shall be made, metalwork installed, and recesses filled
with dry-pack mortar in conformance with Section 030500.
3.03 CORROSION PROTECTION OF ALUMINUM SURFACES
A. Coat aluminum surfaces to be embedded or which will be in contact with concrete or
masonry per Section 099000, System No. 54 before installation. Allow the coating to dry
before the aluminum is placed in contact with the concrete.
B. Where aluminum surfaces come in contact with dissimilar metals, keep the dissimilar
metallic surfaces from direct contact by use of neoprene gaskets or washers.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC WET WELLS 068200-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 068200 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC WET WELLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes design, materials, testing, and installation of fiberglass reinforced
plastic wet wells.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Concrete Construction: 030500.
B. Access Hatches: 055300.
C. Earthwork: 312300.
D. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog data for fiberglass wet wells, frames, and covers. Show
dimensions and materials of construction by ASTM reference and grade.
C. Submit complete shop drawings detailing dimensions, penetration, conduits stub-outs,
mounting surfaces, setting of pumps and pre-rotation basins, rails, supports, hatches, and
all details.
D. Submit buoyancy calculations assuming a flooded condition at finish grade for an empty
wet well. Structural design and analysis submittals will include analysis showing a
minimum safety factor of 3:1 for longitudinal / axial buckling of the wet well side wall.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC WET WELLS
A. Circular fiberglass reinforced plastic wet wells shall be one piece units meeting all
applicable specifications of ASTM D3753. Design wet wells for the diameter and depth
shown in the drawings. Design wet well to resist flotation under the conditions of empty
wet well and groundwater level from the wet well base to finish grade.
B. The wet well shall be designed and constructed to withstand or exceed wall collapse and
buckling with a 3:1 safety factor.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC WET WELLS 068200-2
9 Jun 2017
C. Wet well bottom shall not have more than 3/8 inches of center deflection with vessel
empty and water table located estimated equal to finished grade.
D. All 6’ diameter and larger wet wells shall be constructed using integral constructed
trapezoidal ribs.
E. Wet well shall be manufactured with 100% premium resin (highly cross-linked
isophthalic polyester or terephthalic polyester resins only), and chopped glass.
F. The resin shall be suitable for continuous immersion in sewage in the pH range of 3 to
11 and concentrations of H²S found in municipal sewer systems. Resins shall be suitable
for sulfuric acid concentrations to 20% of solution in waste stream.
G. Wet well shall be tested by the manufacturer to a Barcol Hardness of at least 80% of the
resin manufacturer’s specific hardness for fully cured resin.
H. The wet well top flange shall be designed and built to support a 300 lb. vertical foot
traffic load. Flange dimensions shall be a minimum of 3.0 inches wide or greater.
I. The wet well shall include an anti-flotation flange (for flat bottom wet wells) and shall
have an outside diameter of at least 4 inches greater than the wall diameter of the wet
well.
J. Manufacturers: Xerxes Corporation, Topp Industries Inc., Fiberglass Tank Solutions
LLC., or equal.
K. Provide removable inlet baffle (see sheet C-104) to facilitate access to inlet pipe.
L. Coordinate factory-installed features of fiberglass wet well including but not limited to
wet well penetrations, mounting structures, penetrations for electrical and control wiring,
and appurtenances with wet well manufacturer. All systems shall be factory installed.
2.02 PIPE AND CONDUIT CONNECTIONS
A. Piping and conduit stub-outs shall be installed by the manufacturer. Installation of FRP
pipe shall be performed using FRP hand lay up procedures. All resin and fiberglass shall
be the same type and grade as used in the manufacturer of the basin.
B. Factory-installed stub-outs shall be fitted with restrained flexible connections per note 4,
sheet C-104
2.03 WET WELL FRAMES AND ACCESS HATCHES
A. Wet well frames and access hatches shall be per Specification Section 055300.
B. Finish each access hatch so that it will fit in its frame without rocking. Frames and
access hatches shall be matchmarked in sets before shipping to the site.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC WET WELLS 068200-3
9 Jun 2017
C. Coordinate hatch position in wet well lid with location of pumps, pre-rotation basin, and
pump rails.
2.04 CRUSHED ROCK FOR WET WELL BASE
Crushed rock shall comply with Section 312300.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WET WELL BASE
Excavate for the wet well and install a crushed rock base per Section 312300.
3.02 INSTALLING WET WELLS
Install wet well per manufactures recommendations and guidelines.
3.03 LEAKAGE TESTING
3.04 Perform testing after backfilling the wet well. Plug the pipes connected to the wet well.
Fill the wet well with water to a point at least within 2 feet of the lid. Duration of the
leakage test shall be 24 hours. Allowable leakage shall be zero.
3.05 BACKFILL AROUND WET WELLS
Backfill and compact around the wet wells using gravel backfill for wet wells, per
Section 312300.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 099000 PAINTING AND COATING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and application of painting and coating systems for the
following surfaces:
A. Submerged metal.
B. Exposed metal.
C. Buried metal.
D. Metal in contact with concrete.
E. Fusion-bonded epoxy coated steel.
It does not include coating steel water tanks and reservoirs.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Concrete Construction: 030500.
B. Chemical-Resistant Coatings for Concrete: 099720.
C. Cold-Applied Wax Tape Coating: 099752.
D. Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Linings and Coatings: 099761.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer’s data sheets showing the following information:
1. Percent solids by volume.
2. Minimum and maximum recommended dry-film thickness per coat for prime,
intermediate, and finish coats.
3. Recommended surface preparation.
4. Recommended thinners.
5. Statement verifying that the specified prime coat is recommended by the
manufacturer for use with the specified intermediate and finish coats.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-2
9 Jun 2017
6. Application instructions including recommended equipment and temperature
limitations.
7. Curing requirements and instructions.
C. Submit color swatches.
D. Submit certificate and supplier’s data sheets identifying the type and gradation of
abrasives used for surface preparation. The certificate or data sheets shall specifically
identify that the abrasives comply with federal and state of California regulations for
materials to be used for abrasive blasting for surface preparation for paints and coatings.
E. Submit material safety data sheets for each coating.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PAINTING AND COATING SYSTEMS
The following index lists the various painting and coating systems by service and
generic type:
PAINT COATINGS SYSTEM INDEX
No. Title Generic Coating
Submerged Metal Coating Systems
1. Submerged Metal, Raw Water (Nonpotable) or
Raw Sewage
For use in metal pipes or structures alternately
submerged in raw sewage.
Epoxy
7. Submerged Metal, Potable or Nonpotable Water
For use with lining valves.
Epoxy
Exposed Metal Coating Systems
10. Exposed Metal, Corrosive Environment
For use with exposed metal structures or pipes in
valve vaults subjected to water condensation;
chemical fumes, such as hydrogen sulfide.
High-build epoxy (two-coat
system) with polyurethane
topcoat
Buried Metal Coating Systems
21. Buried Metal
Buried metal, such as valves, flanges, bolts, nuts,
structural steel, and fittings.
Epoxy
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-3
9 Jun 2017
23. Buried Metal
Buried metal, such as flanges, nuts and bolts,
fittings, structural steel especially subjected to
corrosive conditions
Thixotropic coal-tar pitch
24. Buried Metal
Buried metal, such as bolts, bolt threads, tie rods,
and nuts.
Corrosion-resisting grease
25. Buried Metal Piping and Tubing
Buried ferrous and nonferrous piping and tubing.
Coal-tar, wax, and
polyethylene tape wrap or
extruded polyethylene
Coating Systems for Nonferrous Metals
54. Aluminum Insulation from Concrete and Carbon
Steel
Epoxy
55. Repair of Galvanized Surfaces Cold galvanizing compound
Coating System for Fusion Epoxy-Coated Steel Surfaces
66. Fusion Epoxy-Coated Steel, Color Coding Epoxy
72. Semi-Gloss Finish on Exterior Metal Acrylic latex
92. Exposed Metal, High-Temperature Resistant,
1000°F
Silicone
These systems are specified in detail in the following paragraphs. For each coating, the
required surface preparation, prime coat, intermediate coat (if required), topcoat, and
coating thicknesses are described. Mil thicknesses shown are minimum dry-film
thicknesses.
2.02 SUBMERGED METAL COATING SYSTEMS
A. System No. 1--Submerged Metal—Raw Water (Nonpotable) or Raw Sewage:
Type: Epoxy having a minimum volume solids of 80%.
Service Conditions: For use with metal pipes or structures (such as scum troughs, sluice
gates, or piping) alternately submerged in raw sewage or raw water (nonpotable) and
exposed to a moist saturated hydrogen sulfide atmosphere, as in raw sewage wet wells.
Minimum temperature resistance of the coating shall be 140°F for moist heat conditions.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.
Prime Coat: Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, 8 mils; Tnemec 104-1211, 8 mils; or equal.
Finish Coat: Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, 8 mils; Tnemec 104-ABO5, 8 mils; or equal.
B. System No. 7--Submerged Metal, Potable or Nonpotable Water:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-4
9 Jun 2017
Type: Epoxy.
Service Conditions: For use with lining valves.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.
Coating System: Apply the manufacturer’s recommended number of coats to attain the
specified minimum dry-film coating thickness. Products: Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Tnemec
100, Scotchkote 323, Carboline Carboguard 891,or equal; 20 mils total. Color of
topcoat: white. Each coat shall be different color than the one preceding it.
2.03 EXPOSED METAL COATING SYSTEMS
A. System No. 10--Exposed Metal, Corrosive Environment:
Type: High-build epoxy intermediate coat having a minimum volume solids of 60%,
with an organic zinc prime coat and a pigmented polyurethane finish coat having a
minimum volume solids of 52%.
Service Conditions: For use with exposed metal structures or pipes in valve vaults
subjected to water condensation; chemical fumes, such as hydrogen sulfide; salt spray;
and chemical contact.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10 near white blast clean with a 2 mil minimum angular
anchor profile.
Prime Coat: Self-curing, organic zinc-rich coating recommended by the manufacturer for
overcoating with a high-build epoxy finish coat. Minimum zinc content shall be 12
pounds per gallon. Apply to a thickness of 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT. Products: Tnemec 904-
H20 Hydro Zinc, Carboline Carbozinc 859 VOC, or equal.
Intermediate Coat: Tnemec V69 Epoxoline, Devoe Devran 224HS or 231, International
Interseal 670HS, PPG Amercoat 385, Carboline Carboguard 890, Sherwin-Williams
Macropoxy 646 B58-600, PPG PITT-GUARD® Direct-to-Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating
97-145 series, or equal; 2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT.
Finish Coat: Two-component pigmented acrylic or aliphatic polyurethane recommended
by the manufacturer for overcoating a high-build epoxy coating. Apply to a thickness of
at least 2.0 to 4.0 mils DFT. Products: Tnemec Series 1095 Endura-Shield, Devoe
Devthane 379, International Interline 990HS, PPG Amercoat 450HS, Carboline
Carbothane 134VOC, Sherwin-Williams Hi-Solids Polyurethane B65-300, PPG
PITTHANE® Ultra Gloss Urethane Enamel 95-812 series, or equal.
2.04 BURIED METAL COATING SYSTEMS
A. System No. 21--Buried Metal:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-5
9 Jun 2017
Type: High solids epoxy or phenolic epoxy having a minimum volume solids of 80%
(ASTM D2697).
Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as valves, flanges, bolts, nuts, structural steel,
and fittings.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.
Coating System: Apply three or more coats of PPG Amerlock 400 or 400VOC, Tnemec
104HS or 80, Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Carboline 890LT, Sherwin-Williams Tank Clad
HS B62-80 series, or equal; 30 mils total. Maximum thickness of an individual coating
shall not exceed the manufacturer’s recommendation.
B. System No. 23--Buried Metal:
Type: Thixotropic, coal-tar pitch having a minimum volume solids of 68% and
complying with MIL-C-18480A.
Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as flanges, nuts and bolts, fittings, structural steel
especially subjected to corrosive conditions, such as acidic groundwater.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.
Prime Coat: Not required.
Finish Coat: Apply two coats of Carboline Bitumastic 50, 15 mils each; two or more
coats of Tnemec 46-465, to a total thickness of 30 mils; or equal.
C. System No. 24--Buried Metal:
Type: Corrosion-resisting grease.
Service Conditions: Buried metal, such as bolts, bolt threads, tie rods, and nuts.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-3 or SP-6.
Coating: NO-OX-ID GG-2 as manufactured by Sanchem, Inc. Apply to a minimum
thickness of 1/4 inch.
D. System No. 25--Buried Metal Piping and Tubing:
Type: Cold-applied coal-tar tape, hot-applied coal-tar tape, or polyethylene tape.
Service Conditions: Buried ferrous and nonferrous piping and tubing.
Coat with one of the following systems:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-6
9 Jun 2017
1. Wrap with cold-applied coal-tar tape conforming to AWWA C209. Minimum
thickness of tape shall be 35 mils. Apply tape with manufacturer’s prime coat.
Tape shall be Tapecoat CT, Protecto-Wrap 200, or equal.
2. Wrap with hot-applied coal-tar tape conforming to AWWA C203, Section 4.6.
Minimum thickness of tape shall be 50 mils. Apply tape with manufacturer’s
recommended prime coat. Tape shall be Tapecoat 20, Protecto-Wrap 110, or equal.
3. Wrap with polyethylene tape.
Use chloride-free primers with the above coatings when applying to stainless steel
piping or tubing.
Coat field joints of buried piping that has a shop-applied coating with primer and tape
conforming to AWWA C209. Use Type 1 tape of 35-mil thickness. Products: Protection
Engineering Co. Protectowrap 200 GT, Tapecoat CT10/40W, Polyken 930-35, or equal.
Perform electrical inspection of shop and field coating in accordance with Section 5 of
AWWA C209.
Install buried pipes with wrapped coatings by extending the wrapping to the first joint
after entering a building, penetrating a slab, or 6 inches above finished grade. Wrap
joints spirally with a minimum overlap of 50% of the tape width.
2.05 COATING SYSTEMS FOR NONFERROUS METALS
A. System No. 54--Aluminum Insulation from Concrete and Carbon Steel:
Type: High solids epoxy or phenolic epoxy having a minimum volume solids of 80%
(ASTM D2697).
Service Conditions: Coat areas of aluminum grating, stairs, structural members or
aluminum fabrications, in contact with concrete or carbon steel with this system.
Surface Preparation: Solvent or steam cleaning per SSPC SP-1; do not use alkali
cleaning. Then dust blast.
Coating System: Apply three or more coats of PPG Amerlock 400 or 400VOC, Tnemec
Series 135, Devoe Bar-Rust 233H, Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy B58-600, PPG PITT-
GUARD® Direct-to-Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 97-145 series, or equal; 30 mils total.
Maximum thickness of an individual coating shall not exceed the manufacturer’s
recommendation.
B. System No. 55--Repair of Galvanized Steel Surfaces:
Type: Cold galvanizing compound consisting of paint containing oils, solvents, and zinc
dust and complying with MIL-P-21035. Minimum metallic zinc content in the cured
coating shall be 90%.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-7
9 Jun 2017
Service Conditions: Repair of damaged galvanized coatings on steel surfaces.
Surface Preparation: Clean damaged surfaces per SSPC SP-1 and SP-11.
Coating System: Apply Z.R.C. Galvanizing Compound, RAMCO Specialty Products
“Zinckit,” NuWave “Galv-Match-Plus,” Devcon “Cold Galvanizing,” Clearco “Cold
Galvanizing Spray,” or equal to a minimum dry-film thickness of 3 mils. Apply per
ASTM A780, Annex A2.
2.06 COATING SYSTEMS FOR FUSION EPOXY-COATED STEEL SURFACES
A. System No. 66--Fusion Epoxy-Coated Steel, Color Coding:
Type: Epoxy having a minimum volume solids content of 60%.
Application: Color coding of pipe or steel surfaces already coated with fusion bonded
epoxy.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-1. Then sweep blast the epoxy surface per SP-7 to
provide a 2- to 3-mil profile in the fusion-bonded epoxy substrate.
Prime Coat: None.
Finish Coat: One coat of Carboline 890, Tnemec 104, International Interguard 760HS,
PPG Amercoat 385, Devoe Devran 224HS, Sherwin-Williams Macropoxy 646 B58-600
series, PPG PITT-GUARD® Direct-to-Rust Epoxy Mastic Coating 97-145 series, or
equal. Apply to a minimum dry-film thickness of 5 mils.
B. System No. 72--Semi-Gloss Finish on Exterior Metal:
Type: Acrylic semi-gloss enamel with minimum volume solids of 35% with an acrylic or
water-based inorganic zinc silicate metal primer.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-6 or SP-11; acid-etch galvanized surfaces.
Prime Coat: Dunn-Edwards GE-123 Galva-Etch (ferrous) or 43-7 Galv-Alum
(nonferrous), PPG Dimetcoat 21-5 (with 856 additive), International Intercryl 510WB,
Devoe 4020, Tnemec Series 18, Sherwin-Williams Kem Bond HS B50NZ (ferrous) and
Galvite HS B50WZ30 (nonferrous), or equal; 3 mils.
Finish Coat: Two coats, 1.5 mils dry each, of Dunn-Edwards W-901, PPG Amercoat
220, International Intercryl 530WB, Devoe 2406, Tnemec Series 29, Sherwin-Williams
Metalatex B42-100, or equal.
C. System No. 92--Exposed Metal, High-Temperature Resistant (1000°F):
Type: Silicone resins with thermally stable pigments with a minimum volume solids of
50% (ASTM D2697) with a silicone zinc dust primer.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-8
9 Jun 2017
Service Conditions: For use on exterior metal piping, such as engine generator exhaust
piping, having a maximum continuous temperature of 1000°F.
Surface Preparation: SSPC SP-10.
Prime Coat: Two-component silicone base and zinc dust coating system recommended
by the manufacturer to be coated with a silicone resin topcoat. Apply to a thickness of
1.5 to 2.0 mils. Product: Dampney 245C.
Finish Coat: Dampney 230C. Apply to a thickness of 1.5 to 2.0 mils.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WEATHER CONDITIONS
A. Do not paint in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fog or when steel or metal surface
temperatures are less than 5°F above the dew point.
B. Do not apply paint when the relative humidity is above 85%.
C. Do not paint when temperature of metal to be painted is above 120°F.
D. Do not apply alkyd, inorganic zinc, silicone aluminum, or silicone acrylic paints if air or
surface temperature is below 40°F or expected to be below 40°F within 24 hours.
E. Do not apply epoxy, acrylic latex, and polyurethane paints on an exterior or interior
surface if air or surface temperature is below 60°F or expected to drop below 60°F in 24
hours.
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION PROCEDURES
A. Remove oil and grease from metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-1. Use clean
cloths and cleaning solvents and wipe dry with clean cloths. Do not leave a film or
greasy residue on the cleaned surfaces before abrasive blasting.
B. Remove weld spatter and weld slag from metal surfaces and grind smoothly rough
welds, beads, peaked corners, and sharp edges including erection lugs in accordance
with SSPC SP-2 and SSPC SP-3. Grind 0.020 inch (minimum) off the weld caps on pipe
weld seams. Grind outside sharp corners, such as the outside edges of flanges, to a
minimum radius of 1/4 inch.
C. Do not abrasive blast or prepare more surface area in one day than can be coated in one
day; prepare surfaces and apply coatings the same day. Remove sharp edges, burrs, and
weld spatter.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-9
9 Jun 2017
D. Do not abrasive blast epoxy- or enamel-coated pipe that has already been factory coated,
except to repair scratched or damaged coatings.
E. For carbon steel, do not touch the surface between the time of abrasive blasting and the
time the coating is applied. Apply coatings within two hours of blasting or before any
rust bloom forms.
F. Surface preparation shall conform with the SSPC specifications as follows:
Solvent Cleaning SP-1
Hand Tool Cleaning SP-2
Power Tool Cleaning SP-3
White Metal Blast Cleaning SP-5
Commercial Blast Cleaning SP-6
Brush-Off Blast Cleaning SP-7
Pickling SP-8
Near-White Blast Cleaning SP-10
Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal SP-11
Surface Preparation and Cleaning of Steel and Other
Hard Materials by High- and Ultrahigh-Pressure Water
Jetting Prior to Recoating
SP-12
Surface Preparation of Concrete SP-13
G. Wherever the words “solvent cleaning,” “hand tool cleaning,” “wire brushing,” or “blast
cleaning” or similar words are used in these specifications or in paint manufacturer’s
specifications, they shall be understood to refer to the applicable SSPC (Society for
Protective Coatings), surface preparation specifications listed above.
H. For carbon steel surfaces, after abrasive blast cleaning, the height of the surface profile
shall be 2 to 3 mils. Verify the surface profile by measuring with an impresser tape
acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. Perform a minimum of one test per 100
square feet of surface area. Testing shall be witnessed by the Owner’s Representative.
The impresser tape used in the test shall be permanently marked with the date, time, and
locations where the test was made. Test results shall be promptly presented to the
Owner’s Representative.
I. Do not apply any part of a coating system before the Owner’s Representative has
reviewed the surface preparation. If coating has been applied without this review, if
directed by the Owner’s Representative, remove the applied coating by abrasive blasting
and reapply the coat in accordance with this specification.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-10
9 Jun 2017
3.03 ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING
A. Use dry abrasive blast cleaning for metal surfaces. Do not use abrasives in automatic
equipment that have become contaminated. When shop or field blast cleaning with
handheld nozzles, do not recycle or reuse blast particles.
B. After abrasive blast cleaning and prior to application of coating, dry clean surfaces to be
coated by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming to remove residue from blasting. Apply the
specified primer or touch-up coating within the period of an eight-hour working day. Do
not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Reclean prior to application of primer or
touch-up coating any blast cleaned surface not coated within said eight-hour period.
C. Keep the area of the work in a clean condition and do not permit blasting particles to
accumulate and constitute a nuisance or hazard.
D. During abrasive blast cleaning, prevent damage to adjacent coatings. Schedule blast
cleaning and coating such that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale,
etc., will not damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces.
3.04 PREPARATION OF CONCRETE AND MASONRY SURFACES TO BE COATED
A. Surface preparation of concrete and masonry surfaces shall be in accordance with SSPC
SP-13 and the following.
B. Do not apply coating until concrete has cured at least 30 days. Finish concrete surfaces
per Section 030500. Do not use curing compound on surfaces that are to be coated.
C. Concrete and masonry surfaces on which coatings are to be applied shall be of even
color, gray or gray-white. The surface shall have no pits, pockets, holes, or sharp
changes of surface elevation. Scrubbing with a stiff-bristle fiber brush shall produce no
dusting or dislodging of cement or sand. Sprinkling water on the surface shall produce
no water beads or standing droplets. Concrete and masonry shall be free of laitance and
slick surfaces.
D. Detergent clean the concrete or masonry surface with trisodium phosphate per ASTM
D4258. Then sandblast surfaces (brush-off blast). Floor slabs may be acid etched per
ASTM D4260 in lieu of sandblasting. After sandblasting, wash surfaces with water to
remove dust and salts, per ASTM D4258 or D4261. The grain of the concrete surface to
touch shall not be rougher than that of No. 10 mesh sand.
E. Do not apply coatings to concrete when the concrete is outgassing. Apply coatings only
when the concrete surface temperature is stable, not rising.
3.05 PROCEDURES FOR ITEMS HAVING SHOP-APPLIED PRIME COATS
A. After application of primer to surfaces, allow coating to cure for a minimum of two
hours before handling to minimize damage.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-11
9 Jun 2017
B. When loading for shipment to the project site, use spacers and other protective devices to
separate items to prevent damaging the shop-primed surfaces during transit and
unloading. If wood spacers are used, remove wood splinters and particles from the shop-
primed surfaces after separation. Use padded chains or ribbon binders to secure the
loaded items and minimize damage to the shop-primed surfaces.
C. Cover shop-primed items 100% with protective coverings or tarpaulins to prevent
deposition of road salts, fuel residue, and other contaminants in transit.
D. Handle shop-primed items with care during unloading, installation, and erection
operations to minimize damage. Do not place or store shop-primed items on the ground
or on top of other work unless ground or work is covered with a protective covering or
tarpaulin. Place shop-primed items above the ground upon platforms, skids, or other
supports.
3.06 FIELD TOUCH-UP OF SHOP-APPLIED PRIME COATS
A. Remove oil and grease surface contaminants on metal surfaces in accordance with SSPC
SP-1. Use clean rags wetted with a degreasing solution, rinse with clean water, and wipe
dry.
B. Remove dust, dirt, salts, moisture, chalking primers, or other surface contaminants that
will affect the adhesion or durability of the coating system. Use a high-pressure water
blaster or scrub surfaces with a broom or brush wetted with a solution of trisodium
phosphate, detergent, and water. Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water.
C. Remove loose or peeling primer and other surface contaminants not easily removed by
the previous cleaning methods in accordance with SSPC SP-7. Take care that remaining
primers are not damaged by the blast cleaning operation. Remaining primers shall be
firmly bonded to the steel surfaces with blast cleaned edges feathered.
D. Remove rust, scaling, or primer damaged by welding or during shipment, storage, and
erection in accordance with SSPC SP-10. Take care that remaining primers are not
damaged by the blast cleaning operation. Areas smaller than 1 square inch may be
prepared per SSPC SP-11. Remaining primers shall be firmly bonded to the steel
surfaces with cleaned edges feathered.
E. Use repair procedures on damaged primer that protects adjacent primer. Blast cleaning
may require the use of lower air pressure, smaller nozzles, and abrasive particle sizes,
short blast nozzle distance from surface, shielding, and/or masking.
F. After abrasive blast cleaning of damaged and defective areas, remove dust, blast
particles, and other debris by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming; then apply the
specified touch-up coating.
G. Surfaces that are shop primed shall receive a field touch-up of the same primer used in
the original prime coat.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-12
9 Jun 2017
3.07 PAINTING SYSTEMS
A. All materials of a specified painting system, including primer, intermediate, and finish
coats, shall be produced by the same manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other
additives shall be as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the particular coating
system.
B. Deliver paints to the jobsite in the original, unopened containers.
3.08 PAINT STORAGE AND MIXING
A. Store and mix materials only in areas designated for that purpose by the Owner’s
Representative. The area shall be well-ventilated, with precautionary measures taken to
prevent fire hazards. Post “No Smoking” signs. Storage and mixing areas shall be clean
and free of rags, waste, and scrapings. Tightly close containers after each use. Store
paint at an ambient temperature from 50°F to 100°F.
B. Prepare multiple-component coatings using all of the contents of the container for each
component as packaged by the paint manufacturer. Do not use partial batches. Do not
use multiple-component coatings that have been mixed beyond their pot life. Provide
small quantity kits for touch-up painting and for painting other small areas. Mix only the
components specified and furnished by the paint manufacturer. Do not intermix
additional components for reasons of color or otherwise, even within the same generic
type of coating.
3.09 PROCEDURES FOR THE APPLICATION OF COATINGS
A. Conform to the requirements of SSPC PA-1. Follow the recommendations of the coating
manufacturer including the selection of spray equipment, brushes, rollers, cleaners,
thinners, mixing, drying time, temperature and humidity of application, and safety
precautions.
B. Stir, strain, and keep coating materials at a uniform consistency during application.
Power mix components. For multiple component materials, premix each component
before combining. Apply each coating evenly, free of brush marks, sags, runs, and other
evidence of poor workmanship. Use a different shade or tint on succeeding coating
applications to indicate coverage where possible. Finished surfaces shall be free from
defects or blemishes.
C. Do not use thinners unless recommended by the coating manufacturer. If thinning is
allowed, do not exceed the maximum allowable amount of thinner per gallon of coating
material. Stir coating materials at all times when adding thinner. Do not flood the
coating material surface with thinner prior to mixing. Do not reduce coating materials
more than is absolutely necessary to obtain the proper application characteristics and to
obtain the specified dry-film thicknesses.
D. Remove dust, blast particles, and other debris from blast cleaned surfaces by dusting,
sweeping, and vacuuming. Allow ventilator fans to clean airborne dust to provide good
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-13
9 Jun 2017
visibility of working area prior to coating applications. Remove dust from coated
surfaces by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming prior to applying succeeding coats.
E. Apply coating systems to the specified minimum dry-film thicknesses as determined per
SSPC PA-2.
F. Apply primer immediately after blast cleaning and before any surface rusting occurs, or
any dust, dirt, or any foreign matter has accumulated. Reclean surfaces by blast cleaning
that have surface colored or become moist prior to coating application.
G. Apply a brush coat of primer on welds, sharp edges, nuts, bolts, and irregular surfaces
prior to the application of the primer and finish coat. Apply the brush coat prior to and in
conjunction with the spray coat application. Apply the spray coat over the brush coat.
H. Before applying subsequent coats, allow the primer and intermediate coats to dry for the
minimum curing time recommended by the manufacturer. In no case shall the time
between coats exceed the manufacturer’s recommendation.
I. Each coat shall cover the surface of the preceding coat completely, and there shall be a
visually perceptible difference in applied shade or tint of colors.
J. Applied coating systems shall be cured at 75°F or higher for 48 hours. If temperature is
lower than 75°F, curing time shall be in accordance with printed recommendations of the
manufacturer, unless otherwise allowed by the Owner’s Representative.
K. Assembled parts shall be disassembled sufficiently before painting or coating to ensure
complete coverage by the required coating.
3.10 SURFACES NOT TO BE COATED
Do not paint the following surfaces unless otherwise noted in the drawings or in other
specification sections. Protect during the painting of adjacent areas:
A. Concrete walkways.
B. Mortar-coated pipe and fittings.
C. Stainless steel.
D. Metal letters.
E. Glass.
F. Roofings.
G. Fencing.
H. Electrical fixtures except for factory coatings.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-14
9 Jun 2017
I. Nameplates.
J. Grease fittings.
K. Brass and copper, submerged.
L. Buried pipe, unless specifically required in the piping specifications.
M. Fiberglass items, unless specifically required in the FRP specifications.
N. Aluminum handrail, stairs, and grating.
3.11 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT TO BE PAINTED
Remove, mask, or otherwise protect hardware, lighting fixtures, switch plates, aluminum
surfaces, machined surfaces, couplings, shafts, bearings, nameplates on machinery, and
other surfaces not intended to be painted. Provide drop cloths to prevent paint materials
from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect working parts of mechanical and
electrical equipment from damage during surface preparation and painting process. Mask
openings in motors to prevent paint and other materials from entering the motors.
3.12 SURFACES TO BE COATED
The exact coating to be applied in any location is not designated by the descriptive
phrases in the coating system titles such as “corrosive environment,” “buried metal,” or
“submerged metal.” Coat surfaces with the specific coating systems as described below:
A. Coat mechanical equipment, such as pumps, as described in the various mechanical
equipment specifications.
B. Coat piping and appurtenances as described in the various piping specifications
C. Coat valves as described in the various valve specifications.
D. Coat aluminum surfaces in contact with concrete per System No. 54.
3.13 DRY-FILM THICKNESS TESTING
A. Measure coating thickness specified for carbon steel surfaces with a magnetic-type dry-
film thickness gauge in accordance with SSPC PA-2. Provide certification that the gauge
has been calibrated by a certified laboratory within the past six months. Provide dry-film
thickness gauge as manufactured by Mikrotest or Elcometer.
B. Test the finish coat of metal surfaces (except zinc primer and galvanizing) for holidays
and discontinuities with an electrical holiday detector, low-voltage, wet-sponge type.
Provide measuring equipment. Provide certification that the gauge has been calibrated
by a certified laboratory within the past six months. Provide detector as manufactured by
Tinker and Rasor or K-D Bird Dog.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PAINTING AND COATING 099000-15
9 Jun 2017
C. Check each coat for the correct dry-film thickness. Do not measure within eight hours
after application of the coating.
D. For metal surfaces, make five separate spot measurements (average of three readings)
spaced evenly over each metal surface to be measured. Make three readings for each
spot measurement of either the substrate or the paint. Move the probe or detector a
distance of 1 to 3 inches for each new gauge reading. Discard any unusually high or low
reading that cannot be repeated consistently. Take the average (mean) of the three
readings as the spot measurement. The average of five spot measurements for each such
area shall not be less than the specified thickness. No single spot measurement in any
area shall be less than 80%, nor more than 120%, of the specified thickness. One of three
readings which are averaged to produce each spot measurement may underrun by a
greater amount as defined by SSPC PA-2.
E. Perform tests in the presence of the Owner’s Representative.
3.14 REPAIR OF IMPROPERLY COATED SURFACES
If the item has an improper finish color or insufficient film thickness, clean and topcoat
the surface with the specified paint material to obtain the specified color and coverage.
Sandblast or power-sand visible areas of chipped, peeled, or abraded paint, feathering
the edges. Then prime and finish coat in accordance with the specifications. Work shall
be free of runs, bridges, shiners, laps, or other imperfections.
3.15 CLEANING
A. During the progress of the work, remove discarded materials, rubbish, cans, and rags at
the end of each day’s work.
B. Thoroughly clean brushes and other application equipment at the end of each period of
use and when changing to another paint or color.
C. Upon completion of painting work, remove masking tape, tarps, and other protective
materials, using care not to damage finished surfaces.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRETE 099720-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 099720 CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and installation of a chemical-resistant coating for
concrete subject to corrosive environments.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Concrete Construction: 030500.
B. Painting and Coating: 099000.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer's data sheets showing the following information:
1. Percent solids by volume of coating compound.
2. Number of coats required to give the specified dry thickness.
3. Minimum recommended dry thickness per coat for prime, intermediate, and finish
coats.
4. Recommended surface preparation.
5. Recommended surface tensile strength of the concrete surface.
6. Application instructions including recommended equipment and temperature
limitation.
7. Curing requirements and instructions.
C. Submit color swatches.
D. Submit certificate and supplier’s data sheets identifying the type and gradation of
abrasives used for surface preparation. The certificate or data sheets shall specifically
identify that the abrasives comply with federal and state of California regulations for
materials to be used for abrasive blasting for surface preparation for paints and coatings.
E. Submit material safety data sheets for each coating.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRETE 099720-2
9 Jun 2017
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 POLYURETHANE
A. Coating system shall be a two-component, minimum 100% solids, polyurethane with
primer.
B. Characteristics shall be as follows:
1. Tensile Strength on Concrete: 2,500 psi (minimum) per ASTM D412.
2. Flexibility: No effect bending 0.50 mm plate with 30-mil coating over 1/8-inch
mandrel per ASTM D1737 or no effect bending 180 degrees over 1-inch mandrel
with 15-mil coating per ASTM D522.
3. Elongation: 50% (minimum) recoverable, per ASTM D412.
4. Surface Hardness: 57 minimum, Shore "D" per ASTM D2240.
5. Abrasion Resistance: Weight loss of 80 mg (maximum) on Taber abraser, CS-17
wheel, 1,000 grams, 1,000 cycles per ASTM D4060.
C. Products: Utilithane 1600 as manufactured by Prime Coatings Inc..; Sancon 100 as
manufactured by Sancon Engineering Inc.; (Carboline); or equal.
D. Apply prime coat and finish coats to give a total dry coating thickness of at least 125
mils on walls and floor slabs.
2.02 ABRASIVES FOR SURFACE PREPARATION OF CONCRETE
Abrasives used for preparation of concrete surfaces shall be medium grade “Black
Beauty” abrasive as manufactured by Reed Minerals, or equal. Silica sand will not be
accepted.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 COATING SYSTEM
A. Materials including primer, intermediate, and finish coats shall be produced by the same
manufacturer. Thinners, cleaners, driers, and other additives shall be as recommended by
the coating manufacturer.
B. Deliver coatings to the jobsite in the original, unopened containers.
3.02 PROTECTION OF SURFACES NOT TO BE COATED
Remove, mask, or otherwise protect surfaces not intended to be coated. Provide drop
cloths to prevent coating materials from falling on or marring adjacent surfaces. Protect
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRETE 099720-3
9 Jun 2017
working parts of mechanical and electrical equipment from damage during surface
preparation and coating process. Mask openings in motors to prevent coating and other
materials from entering the motors.
3.03 WEATHER CONDITIONS
A. Do not coat in the rain, wind, snow, mist, and fog or when surface temperatures are less
than 5°F above the dew point.
B. Do not apply coatings when the relative humidity is above 85% or the temperature is
above 90°F.
C. Do not coat when temperature of concrete to be painted is above 120°F.
D. Do not apply coatings if air or surface temperature is below 60°F or expected to drop
below 60°F in 24 hours.
3.04 SURFACE PREPARATION
A. Surface preparation of concrete surfaces shall be in accordance with SSPC SP-13, the
coating manufacturer’s recommendations, and the following.
B. Do not apply coating until concrete has cured at least 30 days. Finish concrete surfaces
per Section 030500. Do not use lubricants or release agents on tools. Do not use curing
compound on surfaces that are to be coated.
1.Concrete surfaces on which coating is to be applied shall be of even color, gray or
gray-white. The surface shall have no pits, pockets, holes, or sharp changes of
surface elevation. Scrubbing with a stiff-bristle fiber brush shall produce no
dusting or dislodging of cement or sand. Sprinkling water on the surface shall
produce no water beads or standing droplets. Concrete and masonry shall be free
of laitance and slick surfaces. The grain of the concrete surface to touch shall not
be rougher than that of No. 10 mesh sand.
2.Repair existing deteriorated concrete as directed by Owner’s Representative and
per Section 030500, Finish F-4. Fill spalled areas with grout to provide a surface
level with the surrounding area.
3.All existing concrete surfaces to be lined shall be waterblasted to remove all
deteriorated concrete, oil, grease, or existing coating to produce sound and clean
concrete. Wasterblasting equipment shall be capable of 10,000 psi. Cleaning shall
be accomplished with a minimum of 5,000 psi using no detergents, solvents, or
chemicals of any kind.
4.All debris produced from waterblasting operation shall be removed from the
structure prior to coating. No debris shall be allowed to enter the sewer system.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRETE 099720-4
9 Jun 2017
5.Repair existing deteriorated concrete as directed by Owner’s Representative. Fill
spalled areas with grout to provide a surface level with the surrounding area.
6.Any surfaces subject to immersion shall be abrasive blasted. Abrasive blast
surfaces (brush-off blast) per ASTM D4259 and Section E. After sandblasting,
wash surfaces with water to remove dust and salts, per ASTM D4258 or D4261.
Concrete surfaces shall be air-dried prior to lining application.
7. Do not apply coatings to concrete when the concrete is outgassing. Apply coatings
only when the concrete surface temperature is stable, not rising.
3.05 ABRASIVE BLAST CLEANING
A. Use dry abrasive blast cleaning material. When field blast cleaning with hand-held
nozzles, do not recycle or reuse blast particles.
B. After blast cleaning and prior to application of coating, dry clean surfaces to be coated
by dusting, sweeping, and vacuuming to remove residue from blasting. Apply the
specified primer or touch-up coating within the period of an eight-hour working day. Do
not apply coating over damp or moist surfaces. Reclean prior to application of primer or
touch-up coating any blast-cleaned surface not coated within said eight-hour period.
C. Keep the area of the work in a clean condition, and do not permit blasting particles to
accumulate and constitute a nuisance or hazard.
D. During sandblast cleaning, prevent damage to adjacent coatings. Schedule blast cleaning
and coating such that dust, dirt, blast particles, old coatings, rust, mill scale, etc., will not
damage or fall upon wet or newly coated surfaces.
3.06 COATING APPLICATION
A. Lining application shall be performed only by workmen trained and experienced with
the specified material. Provide proof of such experience with the bid documents. Proof
shall include a list of similar projects using the specified material.
B. Apply the lining through plural component equipment specifically designed and
approved by the manufacturer of the lining material. The equipment shall be in good
working order to insure correct proportioning and mixing of the components.
C. Apply the lining to specified thickness in one continuous coat. The lining shall be free
of seams, holes, bubbles, or defects. All areas in question shall be removed, reworked,
and patched.
D. For manholes, the lining shall be installed on the entire manhole concrete interior,
including shelves, except for the formed channel surface.
E. Application of the lining shall not take place during weather described in Section 3.03.
Protect the work from the above mentioned conditions.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CHEMICAL-RESISTANT COATINGS FOR CONCRETE 099720-5
9 Jun 2017
3.07 WET GAUGE TESTING
A. During lining application, take wet gauge thickness readings as required to insure correct
lining thickness.
B. Provide copies of the wet gauge thickness reading results to the Owner’s Representative.
3.08 HOLIDAY (CONTINUITY) TESTING OF APPLIED COATING
The Owner's Representative will inspect each coat of primer and finish coating in
accordance with ASTM D4787 to determine integrity. Each coating application will be
checked and deficiencies marked. After observing specified recoat time, apply additional
coating materials over areas having any holidays or pinholes. After correction of
deficiencies, the Owner's Representative will reinspect those areas to determine the
acceptability of the additional coating. Each coating application must be 100% to the
satisfaction of the Owner's Representative prior to succeeding coating applications.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
COLD-APPLIED WAX TAPE COATING 099752-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 099752 COLD-APPLIED WAX TAPE COATING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and application of a three-part, cold-applied wax tape
coating system for buried piping per NACE RP0375-2006, Section 4 except as modified
herein.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
Polyethylene Sheet Encasement (AWWA C105): 099754.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Standard Specfications.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog data sheets and application instructions.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PRIMER
A. Primer shall be a blend of petrolatums, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors having a
paste-like consistency. The primer shall comply with NACE RP0375-2006 and shall
have the following properties:
1. Pour Point: 100°F to 110°F.
2. Flash Point: 350°F.
3. Coverage: 1 gallon per 100 square feet.
B. Primer shall be Trenton Wax Tape Primer, Denso Paste Primer, or equal.
2.02 WAX TAPE
A. Wax tape shall consist of a synthetic-fiber felt, saturated with a blend of microcrystalline
wax, petrolatums, plasticizers, and corrosion inhibitors, forming a tape coating that is
easily formable over irregular surfaces. The tape shall comply with NACE RP0375-2006
and shall have the following properties:
1. Saturant Pour Point: 115°F to 120°F.
2. Thickness: 50 to 70 mils.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
COLD-APPLIED WAX TAPE COATING 099752-2
9 Jun 2017
3.Tape Width: 6 inches.
B. Wax tapes used for pipe soil-to-air transitions shall be UV light stable so as not to
degrade in the presence of sunlight.
C. Wax tape shall be Trenton No. 1 Wax Tape, Denso "Densyl Tape," or equal.
2.03 PLASTIC WRAPPER
A. Wrapper shall be a polyvinylidene chloride plastic with three 50-gauge plies wound
together as a single sheet. The wrapper shall have the following properties:
1.Color: Clear.
2.Thickness: 1.5 mils.
3.Tape Width: 6 inches.
B. Plastic wrapper shall be Trenton Poly-Ply, Denso Tape PVC Self-Adhesive, or equal.
2.04 POLYETHYLENE SHEET COATING
See Section 099754.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 WAX TAPE COATING APPLICATION
A. Surfaces shall be clean and free of dirt, grease, water, and other foreign material prior to
the application of the primer and wax tape.
B. Apply primer by hand or brush to fitting surfaces. Work the primer into crevices and
completely cover exposed metal surfaces.
C. Apply the wax tape immediately after the primer application. Work the tape into the
crevices around fittings. Apply the wax tape by pressing and molding the tape into
conformity with the surface so that it does not bridge over irregular surfaces
configurations. Begin wrapping approximately 3 inches behind the area to be wrapped.
If starting at a straight edge, wrap the tape spirally around the pipe while touching the
end edge before starting the angle to begin the spiral. If the previous roll is headed in a
downward direction, tuck the next roll under the previous roll. Stretch each roll tight as
wrapping continues to avoid air bubbles.
D. Wrap the wax tape spirally around the pipe and across the fitting. Use a minimum
overlap of 50% of the tape width. Apply tape to flanges, mechanical and restrained joint
bolts, nuts and glands, and grooved-end couplings to 6 inches beyond each side of the
item.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
COLD-APPLIED WAX TAPE COATING 099752-3
9 Jun 2017
E. Work the tape into the crevices and contours of irregularly shaped surfaces and smooth
out so that there is a continuous protective layer with no voids or spaces under the tape.
F. After application, seal the overlap seams of the tape by hand by tapering and pressing
the seam, attempting to create a continuous surface. There shall be no air pockets
underneath the tape. The tape shall have direct intimate contact with the pipe surface.
G. On vertical sections of the piping, such as at pipe-to-soil transitions, wrap the pipe
starting from the bottom and proceeding upward so that downward flowing water and
backfill do not catch in a seam.
H. Overwrap the completed wax tape installation with the plastic wrapping material. Wrap
spirally around the pipe and across the fitting. Use a minimum overlap of 55% of the
tape width and apply two layers or applications of overwrap. Secure plastic wrapper to
pipe with adhesive tape.
3.02 APPLICATION OF POLYETHYLENE SHEET COATING TO BURIED PIPING
Wrap completed wax tape coating system with polyethylene film per Section 099754
and secure around the adjacent pipe circumference with adhesive tape.
3.03 HANDLING AND INSTALLING WAX-TAPE COATED PIPE
A. Handle pipe in a manner to minimize damage to the coating. Equipment used for the
handling of coated pipe shall be designed and constructed to avoid damaging the
protective coating system. Inspect supported areas of the pipe prior to installation.
Repair damaged areas before installation.
B. The pipeline trench shall be free of rocks, foreign matter, and projections that could
damage the coating system.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
POLYETHYLENE SHEET ENCASEMENT 099754-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 099754 POLYETHYLENE SHEET ENCASEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and installation of a polyethylene sheet encasement for
buried iron pipe, fittings, and valves.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Cold-Applied Wax Tape Coating: 099752.
B. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
C. General Piping Requirements: 400500.
D. Ductile-Iron Pipe: 402040.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog literature and product data sheets describing the physical,
chemical, and electrical properties of the encasement material.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 POLYETHYLENE WRAP
A. The encasement shall consist of low-density polyethylene wrap of at least 8-mil
thickness conforming to AWWA C105. Color: Black.
B. Polyethylene encasement for ductile-iron pipe shall be supplied as a flat tube meeting the
dimensions of Table 1 in AWWA C105 and shall be supplied by the ductile-iron pipe
manufacturer.
2.02 PLASTIC ADHESIVE TAPE
A. Tape shall consist of polyolefin backing and adhesive which bonds to common pipeline
coatings including polyethylene.
B. Minimum Width: 2 inches.
C. Products: Canusa Wrapid Tape; Tapecoat 35; Polyken 934; AA Thread Seal Tape, Inc.;
or equal.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
POLYETHYLENE SHEET ENCASEMENT 099754-2
9 Jun 2017
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 APPLICATION OF MOLDABLE MASTIC FILLER TO IRREGULAR ADJACENT
SURFACES
When the adjacent joints are bell-and-spigot or mechanical joints and any associated
welding specifications do not require an external full fillet weld, apply a moldable
mastic filler (per Section 400500) at the step-down area prior to the application of the
sheet encasement and tape.
3.02 APPLYING SHEET COATING TO BURIED PIPING AND FITTINGS
A. Apply wrapping per AWWA C105 as modified herein.
B. Apply a double wrapping.
C. Install the polyethylene to completely encase the pipe and fittings to provide a watertight
corrosion barrier. Continuously secure overlaps and ends of sheet and tube with
polyethylene tape. Make circumferential seams with two complete wraps, with no
exposed edges. Tape longitudinal seams and longitudinal overlaps, extending tape
beyond and beneath circumferential seams.
D. Wrap bell-spigot interfaces, restrained joint components, and other irregular surfaces
with wax tape or moldable sealant prior to placing polyethylene encasement.
E. Minimize voids beneath polyethylene. Place circumferential or spiral wraps of
polyethylene tape at 2-foot intervals along the barrel of the pipe to minimize the space
between the pipe and the polyethylene.
F. Overlap adjoining polyethylene tube coatings a minimum of 1 foot and wrap prior to
placing concrete anchors, collars, supports, or thrust blocks. Hand wrap the polyethylene
sheet, apply two complete wraps with no exposed edges to provide a watertight
corrosion barrier, and secure in place with 2-inch-wide plastic adhesive tape.
3.03 APPLYING SHEET COATING TO BURIED VALVES
A. Wrap flanges and other irregular surfaces with wax tape or moldable sealant. Press
tightly into place leaving no voids underneath and a smooth surface under coating for
polyethylene sheet.
B. Wrap with a flat sheet of polyethylene. Place the sheet under the valve and the flanges or
joints with the connecting pipe and fold in half. Extend the sheet to the valve stem and
secure the sheet in place with 2-inch-wide plastic adhesive tape. Apply a second layer
and secure with tape. Make two complete wraps, with no exposed edges, to provide a
watertight corrosion barrier. Secure the sheets with tape around the valve stem below the
operating nut and around the barrel of the connecting pipe to prevent the entrance of
water and soil. Place concrete anchor and support blocks after the wrap has been
installed.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
POLYETHYLENE SHEET ENCASEMENT 099754-3
9 Jun 2017
3.04 APPLYING SHEET COATING TO BURIED FLEXIBLE PIPE COUPLINGS
A. Wrap irregular surfaces with wax tape or moldable sealant. Press tightly into place
leaving no voids underneath and a smooth surface under coating for polyethylene sheet.
B. Apply two layers or wraps around the coupling. Overlap the adjoining pipe or fitting a
minimum of 1 foot and secure in place with tape. Provide sufficient slack in
polyethylene to allow backfill to be placed around fitting without tearing polyethylene.
Apply tape around the entire circumference of the overlapped section on the adjoining
pipe or fitting in two complete wraps, with no exposed edges, to provide a watertight
corrosion barrier.
3.05 REPAIR OF POLYETHYLENE MATERIAL
Repair polyethylene material that is damaged during installation. Use polyethylene
sheet, place over damaged or torn area, and secure in place with 2-inch-wide plastic
adhesive tape.
3.06 APPLYING SHEET COATING TO EXISTING BURIED PIPING
When connecting polyethylene-encased pipe or fittings to existing pipe, expose existing
pipe, thoroughly clean the surface, and securely tape the end of the polyethylene to the
existing as specified above. When the existing pipe is polyethylene encased, wrap new
polyethylene encasement over the existing, with overlap of at least 2 feet. Tape securely
as specified above.
3.07 BACKFILL FOR POLYETHYLENE-WRAPPED PIPE, VALVES, AND FITTINGS
Place sand backfill within 1 foot of the pipe, valves, and fittings wrapped with
polyethylene encasement per Section 312316.
3.08 INSTALLATION AND REPAIR OF POLYETHYLENE AT SERVICE TAPS
A. Wrap two or three layers of polyethylene adhesive tape completely around the pipe to
cover the area where the tapping machine and chain will be mounted.
B. Mount the tapping machine on the pipe area covered by the polyethylene tape. Then
make the tap and install the corporation stop directly through the tape and polyethylene.
C. After making the direct service connection, inspect the entire circumferential area for
damage and make repairs.
D. To minimize the possibility of dissimilar metal corrosion at service connections, wrap
the corporation stop a minimum clear distance of 3 feet of copper service pipes with
polyethylene or dielectric tape.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 099761-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 099761 FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, application, and testing of one-part, fusion-bonded, heat-
cured, thermosetting, 100% solids epoxy linings and coatings on steel, cast-iron, and
ductile-iron equipment, such as valves, fittings, and flexible pipe couplings.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Painting and Coating: 099000.
B. Manual, Check, and Process Valves: 400520.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog literature and product data sheets, describing the physical
and chemical properties of the epoxy coating. Describe application and curing
procedure.
C. Submit coating application test records for measuring coating thickness and holiday
detection for each item or pipe section and fitting. Describe repair procedures used.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SURFACES
A. The Contractor shall require the equipment suppliers to provide equipment that is free of
salts, oil, and grease to the coating applicator.
B. The Contractor shall require pipe suppliers to provide bare pipe that is free of salts, oil,
and grease to the coating applicator.
2.02 SHOP-APPLIED EPOXY LINING AND COATING
Lining and coating shall be a 100% solids, thermosetting, fusion-bonded, dry powder
epoxy resin: Scotchkote 134 or 206N, Valspar "Pipeclad 1500 Red," or equal. Epoxy
lining and coating shall meet or exceed the following requirements:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 099761-2
9 Jun 2017
Hardness (minimum) Barcol 17 (ASTM D2583)
Rockwell 50 ("M" scale)
Abrasion resistance
(maximum value)
1,000 cycles: 0.05 gram removed
5,000 cycles: 0.115 gram removed
ASTM D1044, Tabor CS 17 wheel, 1,000-gram
weight
Adhesion (minimum) 3,000 psi (Elcometer)
Tensile strength 7,300 psi (ASTM D2370)
Penetration 0 mil (ASTM G17)
Adhesion overlap shear, 1/8-
inch steel panel, 0.010 glue
line
4,300 psi, ASTM D1002
Impact (minimum value) 100 inch-pounds (Gardner 5/8-inch diameter tup)
2.03 FIELD-APPLIED EPOXY COATING FOR PATCHING
Use a minimum 80% solids liquid epoxy resin, such as Scotchkote 306 or 323.
2.04 PAINTING AND COATING OF GROOVED-END AND FLEXIBLE PIPE
COUPLINGS
Line and coat couplings the same as the pipe. Color shall match the color of the pipe
fusion epoxy coating.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SHOP APPLICATION OF FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LINING AND COATING--
GENERAL
A. Grind surface irregularities, welds, and weld spatter smooth before applying the epoxy.
The allowable grind area shall not exceed 0.25 square foot per location, and the
maximum total grind area shall not exceed 1 square foot per item or piece of equipment.
Do not use any item, pipe, or piece of equipment in which these requirements cannot be
met.
B. Remove surface imperfections, such as slivers, scales, burrs, weld spatter, and gouges.
Grind outside sharp corners, such as the outside edges of flanges, to a minimum radius
of 1/4 inch.
C. Uniformly preheat the pipe, item, or piece of equipment prior to blast cleaning to remove
moisture from the surface. The preheat shall be sufficient to ensure that the surface
temperature is at least 5°F above the dew point temperature during blast cleaning and
inspection.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 099761-3
9 Jun 2017
D. Sandblast surfaces per SSPC SP-5. Protect beveled pipe ends from the abrasive blast
cleaning.
E. Apply lining and coating by the electrostatic spray or fluidized bed process. Minimum
thickness of lining or coating shall be 15 mils. Heat and cure per the epoxy
manufacturer's recommendations. The heat source shall not leave a residue or
contaminant on the metal surface. Do not allow oxidation of surfaces to occur prior to
coating. Do not permit surfaces to flash rust before coating.
3.02 SHOP APPLICATION OF FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LINING AND COATING TO
PIPE--ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Apply lining and coating per AWWA C213 except as modified herein.
B. Grind 0.020 inch (minimum) off the weld caps on the pipe weld seams before beginning
the surface preparation and heating of the pipe.
3.03 SHOP APPLICATION OF FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LINING AND COATING TO
JOINT AREAS OF DUCTILE-IRON AND CAST-IRON FITTINGS--ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
Limit the protective coating thickness in the joints of ductile-iron and cast-iron fittings to
maintain a leak-proof joint. However, the coating thickness in the joint area shall not be
less than 4 mils.
3.04 QUALITY OF LINING AND COATING APPLICATIONS
The cured lining or coating shall be smooth and glossy, with no graininess or roughness.
The lining or coating shall have no blisters, cracks, bubbles, underfilm voids, mechanical
damage, discontinuities, or holidays.
3.05 FACTORY TESTING OF COATING--GENERAL
A. Test linings and coatings with a low-voltage wet sponge holiday detector. Test pipe
linings and coatings per AWWA C213, Section 5.3.3. If the number of holidays or
pinholes is fewer than one per 20 square feet of coating surface, repair the holidays and
pinholes by applying the coating manufacturer's recommended patching compound to
each holiday or pinhole and retest. If the number of pinholes and holidays exceeds one
per 20 square feet of coating surface, remove the entire lining or coating and recoat the
item or pipe.
B. Measure the coating thickness at three locations on each item or piece of equipment or
pipe section using a coating thickness gauge calibrated at least once per eight-hour shift.
Record each measured thickness value. Where individual measured thickness values are
less than the specified minimum thickness, measure the coating thickness at three
additional points around the defective area. The average of these measurements shall
exceed the specified minimum thickness value, and no individual thickness value shall
be more than 2 mils below or 3 mils above the specified minimum value. If a section of
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 099761-4
9 Jun 2017
the pipe, item, or piece of equipment does not meet these criteria, remove the entire
lining or coating and recoat the entire item or piece of equipment.
3.06 FACTORY INSPECTION OF LINING AND COATING OF PIPE--ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTS
Check for coating defects on the weld seam centerlines. There shall be no porous
blisters, craters, or pimples lying along the peak of the weld crown.
3.07 SHIPPING, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. When loading piping, fittings, couplings, or other coated items for shipment to the
project site, use spacers and other protective devices to separate pipes or other coated
items to prevent damaging the coated surfaces during transit and unloading. If wood
spacers are used, remove wood splinters and particles from the coated surfaces after
separation. Use padded chains or ribbon binders to secure the loaded pipe or other coated
items and minimize damage.
B. Do not load or unload pipe, fittings, couplings, or other coated items by inserting forklift
tines or lifting chains inside the pipe or item. Use nonmetallic slings, padded chains, or
padded forklift tines to lift pipe or other coated items.
C. Cover piping or other coated items 100% with protective coverings or tarpaulins to
prevent deposition of road salts, fuel residue, and other contaminants in transit.
D. Provide stulls, braces, and supports for piping during shipping and storage such that out-
of-roundness or deflection does not exceed 0.5% of the pipe diameter.
E. Handle piping and other coated items with care during the unloading, installation, and
erection operations to minimize damage. Do not place or store pipe or other coated items
on the ground or on top of other work unless ground or work is covered with a protective
covering or tarpaulin. Place pipe or other coated items above the ground upon platforms,
skids, or other supports.
F. Store piping or other coated items at the site on pallets to prevent direct contact with
ground or floor. Cover pipe or coated items during storage with protective coverings or
tarpaulins to prevent deposition of rainwater, salt air, dirt, dust, and other contaminants.
G. Do not allow piping or other coated items to contact metal, concrete, or other surfaces
during storage, handling, or installation and erection at the site that could damage or
scratch the coating.
3.08 FIELD REPAIRS
Patch scratches and damaged areas incurred while installing fusion-bonded epoxy coated
items with a two-component, 80% solids (minimum), liquid epoxy resin. Wire brush or
sandblast the damaged areas per SSPC SP-10. Lightly abrade or sandblast the coating or
lining on the sides of the damaged area before applying the liquid epoxy coating. Apply
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
FUSION-BONDED EPOXY LININGS AND COATINGS 099761-5
9 Jun 2017
an epoxy coating to defective linings and coatings to areas smaller than 20 square inches.
Patched areas shall overlap the parent or base coating a minimum of 0.5 inch. If a
defective area exceeds 20 square inches, remove the entire lining and coating and recoat
the entire item or piece of equipment. Apply the liquid epoxy coating to a minimum dry-
film thickness of 15 mils.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 260500 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, installation, and testing of the electrical system.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. One-Year Guarantee: General Provisions.
B. Permits and Licenses: General Provisions.
C. Submittals: General Provisions.
D. Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: 015100.
E. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 019310.
F. Equipment, Piping, and Materials Removals and Demolition: 024100.
G. Short Circuit and Arc Flash Study 260573
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions. Submittal in
electronic PDF format will be accepted provided text is searchable.
B. In submitted catalog cuts, cross out items shown that are not pertinent to this project.
Where catalog cuts list manufacturer’s standard options, cross out those options not
intended to be provided and clearly highlight those options that are to be provided.
C. Submit electrical service changes work procedure.
1.04 REGULATORY AGENCIES AND STANDARDS
A. See General Provisions Provisions.
B. Electrical work shall comply with the NEC as amended by the CEC and local city code
where applicable.
1.05 QUALITY CONTROL
Materials, appliances, equipment, and devices shall conform to the applicable UL
standards. The label of, or listing by, UL is required for all electrical equipment.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-2
9 Jun 2017
1.06 UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS AND FEES
A. The Contractor shall make application for electric service in the name of the Owner. The
Contractor shall pay and the Owner will reimburse Contractor for utility company fees,
cable charges, and added facilities charges.
B. The Contractor shall make any service and installation agreements that the utility
companies may require.
C. Install electric service entrance equipment in accordance with the serving utility's
requirements. Coordinate with the serving utility to ensure timely connection by the
utility. Obtain utility company approval of service entrance and metering equipment
shop drawings prior to starting fabrication.
1.07 ELECTRICAL SERVICE CHANGES
A. These specifications and drawings delineate the remodeling of an existing structure
and/or the addition to an existing structure. While the existing structure is occupied, keep
the present services intact until the new construction, facilities, or equipment is installed.
B. Prior to making revisions to the existing service, make certain that every item is
thoroughly prepared. Do the actual work at an off-peak time, or overtime, as arranged
with the Owner or as hereinafter specified. Once the work is started, vigorously
prosecute it to completion to keep downtime to a minimum. Be prepared to temporarily
serve the existing service or discontinue the necessary revisions in the event of an
emergency or other condition which makes it impossible to finish the scheduled work on
time.
C. Prepare a work procedure for work-interrupting service to the Owner's equipment.
Include a step-by-step procedure that will be followed in the performance of this work
and the time involved in each step. Submit this procedure to the Owner's Representative
for review two weeks in advance of the performance of the work.
1.08 POWER FOR CONSTRUCTION
Provide for or purchase power for construction in accordance with Section 015100.
1.09 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 019310.
1.10 LOCATIONS
1.Wet Locations: Locations exposed to the weather, whether under a roof or not,
unless otherwise designated in the drawings.
2.Hazardous and Corrosive Locations: Wet well and vaults.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-3
9 Jun 2017
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Similar materials and equipment shall be the product of a single manufacturer.
B. Provide only products which are new, undamaged, and in the original cartons or
containers.
C. Materials and equipment shall be the standard products of manufacturers regularly
engaged in the production of such material and shall be the manufacturer's current
design.
D. Materials and equipment shall be suitable for storage, installation, and operation at an
ambient temperature of 0°C to 40°C except where more stringent conditions are stated in
individual equipment specifications.
E. Electrical equipment and panels shall be factory finished with manufacturer's standard
primer and enamel topcoats, unless stated otherwise in the individual equipment
specifications. Provide 1 pint of the equipment manufacturer's touchup paint per 500
square feet of painted surface for repair of damaged enamel topcoats.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. The drawings indicate connections for typical equipment only. If the equipment
furnished is different from what is shown, provide the modifications necessary for a safe
and properly operating installation in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's
recommendations.
B. The drawings diagrammatically indicate the desired location and arrangement of outlets,
conduit runs, equipment, and other items. Field determine exact location based on
physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and obstructions.
C. Work or equipment not indicated or specified which is necessary for the complete and
proper operation of the electrical systems shall be accomplished without additional cost
to the Owner.
D. Review demolition methods with Owner's Representative prior to cutting or removing
existing architectural and/or structural items or equipment. Repair damage to match
existing.
E. Accomplish work required to pierce any waterproofing after the part piercing the
waterproofing has been set in place. Seal and make watertight the openings made for this
purpose.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 260500-4
9 Jun 2017
F. Install equipment and material piercing fire walls and fire-resistant or fire-stopped walls,
partitions, ceilings, and floors in a manner so the rating remains equivalent.
G. Seal weathertight equipment or components exposed to the weather.
H. Protect equipment outlets and conduit openings with factory-made plugs or caps
whenever work is not in progress at that point.
3.02 REMOVAL OR RELOCATION OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
A. Unless otherwise noted, remove existing electrical materials and equipment from areas
indicated for demolition or where equipment is relocated. Remove materials no longer
used, such as studs, straps, and conduits. Remove or cut off concealed or embedded
conduit, boxes, or other materials and equipment to a point at least 3/4 inch below the
final finished surface. Remove existing unused wires.
B. Repair affected surfaces to conform to the type, quality, and finish of the surrounding
surface.
C. Removal shall comply with Section 024100.
3.03 NAMEPLATES
A. Mark each individual panelboard, motor controller, disconnect switch, timer, relay, and
contactor to identify each item with its respective service or function.
B. Provide nameplates with engraved lettering not less than 1/4 inch high. Use black-on-
white laminated plastic, attached with rivets or sheet metal screws. Do not use embossed
plastic adhesive tape.
3.04 WARNING SIGNS
A. Install markings, identifications, warning, caution, or instruction signs where required by
NEC, NFPA 70E, and NFPA 79 paragraph 4.5.1, where indicated, or where reasonably
required to assure safe operation and maintenance of electrical systems and of the items
to which they connect.
B. The design of safety signs and labels shall conform to ANSI Z535.4. Existing and new
panelboards, instrument control panels, and motor control center, shall be field marked
to warn qualified persons of potential electric arc hazards. The marking shall be located
so as to be clearly visible to qualified persons before examination, adjustment, servicing,
or maintenance of the equipment, in conformance with NEC 2005 Article 110.16.
C. Install engraved plastic-laminated instruction signs with approved legend where
instructions or explanations are needed for system or equipment operation. Install
butyrate signs with metal backing for outdoor items.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
WIRES AND CABLE
15 April 2016 260519-1
SECTION 260519 WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials and installation of wires and cables rated 600 volts and
below.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Electrical Requirements: 260500.
B. Grounding and Bonding: 260526.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 260500.
B. Submit material list for each conductor type. Indicate insulation material, conductor
material, voltage rating, manufacturer, and other data pertinent to the specific cable, such
as shielding, number of pairs, and applicable standards.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 LOW-VOLTAGE BUILDING WIRE
A. Conductor material shall be copper.
B. Low-voltage building wire for use at 600 volts or less shall be 600-volt insulated, Type
XHHW or THWN-2, and rated for continuous operation at 75°C.
C. Use No. 12 AWG minimum conductor size for power and lighting circuits.
D. Use No. 14 AWG minimum conductor size for control circuits.
E. Conductors for lighting and receptacle circuits that are No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be
solid. All other conductors shall be stranded.
2.02 TWISTED-SHIELDED CABLE
A. Single-pair cables shall be two No. 18 AWG and single triads shall be three No. 18
AWG stranded tinned-copper conductors individually insulated with fully color-coded
PVC rated at 600 volts; insulated conductors twisted together and shielded with a spiral-
wound metal foil tape overlapped for 100% shielding. Outer jacket shall be PVC.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
WIRES AND CABLE
15 April 2016 260519-2
2.03 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS--BARE COPPER
Refer to Section 260526 for bare copper grounding conductors.
2.04 CONDUCTOR TAGS
Provide self-extinguishing heat-shrink individual or sleeved, nonmetallic, snap-on type.
Grafoplast, Phoenix Contact, Thomas & Betts sleeve markers, or equal.
Alternatively, provide adhesive-type markers. Brady, Thomas & Betts, or equal.
2.05 PLASTIC ADHESIVES
Plastic adhesives for color coding shall be 7-mil minimum thick, flame-retardant,
weather-resistant tape, resisting abrasion, UL rays, moisture, alkalies, solvents, and
acids. Adhesives shall meet the requirements of UL 510 and CSA C22.2.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install wiring and cable in conduit and terminate unless otherwise noted.
B. To reduce pulling tension in long runs, coat cables with pulling compound recommended
by the cable manufacturer before being pulled into conduits.
C. Remove debris and moisture from the conduits, boxes, and cabinets prior to cable
installation.
D. Group conductors No. 1/0 and smaller in cabinets, pull boxes, and motor control centers
tie with plastic ties; and fan out to terminals. Lace conductors No. 2/0 and larger with
marline.
3.02 IDENTIFICATION
A. Color Coding of Low-Voltage Building Wire: Provide color coding throughout the entire
network of feeders and circuits as follows:
Phase 240/120 Volts
Phase A Black
Phase B Red
Phase C Blue
Neutral White
Ground Green
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
WIRES AND CABLE
15 April 2016 260519-3
B. Phase conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller and neutral/ground conductors No. 6 and
smaller shall have factory color coding with solid color insulation. Do not use onsite
coloring of ends of conductors or apply colored plastic adhesives in lieu of factory color
coding. Larger conductors may have onsite application of colored plastic adhesives at
ends of conductors and at each splice.
C. Control wires shall have colored insulation. Separate color codes for each wire shall be
provided in each conduit that has up to seven wires. Conduits with more than seven
wires shall have at least seven types of colored insulation.
D. Tagging of Conductors: Tag control wires and instrument cables in panels, pull boxes,
wireways, and at control device. Tag control wires and instrument cables with same wire
numbers as on the shop drawing submittals. Tag power wires in pull boxes and wireways
where there is more than one circuit. Tag power conductors with motor control center or
panelboard number and circuit numbers.
3.03 WIRE SPLICES
A. Solid Conductors: Use 3M "Scotchlok," Ideal "Super Nut," Buchanan B-Cap, or equal.
Seal splices in underground handholes and pull boxes and in light poles with individual
sealing packs of Scotchcast Brand 400 Resin or equal.
B. Stranded Conductors No. 8 and Larger: Use T & B "Locktite" connectors, Burndy
Versitaps and heavy-duty connectors, O.Z. solderless connectors, or equal.
C. Stranded Conductors No. 10 and Smaller: Use crimp connectors with tools by same
manufacturer and/or UL listed for connectors of all stranded conductors.
D. Retighten bolt-type connectors 24 to 48 hours after initial installation and before taping.
Tape connections made with noninsulated-type connectors with rubber-type tape, one
and one-half times the thickness of the conductor insulation, then cover with Scotch 33
tape.
3.04 WIRE TERMINATIONS
A. Terminate wires and cables at each end.
B. Provide ring tongue, nylon- or vinyl-insulated copper crimp terminals for termination on
screw-type terminals, except for light switches and receptacles. Utilize installation tools
recommended by the crimp manufacturer.
C. Terminal lugs shall be electro-tin plated copper compression type or spring compression
type with a corrosion protection coating. Provide color-coded system on terminal and die
sets to provide the correct number and location of crimps. Permanent die index number
shall be embossed on completed crimp for inspection purposes.
D. Tighten screws to the value recommended by the manufacturer.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
WIRES AND CABLE
15 April 2016 260519-4
3.05 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform insulation resistance test on all circuits and feeders with No. 10 size conductors
and larger. Utilize a 1,000-volt d-c megohmmeter for 600-volt insulated conductors.
B. Test each complete circuit prior to energizing. Insulation resistance between conductors
and between each conductor and ground shall not be less than 25 megohms. Repair or
replace wires or cables in circuits that do not pass this test and repeat the test.
C. Evaluate ohmic values by comparison with conductors of same length and type.
D. Inspect shielded cables for proper shield grounding, proper terminations, and proper
circuit identifications.
E. Inspect control cables for proper termination and proper circuit identification.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GROUNDING AND BONDING
15 April 2016 260526-1
SECTION 26052 GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, testing, and installation of electrical grounding.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Electrical Requirements: 260500.
B. Wires and Cables Less Than 600 Volts: 260519.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 260500.
B. Submit material list for all grounding materials and equipment. Indicate size, material,
and manufacturer.
C. Submit test results. Indicate overall resistance to ground and resistance of each electrode.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Grounding System Resistance:
1.Separately Derived Sources (as Defined by NEC 250) Grounding Electrode: 10
ohms.
2.Grounds Not Covered Above: 25 ohms.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GROUND RODS
Ground rods shall be copper-clad steel, 3/4 inch in diameter, minimum 10 feet long, with
hardened steel points.
2.02 CONNECTIONS
A. Ground Clamps: Clamps for connection of ground wire to ground rod shall be bronze.
B. Exothermic Connections: Provide Cadweld or equal.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GROUNDING AND BONDING
15 April 2016 260526-2
2.03 CONDUCTORS
A. Equipment Ground: Conductors shall be low-voltage building-wire type as specified in
Section 260519.
B. Bare Copper Conductors: Annealed bare copper, conforming to ASTM B3 and B8.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GROUND ELECTRODE
A. Install a bare copper ground loop 3 inches above bottom of concrete footing for new
concrete pads as shown in the drawings. Bring the end of the loop to the ground bus
within the motor control center. Exothermic weld underground connections.
B. Bond magnetic flow sensor and adjoining pipes per manufacturer’s recommended
method, based on pipe type and cathodic protection of pipes where applicable.
3.02 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
A. Connect the ground bus of lighting panel to the ground bus within the motor control
center with a grounding conductor.
B. Ground raceways and noncurrent-carrying parts of electrical equipment in accordance
with NEC Article 250. Use the metallic conduit system for equipment and enclosure
grounding.
C. Additionally, all circuits shall carry one ground conductor for equipment grounding.
Ground conductor shall be in excess of grounding through the metallic conduit system.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-1
SECTION 260534 CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes material, installation, and testing for conduit, boxes, fittings,
terminal boxes, and cabinets.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Electrical Requirements: 260500.
B. Grounding and Bonding: 260526.
C. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 260500.
B. Submit product data for the following:
1.Conduit and fittings for each type specified.
2. Boxes and cabinets.
1.04 QUALITY CONTROL
A. NEMA Compliance: Comply with NEMA standards pertaining to conduits and
components.
B. UL Compliance and Labeling: Comply with requirements of UL standards pertaining to
electrical conduits and components. Provide conduits and components listed and labeled
by UL.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Rigid Steel Conduit and Fittings: Conform to ASME C80.1, NEMA RN2, and UL 6,
hot-dipped galvanized after threading. The zinc coating shall be flexible and not crack
during bending.
B. Fittings:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-2
1.Locknuts: Steel or malleable iron.
2.Bushings: Threaded type, steel or malleable iron, with 105°C rated plastic
insulated throat. Plastic bushings with a temperature rating of 105°C may be used
for conduits 1 inch and smaller.
3.Box Connectors for Damp and Wet Locations: Provide a watertight threaded hub
on enclosure consisting of sealing fitting with tapered conduit thread, neoprene O-
ring, and 105°C rated insulating throat with grounding and bonding lug.
4.Couplings: Threaded, hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication.
C. Long-Radius Elbows (90 Degrees):
Conduit Size
(inches)
Minimum Radius
(inches)
3/4 through 1 1/4 12
2 and 2 1/2 15
3 and 3 1/2 18
4 30
5 36
6 42
2.02 PVC-COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit:
1.All conduits, prior to coating, shall conform to ASME C80.1 and UL 6. Conduits
shall be hot-dipped galvanized inside and out with hot galvanized threads.
2. The zinc surface shall be treated prior to coating to enhance the bond between
metal and plastic.
3.Both interior and exterior of the conduit shall be coated with an epoxy acrylic
primer of approximately 0.5-mil thickness.
4. The exterior coating shall be applied by dipping in liquid plastisol or other equal
method that will produce a finished product conforming to NEMA 5-19-1986.
5.The thickness of the PVC coating shall be a minimum of 40 mils the full length of
the conduit except the threads.
6.The bond between the PVC coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than
the tensile strength of the plastic.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-3
7.Apply a chemically cured urethane coating of a thickness of 2 mils to the interior
of conduit.
8.The conduit shall be bendable without damage to the PVC or urethane coatings.
9.Threads shall have an added protection of a 2-mil clear urethane coating.
B. Fittings:
1.Coat fittings similar to the conduits.
2.Provide a loose coupling with each length of conduit. A PVC coating shall be
bonded to the outer surface of the coupling, and a PVC sleeve equal to the outside
diameter of the uncoated conduit shall extend beyond both ends of the coupling
approximately one pipe diameter or 2 inches whichever is smaller. The wall
thickness of the sleeve shall be the same as the plastic coating on the pipe.
3.The PVC coating on the coupling shall be ribbed to enhance installation.
4. Hubs shall have PVC sleeves equal to those on the couplings.
5.Screws on Form 8 fittings shall be of stainless steel with encapsulated plastic
heads.
6.Size U bolts and RA clamps to fit conduit, and encapsulate the nuts in plastic.
7.Fittings shall otherwise be same as specified for rigid steel.
8.Elbows or bends exceeding 45 degrees shall be PVC coated and shall be of the
same dimensions as specified for rigid steel long-radius elbows.
9.Conduit bodies, where applicable, shall be Form 8 with a tongue-in-groove (V-
seal) gasket to effectively seal out corrosive elements.
C. Conduits and fittings shall conform to NEMA RN-1 and shall be manufactured by
Robroy, Perma-coat, KorKap, or equal.
2.03 RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (PVC) AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit and Elbows: PVC Schedule 80 conduit.
B. Couplings, Adapters, End Bells, Expansion Couplings, Elbows, and Turns of 30
Degrees: Factory-made in accordance with NEMA TC-2 and TC-3.
C. Joint Cement: As recommended by manufacturer as suitable for the climate, furnished
with instructions to achieve watertight joints.
D. Manufacturers: Carlon, Condux, or equal.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-4
2.04 LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. Conduit: Steel, UL 360 listed, PVC jacketed.
B. Fittings:
1. Conform to ASME C33.84, UL listed for use with the conduit.
2. In sizes 1 1/4 inches and less, UL listed for grounding.
3. Made of steel or malleable iron, zinc plated, 105°C insulated throat, grounding and
bonding lug.
2.05 CONDUIT BODIES
A. Provide types, shapes, and sizes to suit individual applications. Provide matching
gasketed covers, secured with at least two captive corrosion-resistant screws.
B. Bodies connecting to rigid conduit shall be of the same material and material coating as
the conduit, with metal threaded hubs. Provide with threaded covers or gasketed covers
secured with at least two corrosion-resistant captive screws.
C. Connect bodies to electrical metallic tubing with compression-type EMT connectors.
D. Bodies connecting to nonmetallic conduit shall be nonmetallic conduit bodies
conforming to UL 514B.
2.06 OUTLET BOXES
A. Exposed Boxes:
1. Cast iron or aluminum, with threaded hubs.
2. Conduit bodies may be used instead of boxes except where boxes contain devices.
2.07 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES
A. Provide factory-made standard sizes, and shop fabricate when nonstandard size boxes
are shown or are required. Comply with UL and NEMA standards.
B. NEMA 1: Sheet steel, hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Finish with one coat of
metal primer and one coat of primer sealer.
C. NEMA Type 4X: Type 316 stainless steel or fiberglass, with gasketed covers and Type
316 stainless steel bolts or screws.
D. NEMA 12: Code gauge steel, hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. Provide
continuous hinged cover and three-point latch or Type 303 stainless steel bolts and
clamps.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-5
E. Provide terminal junction boxes with terminal strips or terminal blocks with a separate
connection point for each conductor entering or leaving the box. Provide 25% spare
terminal points.
F. Junction boxes shall be manufactured by Hoffman, Wiegmann, or equal.
2.08 IN-GRADE PULL BOX
A. Pull Boxes shall be of precast concrete type, closed bottom with sump and hot-dipped
galvanized steel traffic-rated covers, designed to AASHTO HS20-44 loading.
B. Cover Holddowns: Stainless steel, penta-head, flush with cover, bolts.
C. Sump: Cast in bottom of pull boxes with cover and discharge pipe.
2.09 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
A. Conform to NEC Articles 501 and 502 for areas identified as "Hazardous Areas."
B. Use EYS-type sealing fittings suitable for Class I, Division 1 areas. Use sealing fiber and
compound approved for Class I, Division 1 areas.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDUIT USAGE SCHEDULE
Install the following types of conduits and fittings in locations listed, unless otherwise
noted in the drawings. Definitions and requirements of NEC apply unless specifically
modified below. Refer to Section 260500 for definitions of locations.
A. Exterior Exposed:
1. Material: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit.
2. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch.
B. Interior, Exposed:
1. Material: Rigid steel conduit
2. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch.
C. Embedded in Concrete:
1. Material: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit.
2. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-6
D. In Earth, Below Concrete Slabs or Underground:
1. Material: Rigid nonmetallic conduit (PVC).
2. Minimum Size: 3/4 inch.
3. Conduit Stub-Ups: Provide PVC-coated rigid steel conduit long-radius elbows for
stub-ups which connect to underground rigid PVC conduit. Extensions from
elbows above grade shall be PVC-coated rigid steel for a minimum of 6 inches
above grade. Stub-ups into free-standing electrical gear, such as motor control
centers may be Schedule 80 rigid PVC conduit, in which case terminate the
conduits with appropriate end bells.
E. Final Connections to Vibrating Equipment, or Instruments:
1. Material: Liquid-tight flexible conduit.
2. Minimum Size: 1/2 inch.
3. Length of liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be 5 feet or less, unless field
conditions require longer lengths.
F. Hazardous (NEC-Classified) Locations:
1. Material: PVC-coated rigid steel conduit.
2. Minimum Allowable Size: ½ inch.
3.02 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES--USAGE SCHEDULE
Install the following type of boxes in locations listed, unless otherwise noted in the
drawings. Refer to Section 260500 for definitions of locations:
A. Exterior: NEMA 4X.
B. Interior, Electrical Room: NEMA 1 or 12.
C. Hazardous Area: NEMA 7.
3.03 CONDUIT FILL
For runs that are not sized in drawings, compute the maximum conduit fill using NEC
requirements for Type THW conductors (larger if applicable), although the actual wiring
may be with types of conductors having smaller cross-sections.
3.04 CONDUIT INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Make right-angle bends in conduit runs with long-radius elbows or conduits bent to radii
not less than those specified for long-radius elbows.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-7
B. Make bends and offsets so that the inside diameter of conduit is not effectively reduced.
Unless otherwise indicated, keep the legs of a bend in the same plane and the straight
legs of offsets parallel.
C. Cap all conduits immediately after installation to prevent entrance of foreign matter.
D. Do not use diagonal runs except when specifically noted in the drawings.
E. Route exposed conduit to preserve headroom, access space, and work space.
F. Treat threaded joints of rigid steel conduit with T&B "Kopr-Shield" before installing
fittings where conduit is in slabs and other damp or corrosive areas.
G. For PVC-coated rigid conduits, use manufacturer's recommended installation tools and
recommendations. The manufacturer shall certify the installer before installation can
proceed.
H. Conduit Terminations:
1. Terminate conduits with locknuts and bushings except where threaded hubs are
specified.
2. Install conduits squarely to the box and provide one locknut outside the box and
one locknut and bushing inside the box.
3. Install locknuts with dished side against the box.
4. When terminating in threaded hubs, screw the conduit or fitting tight into the hub
so that the end bears against the fire protection shoulder.
5. When chase nipples are used, install conduits and coupling square to the box and
tighten the chase nipple leaving no exposed threads.
I. Install exposed, parallel, or banked conduits together. Make bends in parallel or banked
runs from the same centerline so that the bends are parallel. Factory elbows may be used
in banked runs only where they can be installed parallel.
J. Conduit runs are shown schematically. Supports, pull boxes, junction boxes, and other
ancillary equipment are not usually shown in drawings. If not shown, provide as required
by NEC except that there shall not be more than the equivalent of three quarter bends
(270 degrees) total between underground pull points. Provide additional boxes to permit
pulling of wires without damage to the conductors or insulation.
K. Locations of conduit stub-ups shown in the drawings are schematic. Coordinate these
locations with conduit entries of actual equipment served.
3.05 REQUIREMENTS FOR RIGID NONMETALLIC (PVC) CONDUIT
A. Comply with the installation provisions of NEMA TC-2, except as modified below.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-8
B. Make cuts with a fine tooth handsaw. For sizes 2 inches and larger, use a miter box or
similar saw guide to assure a square cut.
C. Use factory-made couplings for joining conduit.
D. Cementing and joining operation shall not exceed 20 seconds. Do not disturb joint for 5
minutes, longer (up to 10 minutes) at lower temperatures. Make joints watertight.
Joining procedure shall conform to the procedures of ASTM D2855.
3.06 EYS-TYPE CONDUIT FITTINGS
A. Install EYS-type conduit fittings at every conduit leaving Class I, Div 1 area. Seal with
fiber and sealing compound as specified in Part 2 of this Section.
3.07 GROUNDING
A. Provide grounding in accordance with Section 260526.
B. Use grounding bushings for all conduits carrying a grounding conductor.
3.08 CONDUITS EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE AND BELOW SLABS
A. Install conduits and sleeves passing through slabs, walls, columns, or beams so as not to
impair the strength of construction. Secure conduit to prevent sagging or shifting during
concrete pour.
B. Conduits larger than 1 1/2 inches in diameter may be embedded in structural concrete
only after submittal and review of location and reinforcement details.
C. Conduits and sleeves may be installed without specific permission, provided:
1. They are 1 1/2 inches or less in diameter, are spaced not less than three diameters
on centers, and conform to paragraph 2 or 3 below.
2. Conduits, including fittings, which are embedded within a column, do not displace
more than 4% of the cross-sectional area on which structural strength is calculated.
3. Conduits and sleeves, embedded within a wall, slab, or beam, are not larger in the
outside dimension than one-third the overall thickness of wall, slab, or beam in
which they are embedded.
4. There is a minimum of 1 1/2 inches between the conduit and reinforcement for
slab and wall penetrations.
D. Install conduits in slabs other than slabs-on-grade as close to the middle of the slabs as
practical without disturbing the reinforcement. Outside diameter of the conduit shall not
exceed one-third times the slab thickness. Do not space parallel runs of conduit closer
than three diameters on centers, except at cabinet and outlet box locations.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-9
E. Conduits shown in or under slab-on-grade construction shall be installed below the floor
slab and under curing or damp-proofing membranes. An exception may be made for
conduit with an outside diameter not larger than 25% of the slab thickness, in which
case, standards applying to slabs other than slab-on-grade may be used.
3.09 CONDUITS UNDERGROUND
A. Where conduit is installed underground in locations other than under concrete slab,
provide 24-inch minimum cover. Provide 3-inch minimum sand above and below
conduits as specified in Section 312316. Maintain a 12-inch minimum separation
between conduit and other systems. Pitch conduit to drain away from buildings.
B. Provide sand-cement slurry extending 3 inches on top and sides of conduits. Slurry shall
be as specified in Section 312316 with a red color additive as specified in Section
030500.
C. Provide 6-inch-wide warning tape 12 inches above top of slurry.
3.10 CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A. Support conduit at intervals and at locations as required by the NEC. Do not use
perforated strap or plumber’s tape for conduit supports.
B. Conduit on Concrete or Masonry: Use one-hole malleable iron clamps with pipe spacers
(clamp backs) or preformed galvanized steel channels. Anchor with metallic expansion
anchors and screws or from preset inserts. Use preset inserts in prestressed concrete. On
plaster or stucco, use one-hole malleable iron straps with toggle bolts.
3.11 CONDUIT PENETRATIONS
A. Unless otherwise indicated, dry-pack around conduits which penetrate concrete walls,
floors, or ceilings.
B. Conduits passing vertically through concrete slabs and through structural beams shall be
sleeved, except where sealing and expansion/deflection fittings are required. Pack
sleeves through floors and fire-rated walls with fire-rated packing. Nonrated penetrations
may be packed with nonshrink grout.
C. Where underground conduits penetrate a structure through a concrete roof or a
membrane waterproofed wall or floor, provide a malleable iron, watertight, entrance
sealing device. When there is no raceway concrete encasement, provide the device with
sealing assembly at each end with pressure bushings that may be tightened at any time.
For concrete-encased raceway penetrations, provide with pressure bushing on the
accessible side.
D. Maintain the integrity of damp-proofing and waterproofing membranes that are
penetrated by conduits and boxes.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CONDUITS, BOXES, AND FITTINGS
15 April 2016 260534-10
E. Buried conduit shall penetrate surface at right angle.
F. Conduits transitioning from underground to the Electrical Building shall stub up adjacent
to the building, run exposed vertically to ceiling height and penetrate wall using an LB
fitting. Conduits may penetrate at a lesser height when entering wireways.
3.12 DAMAGED CONDUIT
A. Repair or replace conduit damaged during or after installation.
B. Replace crushed or clogged conduit or any conduit whose inner surface is damaged or
not smooth.
C. Repair cuts, nicks, or abrasions in the zinc coating of galvanized conduit with
galvanizing repair stick, Enterprise Galvanizing "Galvabra" or equal.
D. Repair cuts, nicks, or abrasions in the PVC coating of PVC-coated conduit with the
manufacturer's recommended PVC material and build up surface thickness to match the
factory coating thickness and color.
3.13 IN-GRADE PULL BOX
A. Pull box shall be used to install conduit seals required for transitioning from a Class I,
Div 1 location to a non-classified area.
3.14 EMPTY CONDUIT
A. Provide 200-pound strength pull cord in all empty conduits.
B. Provide a waterproof label on each end of the pull cords to indicate the destination of the
other end.
3.15 OUTLETS FOR GENERAL WIRING
A. Install outlets and boxes securely and support them substantially.
3.16 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS
A. Provide a conduit sealing fitting for each conduit leaving the hazardous location in an in
grade pullbox as noted in the drawings.
3.17 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
Upon completion of installation of conduits and boxes, inspect interiors of conduits and
boxes; clear blockages; and remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
15 April 2016 260548-1
SECTION 260548 SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes the requirements for furnishing and installing seismic restraint
devices for electrical equipment.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
When it applies, this section is referenced in other sections of the specifications.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 260500.
B. Submit seismic anchoring calculations with equipment and raceway submittals.
Calculations shall be performed by a licensed civil or structural engineer registered in
the state of California.
C. Submit equipment anchoring methods. Include anchoring locations, anchor types, and
minimum anchor embedment depths. Anchors shall have ICC-approved anchorage
values.
1.04 PROJECT-SPECIFIC CRITERIA
A. Importance Factor, Ip: 1.5.
B. Occupancy Category: III.
C. Seismic Design Category: D.
D. Site Class: E.
E. SDS: .90g.
F. SD1:.873g.
G. Ap and Rp per ASCE Table 13.6-1.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SEISMIC RESTRAINT FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
15 April 2016 260548-2
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 SEISMIC DESIGN OF EQUIPMENT
Equipment fabricated or assembled at manufacturers’ premises shall be designed and
constructed in such a manner that all portions, elements, subassemblies, and/or parts of
said equipment and the equipment as a whole, including their attachments, shall have the
capability of withstanding seismic forces specified under “Seismic Anchoring and
Restraints” below.
2.02 SEISMIC ANCHORING AND RESTRAINTS
A. Equipment Anchors: Electrical equipment shall be securely anchored. Anchoring shall
have the capability of withstanding seismic forces per Section 16 of the California
Building Code (CBC) and ASCE 7-05, Chapter 13.
B. Raceway Supports:
1. Seismically support raceway (conduit, cable tray, busway, etc.) of 2.5-inch inside
diameter and larger and suspend 12 inches or more from the top of the raceway to
the bottom of the support for the hanger. Raceway supports shall have the
capability of withstanding seismic forces per the CBC and ASCE 7-05.
2. Provide Kin-Line seismic bracing system, Midland Ross superstrut seismic
restraint system, Cooper B-Line Seismic Bracing System, or equal. Install per
manufacturer's requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EQUIPMENT AND RACEWAYS
Install equipment anchors and raceway supports in accordance with the final shop
drawing and manufacturer's recommendations. Properly torque all bolts to the required
values.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SHORT-CIRCUIT, PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION, 260573-1
AND ARC-FLASH STUDY
15 April 2016
SECTION 260573 SHORT-CIRCUIT AND ARC-FLASH STUDY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes the requirements for furnishing a short-circuit and arc-flash
hazard analysis.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
Submit the study in accordance with Section 260500.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 ARC FLASH LABEL
A. Arc flash labels shall identify the following as a minimum (distances indicated shall be
in inches):
1. Flash Hazard Boundary: Threshold at which burn level exceeds 1.2 cal/cm2.
2. Calculated incident energy at indicated working distance (18 inches).
3. Hazard risk category and personal protective equipment (PPE) description.
4. Equipment rated voltage.
5. Required electrical glove class.
6. Shock Hazard Boundaries: Limited approach, restricted approach, and prohibited
approach (based on equipment rated voltage).
7. Location (name of board).
8. Name of organization that performed the analysis, contact information, and date
analysis was performed.
B. Labels shall carry either a “DANGER” or “WARNING” header, depending on whether
an accident will or can result in injury or death, as stated in ANSI Z534.4.f. Header shall
also include the following: “QUALIFIED WORKERS ONLY – PPE REQUIRED.”
C. Labels shall carry a footer that reads “Warning: Changes in equipment settings or system
configuration will invalidate the calculated values and PPE requirements.”
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SHORT-CIRCUIT, PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION, 260573-2
AND ARC-FLASH STUDY
15 April 2016
D. Labels shall be approximately 6 inches long by 4 inches wide, die-cut and shall come on
industrial-quality adhesive-backed vinyl.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Perform study using commercially available computer software, such as Power Tools for
Windows by SKM Systems Analysis, Inc.; ETAP by Operation Technology, Inc.; or
equal.
B. Perform study under the supervision of and signed by a registered professional electrical
engineer.
C. The study shall include scope, results, comments, and suggestions. Evaluation
procedures shall follow applicable ANSI, NEMA, IEEE, and UL standards.
D. Obtain referenced or required characteristics and data from pertinent equipment
manufacturers and from serving utility company, as applicable. Obtain lengths and sizes
of conductors from the drawings. Collect any field data of existing equipment needed for
the study.
E. Do not perform study based on assumptions for lack of data.
3.02 SHORT-CIRCUIT STUDY
A. Short-circuit study shall provide calculations for the maximum short-circuit currents
produced by balanced 3-phase and unbalanced faults at each bus shown in the single line
diagrams. Short-circuit study shall be performed for system connected to utility.
B. Motor contributions to short circuit shall be included.
C. Evaluation shall include status (pass/fail), calculated short circuit current, short circuit
rating of device, ratio of calculated short-circuit current to short-circuit rating of device
in percent.
3.03 ARC-FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS AND EQUIPMENT LABELING
A. Perform an arc-flash hazard analysis in compliance with the latest edition of NEC
110.16 and NFPA 70E 110.8(B)(1) for the electrical equipment in accordance with
Annex D of NFPA 70E and IEEE 1584 to identify:
B. The arc-flash protection boundaries, defined in Article 130.3(A) as "an approach limit at
a distance from exposed live parts within which a person could receive a second-degree
burn if an electrical arc flash were to occur."
C. The shock hazard boundaries.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SHORT-CIRCUIT, PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION, 260573-3
AND ARC-FLASH STUDY
15 April 2016
D. The PPE and protective clothing necessary, based on the incident energy present at the
working distance for the task to be performed, as described in Article 130.3(B) and
Article 130.7.
E. New motor control center shall be provided with electric shock and arc flash labels.
Labels shall be provided for each section of motor control center. Arc flash study shall
not exclude equipment exempted by NFPA 70(E) and IEEE 1585, which allow exclusion
of equipment that operates at 240 volts maximum and is fed from a transformer smaller
than 125 kVA.
3.04 REEVALUATION OF ANALYSIS
Owner will have the right to request reevaluation of any part of the coordination and arc
flash analysis to improve coordination or to reduce arc flash risk category or to eliminate
cable protection inadequacy. Owner reserves the right to contact the individual who
performed the study or to witness the actual reevaluation at the premises of the
organization performing the study and shall be allowed to make suggestions. All of these
services shall be provided at no extra cost.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES
15 April 2016 260590-1
SECTION 260590 MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and installation of miscellaneous electrical devices and
equipment, such as disconnect switches, float switches, and receptacles.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Electrical Requirements: 260500.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 260500.
B. Submit ratings and characteristics including voltage ratings, continuous current ratings,
conduit entry restrictions, and enclosure type and dimensions.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Provide nonfusible disconnect switches with ampere rating and number of poles as
indicated in the drawings. Switches for shall be NEMA heavy-duty Type HD. Provide
switches in NEMA Type 4X enclosures. Mechanisms shall have quick-make and quick-
break operating handles and provisions for padlocking in the "OFF" position. The switch
shall have an interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the hinged cover when the
switch is in the "ON" position and an interlock to prevent closing the switch mechanism
with the hinged cover open. On the front of the enclosure, attach a nameplate that
identifies the load per Section 260500. Provide Cutler Hammer DH (nonfusible), series;
Square D 3110 series; or equal.
2.02 FLOAT SWITCHES
A. Each float switch shall contain a single-pole mercury-free switch that shall actuate when
the longitudinal axis of the float is horizontal and deactuate when the liquid level falls 1
inch below the actuation elevation. Float construction shall consist of a polypropylene
housing with a firmly bonded electrical cable protruding. One end of the cable shall be
permanently connected to the enclosed mercury switch, and the entire assembly shall be
encapsulated to form a completely watertight and impact-resistant unit.
B. Switch rating shall be 10 amperes at 120 volts, 60 hertz, noninductive. Switch contacts
shall be normally open or normally closed as detailed in the schematic drawings. Float
cable shall be PVC Type STO, No. 18 conductors (41 strand) rated 600 volts.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL DEVICES
15 April 2016 260590-2
C. Floats shall include an internal stabilizing weight so that the float may be suspended
from above.
D. Float switches shall be ECO-Float Model GSI by Anchor Scientific or equal.
2.03 RECEPTACLES
A. General purpose receptacles shall be ground fault interrupter (GFI) type. Receptacles
shall be rated 20 amperes and comply with UL 943, Class A. Provide Leviton 6398-HGI,
3M GFI-2701, or equal. Provide individually gasketed weatherproof cover plates. Plates
shall be gray polycarbonate lift-cover type.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FIELD TESTING
A. Operate each disconnect switch three times, under load, and verify that all phases of the
load are disconnected each time.
B. Float Switches: Operate float switches three times, minimum, and verify that controls
operate per the drawings or other sections of these specifications. Verify float actuates at
the required level.
C. General purpose receptacles shall be tested with the circuits energized. Devices shall be
tested with a portable GFI receptacle tester capable of circulating 7.5 mA of current,
when plugged in, between the "hot" line and "ground" to produce tripping of the
receptacle. Resetting and tripping shall be checked at least twice at each GFI receptacle.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
15 April 2016 262419-1
SECTION 262419 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials, testing, and installation of a low-voltage motor control
center.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Electrical Requirements: 260500.
B. Seismic Restraint for Electrical Equipment: 260548.
C. Protective Device Coordination Study and Arc-Flash Study: 260573.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 260500.
B. Submit manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature.
C. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data including ratings, single-line diagrams, three-line
diagrams, control schematic wiring diagrams, dimensional data, weights, conduit entry
restrictions, and overload relay ratings.
D. Submit control schematic diagrams in a “ladder diagram” format that satisfy the
following minimum requirements:
1.Show unique rung numbers on left side of each rung. Provide unique wire numbers
for all wires between terminals.
2.Show terminal numbers for all devices, relays, timers, contacts, etc.
3.Where the internal wiring diagrams of subassemblies are furnished on separate
sheets, show as a rectangle in the schematic diagram with external points identified
and cross-referenced to the separate sheets of the control circuit. Show coils and
contacts internal to the subassemblies in the rectangle connected to their terminal
points.
4.Use a cross-referencing system in conjunction with each relay coil so that
associated contacts may be readily located on the diagram. Where a relay contact
appears on a sheet separate from the one on which the coil is shown, describe the
purpose of the contact on the same sheet. Show spare contacts.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
15 April 2016 262419-2
5.Show symbols of external field devices on the schematic (ladder) diagram with
utilities turned off (electric power, air, gas, oil, water, lubrication, etc.) and with
the equipment at its normal starting position. If the equipment is shown in a
specific position, identify the position.
6.Show contacts of multiple contact devices, e.g., selector switches, on the line of
the schematic diagram where they are connected in a circuit. Indicate a mechanical
connection between the multiple contacts by a dotted line or arrow. This does not
apply to control relays, starters, or contactors. Use additional charts or diagrams to
indicate the position of multiple contact devices.
7.Show the purpose or function of switches adjacent to the symbols. Show the
purpose or function of controls such as relays, starters, contactors, solenoids,
subassemblies, and timers on the diagram on the right side of the respective rung.
8.The motor control center (MCC) manufacturer shall review the control schematic
diagrams provided in the drawings, shall identify any adjustments that might be
required to achieve the intended control features, and shall suggest such changes
for Owner’s Representative’s review. If further adjustments are required, make
such adjustments in the field, with the consent of the Owner’s Representative.
E. Submit manufacturer’s test report of the factory tests. Describe each circuit, logic
function, device, or item tested. Describe results of tests and retests. Describe corrective
action taken on defective circuits, logic functions, and devices.
1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 260500.
1.05 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES
Provide equipment manufacturer’s services at the jobsite for the minimum labor days
listed below, travel time excluded:
A. One labor day for the MCC to check the installation and advise during start-up, testing,
and adjustment.
B. One labor day to instruct the Owner’s personnel in the operation and maintenance of the
equipment.
1.06 RATINGS
Motor horsepower ratings and enclosures shown are minimum expected. This does not
limit the equipment size. When motors furnished differ from the minimum ratings
indicated, make the necessary adjustments to wiring, conduit, disconnect devices, motor
starters, branch circuit protection, and other affected material or equipment to
accommodate the motors actually installed, at no additional cost to the Owner.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
15 April 2016 262419-3
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. MCCs shall be dead front, dead rear, floor standing, and front accessible NEMA 1
gasketed construction in a NEMA 3R nonwalk-in enclosure with locking provisions.
Provide 10-inch minimum front access space between the exterior door and the front of
the MCC. The NEMA 3R enclosure shall be provided with a duplex convenience outlet,
fluorescent lighting operated from a lighting switch and thermostatically controlled
space heaters and ventilation fans. The voltage and ampere rating and physical
dimensions shall be as indicated in the drawings. Wiring shall be NEMA Class II, Type
B (with wiring schematics showing field devices and connections). Tag control wiring
within 2 inches of termination at each device and terminal board. Schematics shall also
show terminal numbers and interior and field wire numbers. Obtain instrument wire
numbers from instrument system supplier.
B. Provide channel iron sills and removable lifting angles.
C. Provide a separate vertical wiring compartment for each MCC section. Provide cable
supports and a hinged door separate from the unit starters.
D. Provide vertical bus insulated barriers.
E. Connect field control wires via terminal blocks. Provide hinged pull-apart terminal
blocks for control wiring where foreign voltage may be present, in compliance with
NEC 430.74.
F. Provide individual compartments separated by steel barriers and with separate hinged
doors for each starter, circuit breaker, or other unit. Locate equipment to enable
termination of field wiring from front without equipment removal.
G. Mechanically interlock starter and circuit breaker doors so doors cannot be opened with
unit energized. Provide defeater mechanism to allow intentional access while starter or
circuit breaker is energized. Make provisions for padlocking external disconnect handles
in the off position.
H. MCC shall have short-circuit current rating equal to or greater than kAIC rating shown
in the drawings.
I. Bus bars shall be copper or tin-plated copper. Provide full horizontal bus rating for entire
length of the MCC. Do not taper the bus.
J. Provide a continuous, front accessible 200-ampere-minimum ground bus extended the
full length of the MCC.
K. Do not mount components or terminals on the sides of cubicles. Only mounting on back
panels or front panels is acceptable.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
15 April 2016 262419-4
L. Compartments allocated for controllers and other devices and number of sections shall
not be less than those shown in the drawings. If sizes are required to be larger and/or
number of sections is required to be more, they shall be provided at no extra cost to the
Owner. If MCC elevation is not shown in the drawings, provide 6-inch minimum
vertical space in addition to manufacturer’s published space requirements for each starter
compartment.
M. Provide rodent barriers at all sections.
N. Mount devices without obstruction, to be readily accessible.
O. Feeder circuit breakers shall be molded-case thermal-magnetic or electronic type.
Provide quick-make and quick-break toggle mechanism, inverse-time trip
characteristics, and trip-free operation on overload or short circuit. Automatic tripping
shall be indicated by a handle position between the manual off and on positions. Provide
trip ratings and number of poles as indicated in the drawings.
P. Combination starters shall be as described in "Combination Magnetic Motor Starters" in
this section.
Q. Each compartment shall have nameplates as specified in Section 260500.
R. MCCs shall comply with applicable NEMA, UL, and ANSI standards for industrial
control. Provide UL label on each MCC section.
S. Exterior finish shall be ANSI 49 gray.
T. Compartment covers shall be bonded to the frame of the MCC.
U. No instruments or meters operating at voltages higher than 120VAC shall be mounted on
compartment covers. Instruments that operate at voltages higher than 120VAC shall
have only their monitors operating at 120VAC or less mounted on covers.
V. The complete assembly, including anchors, shall be capable of withstanding seismic
forces per Section 260548.
W. MCCs shall be General Electric 8000 line, Cutler-Hammer Freedom or Advantage 2100,
Allen-Bradley Centerline, Siemens Tiastar, or equal.
2.02 COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS
A. Comply with NEMA ICS, Class A, and with NEC Article 430.
B. Combination motor starters shall be circuit-breaker type equipped with adjustable
magnetic-trip circuit breakers (motor circuit protectors) as noted in the drawings. The
short-circuit rating shall be at least 65,000 amperes symmetrical at 480 volts.
C. Full-voltage controllers shall be NEMA rated. IEC only rated starters shall not be used.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
15 April 2016 262419-5
D. Provide 120-volt control power transformer. Provide 100-volt-ampere spare capacity
that is in addition to contactor load plus other loads including remote-mounted loads
external to the MCC, such as motor space heaters, solenoids, etc., as applicable.
Coordinate with suppliers of equipment of such loads to obtain necessary load data. Fuse
one side of secondary winding and ground other side. Provide primary winding fuses
where shown in drawings. Transformer shall be NEMA ST1, machine tool grade with
isolated secondary winding.
E. The manufacturer shall verify the motor ratings and coordinate the starter overloads with
the actual horsepower ratings of the motors installed.
F. Provide indicating lights, control switches, elapsed time meters, ammeter, etc., as shown
in the schematic wiring diagrams and single-line diagrams. Mount on the front panel of
the starter.
G. Provide solid-state overload relays for protection of the motors. The relay shall be listed
under UL 508. The relay shall be ambient compensated and shall have the following
features:
1. Self-powered.
2. Class 10, 15, or 20 selectable tripping characteristics.
3. Manual or automatic reset.
4. Phase loss protection. The relay shall trip in two seconds or less under phase loss
condition when applied to a fully loaded motor.
5. Visible trip indication.
6. Ground-fault protection.
7. One normally open and one normally closed isolated auxiliary contact.
8. Test button that operates the normally closed contact.
9. Test trip function that trips both the normally open and normally closed contacts.
H. Provide externally operable overload relay reset buttons and disconnect operators.
I. Provide relays, etc., within the starter enclosure as shown in the schematic wiring
diagrams.
J. Starters shall have nameplates as specified in Section 260500.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
15 April 2016 262419-6
2.03 RELAYS
A. Provide relays with the number of contacts shown on the schematic diagrams. Utilize
additional contact blocks or relays to satisfy the required number of contacts shown at no
additional cost to the Owner.
B. Control relays shall be magnetically held. Control relays shall be UL listed with NEMA
A300 rated contacts and coil voltage, number of poles, and pole arrangement as
indicated in the drawings. Relays may be plug-in type in which case they shall have
retaining clips, check button for test operation, and indicating light for coil power
indication. Relays shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 700, Cutler-Hammer Type
Westinghouse Type AR, Idec RR Series, or equal.
C. Time-delay relays shall be UL listed with contacts rated 10-ampere noninductive load,
120 volts, with coil voltage, number of poles, pole arrangement, and maximum timing
adjustment as indicated in the drawings. Relays may be plug-in, solid-state type with
timing knob adjustment and retaining clip. Provide Potter Brumfield, Syracuse
Electronics, ISSC, or equal.
D. Intrinsically safe relays shall be solid-state electronic type equipped with a variable
resistance potentiometer that permits field adjustment of sensitivity. The relays shall
have contacts rated at 20 amperes minimum at 120-volt ac or 24-volt dc. The contacts
shall be double pole, double throw.
E. Time-delay relays with contacts indicated as instantaneous close time open (ICTO) or
instantaneous open time close (IOTC) shall be solid-state digital timer with a self-
contained adjustment potentiometer. Output contact shall be 5 amperes minimum. Relay
shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 852S or equal.
F. Moisture detection control unit shall detect an influx of moisture within the motor.
Provide the unit with a test push button and pilot light to check the moisture sensing
components without simulating a leak. Coordinate type of relay or relays with type of
sensors used with the motors. Relay shall have separate dry contacts for alarm and
shutdown.
2.04 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES
A. Control switches shall be round, oiltight type, complete with legend plates and quantity
of contact blocks required for the control function.
B. Indicating lights shall be oiltight type, complete with color of lens indicated in drawings
and legend plate. Provide superbright LED lamps. Indicating lights shall be push-to-test
type. Alternatively, a single push-to-test button may be provided per starter to test all the
indicating lights of that starter.
C. Reset timers shall be synchronous motor driven with a solenoid-operated clutch and
suitable for semiflush, panel mounting. Utilize timers with time range indicated and 10-
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
15 April 2016 262419-7
ampere, 120-volt contacts. Provide Eagle Signal Bulletin 125 timers, Automatic Timing
and Controls Bulletin 305 timers, or equal.
D. Elapsed time meters shall be synchronous motor driven, 0- to 99,999.9-hour range,
nonreset type, suitable for semiflush, panel mounting.
E. Install and connect owner-furnished temperature sensor relay. Adapt control wiring to
accommodate this relay.
2.05 BACKUP CONTROLS DESCRIPTION
A. Refer to Dwg. E-005 Detail 2 Common Controls.
B. When a high-high level switch LSHH-011 is activated, it will initialize the backup
system. The level switch will energize a timer TD10 (0-30 minutes field adjustable),
which will call pump LP-01 to start after a time delay (TD11, 0-30 seconds, field
adjustable). When LP-01 starts, it will initialize another time delay (TD12, 0-30
minutes, field adjustable), which controls pump LP-02. When timer TD10 expires and
level has subsided, LP-01 will shut down, and the system will reset. When timer TD10
expires, but level is still above high-high, pump LP-01 will continue to run, and will be
augmented by LP-02 when TD12 expires. In order for this scheme to work, TD12
should be set at a longer timing out setting than TD10.
C. When LP-01 is called and it does not start, the time delay TD12 will be bypassed and
LP-02 will be called to start.
2.06 FACTORY TESTS
A. Subject the MCCs to a complete functionality test. Simulate remote inputs and outputs
and verify correct operation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Secure MCC rigidly to mounting pad with anchor bolts or Phillips Drill Company
concrete anchors. Anchor bolts or concrete anchors shall be carbon steel per ASTM
A307, Grade B Type 304 stainless steel. Installation shall be in accordance with
manufacturer’s installation instructions and Section 260548.
B. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative to assist
in installation of the equipment specified under this section. The manufacturer’s
representative shall provide technical direction and assistance in general assembly of the
equipment, connections, and adjustments.
C. Perform the following minimum work under the technical direction of the
manufacturer’s service representative:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
15 April 2016 262419-8
1.Rig the MCC assembly into final location and install on level surface.
2.Check removal cells and starter units for easy removal and insertion.
3.02 FIELD TESTS
A. Provide the services of a qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative to assist
in testing and start-up of the equipment specified under this section, in accordance with
manufacturer’s published start-up services. Additionally, perform the following
minimum work under the technical direction of the manufacturer’s service
representative, if not included in their published start-up services:
1.Perform insulation tests on each phase and verify low-resistance ground
connection on ground bus. Exclude such tests harmful to electronic components.
2.Torque bolted connections made in the field and verify factory-bolted connections.
3.Verify that factory-set adjustable set points of solid-state starter are in accordance
with the motor manufacturer’s recommendations.
4. A qualified factory-trained manufacturer’s representative shall certify in writing
that the equipment has been installed, adjusted, and tested in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations. Controller and motor nameplate information,
settings, and operating parameters shall be documented. Equipment shall be
inspected prior to the generation of any reports.
B. Test the operation of each interlock to verify that the interlock performs its function.
C. Test system for correct execution of control logic. Adjust wiring connections in panel to
correct errors.
D. Operate each breaker and verify that all phases of each load are disconnected.
E. Set adjustable trip circuit breakers two settings above the setting that causes the breaker
to trip during motor starting. Do not adjust the setting above 1,300% of the motor
nameplate current rating.
F. Set protective relaying, main and feeder circuit breaker adjustable set points, and time
delays in accordance with the recommended values from the protective device
coordination study in Section 260573.
3.03 SPARE FUSES
Provide six spare fuses for fused disconnect switches of each type and ampere rating
installed.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-1
SECTION 263213 STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials, installation, and testing of a natural gas engine-
generator set and associated equipment to be used for standby power in the event of a
utility power failure.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Painting and Coating: 099000.
B. General Electrical Requirements: 260500.
C. Seismic Restraint for Electrical Equipment: 260548.
D. Automatic Transfer Switch: 263623.
1.03 STANDARDS
Construct equipment in accordance with the applicable requirements of the following
standards:
A. National Electrical Code (NEC).
B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA).
D. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
F. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 260500.
B. Submit shop and installation drawings and catalog data for the following equipment.
Show applicable ratings, sizes, materials, manufacturers and part numbers, and overall
dimensions and weights.
1.Itemized bill of material.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-2
2.Engine-generator base with anchor bolt sizes and layout. Submit anchor bolt
material listing. Submit catalog data for vibration isolators and calculations for
size and number of anchor bolts.
3.Engine.
4.Generator.
5.Sound attenuation enclosure.
6.Silencer.
7.Control panel.
8.Battery charger.
9.Jacket water heater.
C. Submit system schematic diagram showing piping and wiring interconnections with
sizes and quantities. Submit ladder-type schematic electrical diagrams with legend
identifying devices on diagrams.
D. Submit installation data sheet giving fuel, lubricating oil, and exhaust and ventilation
requirements.
E. Submit a start-up inspection report signed by the engine manufacturer's authorized field
service representative.
F. Submit factory test report including sound levels and exhaust emissions.
G. Submit copies of installation and permits obtained from the Air Pollution Control
District.
H. Submit three copies of operation and maintenance manuals.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
Provide equipment manufacturer's services at the jobsite for the minimum labor days
listed below, travel time excluded:
Two labor days to check the installation and advise during start-up, testing, and
adjustment of the equipment and to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation and
maintenance of the equipment. Submit operation and maintenance manuals prior to this
instruction.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-3
1.06 WARRANTY
Equipment furnished under this section shall be guaranteed against defective parts or
workmanship for a period of 24 months from date of acceptance by the Owner.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. The engine, generator, and generator control panel shall be manufactured in the U.S. by
manufacturers currently engaged in the production of such equipment. An authorized
distributor maintaining a parts depot and 168-hour-per-week service facility shall be
located within a 75-mile radius of the jobsite.
B. The engine-generator shall be manufactured by Generac, ONAN, Olympian, or equal.
2.02 RATING
The rating of the standby engine-generator shall be as listed below and based on
operation of the set when equipped with all operating accessories, such as air cleaners,
lubricating oil pump, and cooling fan. The specified standby kw shall be for continuous
electrical service during interruption of the normal utility source.
A. Standby Rating: 40 kw (minimum).
B. Engine Speed: 1,800 rpm (maximum).
C. Voltage: 240/120 volts, 3 phase, 4 wire.
D. Frequency: 60 hertz.
E. Power Factor: 0.8.
F. Air Temperature: 110°F maximum, 20°F minimum.
G. Instantaneous voltage dip shall not be greater than 30% when full rated load and power
factor are applied to generator set in one step.
2.03 ENGINE
A. General: The engine shall be the standard product of the manufacturer, a current
production model, and have the following features:
1.Naturally aspirated.
2.Four-stroke cycle.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-4
3. Water-cooled.
4.Capable of the rated output when operating on natural gas.
B. The engine shall meet AQMD requirements for Tier III.
C. Provide the engine with the following accessories:
1.Fuel, lube oil, and intake air filters.
2.Flexible fuel lines.
3.Jacket water heater.
4.Engine-mounted water pump.
5.Coolant shut-off valves for jacket water heater.
6.Lube oil cooler.
7.Combination intake filter/silencer.
D. Starting System:
1.Provide a 12- or 24-volt d-c electric starting system with positive engagement
drive.
2. Provide lead-acid storage battery of the heavy-duty diesel-starting type. The
battery shall have sufficient capacity to provide for one-and-one-half-minute total
cranking time without recharging and shall be 20-hour rated. Provide a unit-
mounted corrosion-resistant fiberglass battery box. Provide battery cables and
replaceable connectors.
3.Provide a UL-listed, two rate, current-limiting battery charger to automatically
recharge batteries. It shall include overload protection, silicon diode full wave
rectifiers, voltage surge suppressors, d-c ammeter, and fused a-c input. A-C input
voltage shall be 120 volts. Output shall be no less than 2 amperes. Provide a dry
contact for monitoring common fault and alarm.
E. Lubrication System: Fix a pressure-type lubricating system with gear-type oil pump and
full flow oil filter to the engine. Filters shall be threaded spin-on type or can type with
replaceable filter elements, conveniently located for servicing. Provide filters with a
spring-loaded bypass valve to ensure oil circulation if filters are clogged. Provide an oil
drain with manual valve.
F. Safety Switches: Provide generator control panel with devices for indication and control
of the following conditions at the generator control panel. Provide full NFPA 99 meter
and alarm kit including the following.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-5
1. Low oil pressure (shutdown) and lamp (red).
2.Overcrank (shutdown) and lamp (red).
3.High engine temperature (shutdown) and lamp (red).
4.Overspeed (shutdown) and lamp (red).
Overspeed trip and cranking termination shall be by a dual element electronic-type
speed switch that operates on magnetic impulses from the flywheel ring gear or
other engine-timed gear. Overspeed trip setting shall be 118% of synchronous
speed. The low setting shall be used to automatically ensure continued engine
cranking until the engine has reached 600 rpm, even if the oil pressure is up to an
acceptable level at a lower speed.
G. Governing System:
1. Provide an adjustable isochronous governor of the electrical-hydraulic or all
electric type with electrical speed sensing. Governor shall provide adjustable speed
setting from 58- to 62-hertz adjustable speed regulation, adjustable load limit from
100% to 110% of unit rating, and shall also control the engine at recommended
idle speed. The governor shall be capable of maintaining the frequency constant
within ±0.5% for any constant load from no load to full generator rating. After a
sudden load change of 25% of rated load, the governor shall reestablish stable
operating conditions in not less than two seconds. Stable operation is defined as
operation at a frequency that is constant within ±1% of rated frequency. The
maximum change of frequency during the two-second surging period shall not
exceed 1.5 hertz.
2.Governor shall be Woodward, Barber Colman, DYNALCO, or equal.
2.04 JACKET WATER HEATER
Jacket water heater shall be factory installed on the engine with thermostat controls.
Heater shall be sized by the manufacturer to maintain coolant temperature of 100°F
minimum, 120 volts, single phase, 60 hertz.
2.05 GENERATOR
A. General:
1.The generator shall be a 3-phase, 60-hertz, single-bearing, dripproof, rotating field,
synchronous type, with 3-phase rotating armature brushless permanent magnet
exciter. Provide Class F or H insulation on the stator and rotor. Further protect
both with 100% epoxy varnish impregnation and an overcoat of resilient epoxy
asphalt insulating material to increase resistance to abrasive dust or sand, high
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-6
humidity, and light acidic, oil, or salt-laden atmospheres, as well as prevent fungus
growth.
2.The wave form deviation factor of the line-to-line voltage at no load and balanced
rated load at 0.80 power factor shall not exceed 5%. The rms of all harmonics shall
be less than 3% and that of any one harmonic less than 2% at full rated load.
3.Conform to the applicable NEMA standards for motors and generators, MG 1.
Base rating of generator on continuous operation at 0.80 power factor.
4.Provide 120/240-volt anticondensation heater.
B. Regulator: The voltage regulator shall be a static type and shall maintain a constant and
stable generator output voltage within ±2% of nominal for all steady-state loads from no
load to full load. A 5% variation in frequency and the effects of field heating shall not
affect the unit's regulation performance. Provide stability and voltage range adjustments.
2.06 STRUCTURAL STEEL BASE
A. Mount the engine-generator on a structural steel base. Provide holes for mounting bolts.
Provide the structural steel base with means for lifting the unit for shipment and
installation. Clearly identify lift points and total weight and permanently mark on the
base.
B. Anchor the steel base to an equipment pad with an anchorage system designed per
Section 260548. Submit calculations.
C. Isolate the structural steel base from the equipment pad by fiberglass pad-type isolators
with bonded steel load plate and separate snubber washers. Isolators shall be Peabody
Noise Control, Inc.; Kinetics brand, Type SN; or equal.
2.07 EXHAUST SYSTEM
A. Exhaust system shall consist of a silencer, flexible exhaust fitting, exhaust piping,
insulation, and mounting hardware.
B. Provide a chamber-type critical grade silencer constructed of carbon steel with a baked
on silicon-based coating rated for 1100°F minimum. Silencer shall include a condensate
drain tapping. Exhaust noise shall not exceed 65 dBA at 25 feet. Provide brackets,
companion flanges, gaskets, and fasteners for mounting on roof or from ceiling of
enclosure. Silencer shall be as manufactured by Universal, GT Exhaust Systems, Riley-
Beaird, or equal.
C. Silencer and exhaust pipe size shall be sufficient to ensure that measured exhaust
backpressure does not exceed the maximum limitations specified by the generator set
manufacturer.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-7
D. Exhaust piping shall be carbon steel pipe per Section 402053. Provide flanged or welded
type fittings. Provide sufficient flanged fittings to permit the system to be entirely
dismantled in sections. Elbows shall be smooth long-radius type.
E. Mount the exhaust system in a manner to allow for thermal expansion and contraction
over a temperature range of -20°F to 1200°F.
2.08 GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL
A. Provide a NEMA 1, vibration isolated, dead front, 16-gauge steel electronic modular
control panel with lockable, hinged cover. Mount and wire the control panel to the
engine-generator set. The panel shall include the following equipment:
1.Oil pressure gauge.
2.Water temperature gauge.
3.Automatic/manual start/stop engine control with programmable safety indicators
for low oil pressure, high coolant temperature, overspeed, overcrank, and
emergency stop.
4.Cycle Cranking: Adjustable crank/rest periods.
5. Energized to run or shut down fuel control systems.
6.Indicators for engine oil pressure, coolant temperature, engine rpm, system d-c
volts, engine running hours, eight-system diagnostic codes, generator a-c amperes,
and generator frequency.
7.Control system diagnostic codes for troubleshooting and system protection.
8.Engine control switch.
9.Ammeter-voltmeter phase selector switch.
10.Emergency stop push button.
11.Indicator/display test switch.
12.Voltage adjust potentiometer.
B. Meters, circuit breakers, control switches, and current transformers shall be General
Electric, Westinghouse, or equal.
C. Provide relays and timing devices with clear polycarbonate dust covers. Devices shall be
plug-in type. Output contacts shall be rated 10 amperes at 12-volt dc.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-8
D. Provide engraved or etched nameplates to show position of switches and function of
pilot lights, push buttons, and meters. Do not provide embossed tape.
E. Provide fully automatic generator set start-stop controls in the generator panel. Controls
shall operate as follows:
1.When the function switch is in automatic position and upon closure of a set of
external contacts or when the switch is in manual position, the engine shall
automatically crank. An adjustable cranking limiter shall allow 3 cycles of 15
seconds' crank followed by 15 seconds' rest. If the engine fails to start after this
time, the starting circuit shall be locked out and the overcrank shutdown light
initiated.
2.When operating in the automatic mode and the remote engine run contact opens,
the engine shall shut down.
3.Initiation of any safety shutdown shall immediately stop the engine and light the
appropriate light. Upon correction of the fault, the shutoff system shall be made
operable by an appropriate reset switch.
4.Provide dry contacts for monitoring generator run status and generator common
fault and alarm. Provide graphical display elements to display generator run/alarm
status on Alarm Screen (Section 405060).
F. Provide dry contacts for the following signals:
1.Power available.
2.Common alarm.
3. Auto.
2.09 MAIN LINE CIRCUIT BREAKER
Provide a main line molded case circuit breaker sized in accordance with the NEC.
Install on the generator in a NEMA 1 enclosure or in the generator control panel to
function as a load circuit interrupting and protection device. It shall operate both
manually for normal switching function and automatically during overload and short-
circuit conditions. Circuit breaker shall trip free of the handle. The handle position, or a
luminescent flag, shall indicate "Off," "On," or "Tripped" breaker positions. The trip unit
for each pole shall have elements providing inverse time delay during overload
conditions and instantaneous magnetic tripping for short-circuit protection. Provide and
mark insulated neutral terminals and a ground terminal. The circuit breaker shall meet
standards established by UL, NEMA, and NEC. Do not use generator exciter field circuit
breakers in lieu of a main line circuit breaker.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-9
2.10 SOUND ATTENUATION ENCLOSURE
Provide a weatherproof enclosure fabricated of 12-gauge galvanized steel with baked
enamel finish. Enclosure shall have lockable, hinged access doors, stainless steel
hardware, sound attenuating interior insulation and noise reduction type air louvers. Full
load sound level shall not exceed 68 dBA measured anywhere around the enclosure at a
distance of 50 feet.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Apply for and obtain permits and licenses pertaining to the Air Pollution Control District
for the installation and operation of this equipment in the name of the Owner. Obtain
permits prior to installation of the equipment.
B. The Contractor shall coordinate the construction of engine-generator set foundations,
piping systems, and conduit stub-ups with the generator set manufacturer's written
requirements. Foundation blocks, anchor bolt layouts, and piping and quantity and
locations of conduit stub-ups may have to be modified from those shown in the
drawings. Such work shall be at the Contractor's expense.
C. Fill the engine cooling system with a solution of 25% by volume propylene glycol for
freeze protection and 5% by volume of a borate-nitrite solution (NALCO 2000 or equal)
to prevent rust and corrosion.
D. The entire unit and other equipment shall be completely installed, wired, and plumbed
by the engine supplier prior to shipment to the installation site.
3.02 PIPING
Pitch horizontal runs of exhaust pipe away from the engine. Provide condensate traps
with petcocks or valves at low spots in the exhaust system. Fit pipe penetrating walls or
roofs with a ventilated thimble.
3.03 START-UP
A. On completion of the installation, the initial start-up shall be performed by a factory-
trained service representative of the engine supplier, who shall thoroughly inspect,
activate the jacket water heater, operate, test, and adjust the equipment. The inspection
shall include the soundness of all parts, completeness of all details, proper operation of
all components with special emphasis on safety devices, correctness of settings, proper
alignments, and correct phase rotation to match other sources.
B. Field tests shall include the following:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
STANDBY ENGINE-GENERATORS (100 KW AND SMALLER)
15 April 2016 263213-10
1.Simulate power failure by tripping the main breaker and demonstrate complete
manual and automatic start, load, unload, and stop sequence of the engine-
generator.
2.Conduct a two-hour run, utilizing maximum available load. If available load is less
than 75% of the generator's rating, then add loads to obtain 75% generator loading
(minimum). The generator supplier shall provide load banks and make necessary
connections to provide the required 75% load.
C. Perform start-up in presence of the Engineer. Provide notification of start-up date a
minimum of three days prior to the date.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
15 April 2016 263623-1
SECTION 263623 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and installation of automatic transfer switches.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Electrical Requirements: 260500.
B. Seismic Restraint for Electrical Equipment: 260548.
C. Low-Voltage Motor Control: 262419.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 260500.
B. Submit manufacturer's descriptive data including ratings, circuit diagrams, dimensional
data, conduit entry restrictions, and a list of accessories.
1.04 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
Submit operation and maintenance manuals in accordance with Section 260500.
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
Provide manufacturer's services at the jobsite for the minimum labor days listed below,
travel time excluded:
One labor day to check the installation and advise during start-up, testing, and
adjustment of the transfer switch.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 TRANSFER SWITCH
A. Transfer switch shall be open type and installed in a vertical section of a motor control
center as shown in the drawings. Transfer switch shall have number of poles, amperage,
and voltage ratings as shown in the drawings. Withstand current rating shall not be less
than 30,000-ampere rms symmetrical.
B. Switch shall be listed per UL 1008 as a recognized component for emergency systems
and rated for all classes of loads.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
15 April 2016 263623-2
C. Transfer switch shall be electrically operated and mechanically held in each direction by
a single operating mechanism momentarily energized from the source to which the load
shall be transferred. Accomplish mechanical locking in each direction without the aid of
latching solenoids, toggle mechanisms, or gear arrangements.
D. Operation shall allow for delayed transition. An overload or short circuit shall not cause
the switch to go to a neutral position. Do not use main contact structures not originally
manufactured for transfer switch service (molded case circuit breakers or contactors).
Inspection and replacement of all contacts (stationary and arcing) shall be possible from
the front of the switch without any disassembly of operating linkages or power
conductors. Provide a handle to permit no-load manual operation.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Provide a solid-state sensing and control logic panel. Include the following operational
characteristics:
1.Adjustable (0.5 to 6.0 seconds) time delay on engine starting to override
momentary dips in normal source, set at 1 second.
2.Full phase voltage relay supervision of the normal source with at least one close
differential relay to detect "brownout" condition, set at 70% dropout and 90%
pickup.
3.Voltage/frequency lockout relay to prevent premature transfer, set at 90% voltage
and 90% frequency.
4.Engine starting control contacts (one normally open and one normally closed).
5.Adjustable (2 to 25 minutes) time delay on retransfer to normal, set at 20 minutes.
6.Unloaded running time delay for generator cool down (adjustable 0.1 to 10
minutes), set at 5 minutes.
7.Transfer to emergency time delay (adjustable 1 to 300 seconds), set at 1 second.
B. Provide a system test switch (momentary type) on the front of the enclosure.
C. Manual push button to bypass the time delay on retransfer.
D. Indicating lights to indicate source to which the load is connected.
E. Indicating light to indicate presence of normal power source.
F. Control switches and indicating lights shall comply with Section 262419.
G. Auxiliary contacts for remote indication of switch position, one normally open and one
normally closed contact for normal and emergency position.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
15 April 2016 263623-3
H. The complete assembly including anchors shall be capable of withstanding seismic
forces per Section 260548.
2.03 MANUFACTURERS
The transfer switch shall be as manufactured by Automatic Switch Company (Bulletin
940), Russelectric Co. (RMT), or Zenith (ZTS).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
Install transfer switch in the motor control center.
3.02 FIELD TESTING
A. Field test per manufacturer’s recommended standard test procedure.
B. Field test and calibrate timing and monitoring logic. All adjustments shall be within 5%
of the previously specified set points.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CLEARING, STRIPPING, AND GRUBBING 311100-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 311100 CLEARING, STRIPPING, AND GRUBBING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes the work included in clearing, stripping, grubbing, and preparing
the project site for construction operations.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Existing Conditions: General Provisions.
B. Protecting Existing Underground Utilities: 020120.
C. Earthwork: 312300.
D. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
E. Landscape Planting: 329010.
1.03 CLEARING
Remove and dispose of trees, snags, stumps, shrubs, brush, limbs, sticks, branches, and
other vegetative growth. Remove rocks, tiles, and lumps of concrete. Remove all
evidence of their presence from the surface. Remove and dispose of trash piles, rubbish,
and fencing. Protect structures and piping above and below ground, trees, shrubs, and
vegetative growth and fencing which are not designated for removal.
1.04 STRIPPING
A. Remove and dispose of organic sod, grass and grass roots, and other objectionable
material remaining after clearing from the areas designated to be stripped.
1.05 GRUBBING
After clearing and stripping, remove and dispose of wood or root matter, including
stumps, logs, trunks, roots, or root systems greater than 1 inch in diameter or thickness to
a depth of 12 inches below the ground surface.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 TREES AND SHRUBBERY
Existing trees, shrubbery, and other vegetative material may not be shown in the
drawings. Inspect the site as to the nature, location, size, and extent of vegetative
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
CLEARING, STRIPPING, AND GRUBBING 311100-2
9 Jun 2017
material to be removed or preserved, as specified herein. Preserve in place trees that are
specifically shown in the drawings and designated to be preserved.
2.02 PRESERVATION OF TREES, SHRUBS, AND OTHER PLANT MATERIAL
A. Save and protect plant materials (trees, shrubbery, and plants) beyond the limits of
clearing and grubbing from damage resulting from the work. No filling, excavating,
trenching, or stockpiling of materials will be permitted within the drip line of these plant
materials. The drip line is defined as a circle drawn by extending a line vertically to the
ground from the outermost branches of a plant or group of plants. To prevent soil
compaction within the drip line area, no equipment will be permitted within this area.
B. Cut and remove tree branches where necessary for construction. Remove branches other
than those required for a balanced appearance of any tree. Treat cuts with a tree sealant.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEARING, STRIPPING, AND GRUBBING AREAS AND LIMITS
A. Clear, strip, and grub excavation and embankment areas associated with new structures,
slabs, walks, and roadways.
B. Clear and strip stockpile areas.
C. Limits of clearing, stripping, and grubbing:
1.Excavation, Excluding Trenches: 5 feet beyond tops of cut slopes.
2.Trench excavation for piping and electrical conduits: 3 feet from edge of trench.
3.Structures: 10 feet beyond footings.
4.Streets, Roadways, and Parking Areas: 5 feet from toe of fill or top of cut.
5.Landscaped Areas: 2 feet beyond areas designated to receive landscaping.
3.02 DISPOSAL OF CLEARING AND GRUBBING DEBRIS
Do not burn combustible materials. Remove cleared and grubbed material from the
worksite and dispose.
3.03 DISPOSAL OF STRIPPED MATERIAL
Remove stripped material and dispose offsite.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 312300 EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, testing, and installation of earthwork for excavations,
fills, structures, and accessory items such as filter fabrics (geotextiles).
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Existing Conditions: General Provisions.
B. Protecting Existing Underground Utilities: 020120.
C. General Concrete Construction: 030500.
D. Clearing, Stripping, and Grubbing: 311100.
E. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
F. Shoring: 314100.
G. Dewatering: 312319.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit excavation and shoring drawings for worker protection in accordance with the
Standard Specifications.
B. Submit 2 copies of a report from a testing laboratory verifying that the material contains
less than 0.25%asbestos by weight or volume and conforms to the gradation specified.
Submit asbestos test results with the submittals for materials gradation. Material
gradation reports without the accompanying asbestos test results will be rejected as
incomplete.
C. Submit dewatering plan including disposition of groundwater.
D. Submit manufacturer's catalog data for geotextiles. Submit manufacturer's installation
instructions and details for and geotextiles.
1.04 TESTING FOR COMPACTION
A. The Owner will test for compaction and relative density as described below.
B. Determine the density of soil in place by the sand cone method, ASTM D1556 or by
nuclear methods, ASTM D6938. Additional sand cones and densities will be required if
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-2
9 Jun 2017
the backfill material is visually variable. The minimum depth for the sand cone test hole
shall be 12 inches. The minimum size shall be 8 inches, and size 16/30 or 10/20 silica
sand shall be used. Compaction tests will be performed for each lift or layer.
C. Determine laboratory moisture-density relations of soils per ASTM D1557. If nuclear
methods are used for in-place density determination, the compaction test results for
maximum dry density and optimum water content shall be adjusted in accordance with
ASTM D4718. This will be required for determination of percent relative compaction
and moisture variation from optimum.
D. Determine the relative density of cohesionless soils per ASTM D4253 and D4254.
E. Sample materials per ASTM D75.
F. "Relative compaction" is the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of the inplace dry density
to the laboratory maximum dry density.
G. Compaction shall be deemed to comply with the specifications when no more than one
test falls below the specified relative compaction. The Contractor shall pay the costs of
any retesting of work not conforming to the specifications.
1.05 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS MATERIALS
Excess site excavated or wasted material shall be disposed of offsite by the Contractor at
his expense. No prearranged disposal site or related permits have been determined or
secured by the Owner.
1.06 MATERIAL AVAILABILITY
Sufficient earthwork material to complete the work is not available at the site. Secure
source of material and permits to complete the project requirements.
1.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Payment for all the work in this section shall not be paid as a separate item but shall be
included in other bid items that include this work.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 STRUCTURAL BACKFILL
A. Structural backfill is imported, easily compacted, granular material that is to be placed
adjacent to and around structures.
B. Material shall be free from deleterious material and shall have a minimum sand
equivalent greater than 30 per ASTM D2419, a minimum cohesion of 100 psf, and a
minimum internal angle of friction of 27 degrees.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-3
9 Jun 2017
C. Excavated onsite clay materials may not be used for structural backfill.
2.02 FILL
Fill material is material that is to be placed in locations that are not to be constructed as
structural fill or structural backfill. Fill material shall be same as structural backfill.
2.03 SAND, INCLUDING IMPORTED SAND FOR PIPE ZONE AND PIPE BASE IN PIPE
TRENCHES
A. Granular material free from clay balls, organic matter, and other deleterious substances
and conforming to the following gradations:
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
3/8 inch 100
No. 4 75 to 100
No. 30 12 to 50
No. 100 5 to 20
No. 200 0 to 10
B. Sand shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 30 per ASTM D2419.
2.04 AGGREGATE BASE
Aggregate base shall be free from clay balls, organic matter, and other deleterious
substances and shall conform to the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
1 inch 100
3/4 inch 90 to 100
No. 4 35 to 60
No. 30 10 to 30
No. 200 2 to 9
The coarse aggregate (material retained by the No. 4 sieve) shall consist of material of
which at least 25% by mass shall be fractured or crushed particles as determined per
ASTM D5821. Aggregate base material shall be Class 2 material per Caltrans Standard
Specifications (2010). Class 3 material shall not be permitted.
Aggregate base material shall meet the following requirements:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-4
9 Jun 2017
Parameter Minimum Value Test Standard
Durability index 35 CT 229
Resistance (R value) 78 CT 301
Sand equivalent 22 CT 217
2.05 CRUSHED GRAVEL BASE FOR WET WELL AND PRECAST CONCRETE
VAULTS
A. Crushed gravel base for wet well and vault foundations shall be 1.5 inch by ¾ inch and
shall conform to the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
2 inch 100
1 1/2 inch 90 to 100
1 inch 20 to 55
3/4 inch 0 to 15
3/8 inch 0 to 5
2.06 GRAVEL BACKFILL FOR WET WELL (“3/8-INCH GRAVEL” OR “PEA
GRAVEL”)
A.
GRAVE
L BACKFILL
AROUND THE
WET WELL
shall be
imported gravel
with A gradation
MEETING THE
FOLLOWING
TABLE: Sieve
Size
Percent Passing
½ inch 100
3/8 inch 85 – 100
No. 8 0 – 3
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-5
9 Jun 2017
B. It shall be comprised of hard, durable particles that are free of slaking or
decomposition under the action of alternate wetting or drying cycles. Rock shall have a
durability index of at least 40 when tested according to California Test 229.
2.07 FILTER FABRIC
A. Filter fabric shall be manufactured from polypropylene material; shall be of nonwoven
construction; and shall meet the following requirements:
1. Conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications (2010) Section 88-1.02B Class C.
Fabric shall be Mirafi 160N, or equivalent.
2.08 SUBGRADE ENHANCEMENT GEOTEXTILE
A. Subgrade enhancement geotextile shall be manufactured from either polypropylene or
polyester materials; and shall meet the following requirements:
1. Conform to Caltrans Standard Specifications (2010) Section 88-1.02O Class B1.
Fabric shall be Mirafi HP570, or equivalent.
2.09 SAND-CEMENT SLURRY BACKFILL
Sand-cement slurry backfill shall consist of one sack (94 pounds sacks of Type I or II
portland cement added per cubic yard of imported sand and sufficient water for
workability.
2.10 WATER FOR COMPACTION
Water shall be free of organic materials and shall have a pH of 7.0 to 9.0, a maximum
chloride concentration of 500 mg/L, and a maximum sulfate concentration of 500 mg/L.
Provide all water needed for earthwork. Provide temporary piping and valves to convey
water from the source to the point of use. Provide any meters if the water is taken from a
city, water district, or agency pipeline.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DEWATERING
Provide and operate equipment adequate to keep excavations and trenches free of water.
Dewater subgrade to a minimum of 2 feet below bottom of excavation. Remove water
during period when concrete is being deposited, when pipe is being laid, and during the
placing of backfill. Avoid settlement or damage to adjacent property. Dispose of water in
a manner that will not damage adjacent property. When dewatering open excavations,
dewater from outside the structural limits and from a point below the bottom of the
excavation. See Specification Section 312319.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-6
9 Jun 2017
3.02 EXCAVATION
A. Excavations shall have sloping, sheeting, shoring, and bracing conforming with
29CFR1926 Subpart P-Excavations, CAL/OSHA requirements, and the General
Provisions.
B. Excavation is unclassified. Perform excavation regardless of the type, nature, or
condition of the material encountered to accomplish the construction. Do not operate
excavation equipment within 5 feet of existing structures or newly completed
construction. Excavate with hand tools in these areas.
C. After the required excavation has been completed, the Owner will observe the exposed
subgrade to determine the need for any additional excavation. It is the intent that
additional excavation is to be conducted in all areas within the influence of the structure
where unacceptable subgrade materials exist at the exposed subgrade. Overexcavation
shall include the removal of all such unacceptable material that exists directly beneath
the structure or within a zone outside and below the structure defined by a line sloping at
1-horizontal to 1-vertical from 1 foot outside the edge of the footing. Refill the
overexcavated areas with structural backfill material.
D. The Contractor will not receive any additional payment for refill material used for his
convenience.
3.03 LIMITS OF FOUNDATION EXCAVATION
A. Excavate to the depths and widths needed to accomplish the construction. Allow for
forms, working space, structural backfill, and site grading. Do not excavate for footings,
slabs, or conduits below elevations indicated. Unless unacceptable material is
encountered and overexcavation is authorized by the Owner, backfill overexcavations
with compacted crushed gravel material. Correct cuts below grade by benching
adjoining areas and creating a smooth transition. The Contractor shall bear all costs for
correcting unauthorized overexcavated areas
B. Limits of excavation and subgrade preparation shall be made for the following
structures:
Location Approximate
Depth
Excavation and Subgrade Preparation
Wet Well 26 to 27 feet a. Remove existing soil to expose
bedrock materials. Excavate a
minimum of 6-inches below the
bottom of the wet well base or a
minimum of 6-inches into
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-7
9 Jun 2017
bedrock materials, whichever is
greater.
b. Place a minimum of 6-inches of
crushed gravel wrapped in filter
fabric and compact using a
vibrating plate compactor.
c. Place 2 to 4-inches of imported
sand or gravel backfill as a
leveling base if required for
placement of the wet well.
Precast Concrete
Vaults
7 to 8 feet a. Remove existing soil to 12-inches
below the bottom of the vault.
b. Moisture condition and compact
exposed bottom to 90% relative
compaction.
c. Place a minimum of 12-inches of
crushed gravel wrapped in
geotextile fabric and compact
using a vibrating plate
compactor.
d. Place 2 to 4-inches of imported
sand or gravel backfill as a
leveling base if required for
placement of the valve vault.
Generator/Electrical
Equipment Pad
2 feet a. Remove materials to 12-inches
below the bottom of the deepest
footing.
b. Scarify 12-inches, moisture
condition and compact exposed
bottom to 90% relative
compaction.
c. Place aggregate base in 6-inch
lifts to bottom of slab and
compact to 95% relative
compaction.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-8
9 Jun 2017
3.04 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION SUBGRADE
A. The finished subgrade shall be within a tolerance of ±0.08 of a foot of the grade and
cross section indicated, shall be smooth and free from irregularities, and shall be at the
specified relative compaction. The subgrade shall extend over the full width and extend
beyond the edge of the foundations as indicated in the plans.
B. Remove soft material encountered and replace with structural backfill. Fill holes and
depressions to the required line, grade, and cross sections with structural backfill.
3.05 PREPARATION FOR PLACING FILL OR BACKFILL FOR WET WELL AND
PRECAST CONCRETE VAULTS
A. Place crushed rock beneath wet well and vault structures as shown in the drawings.
Excavate below the required grade for the bottom of the rock beneath the structure and
remove all loose and unsuitable material. Perform dewatering per Section 312319.
B. After the required excavation has been completed and dewatered, the Owner’s
Representative will inspect the exposed subgrade.
C. After excavation has been authorized by Owner’s Representative, place the filter fabric
or subgrade enhancement geotextile as shown on the drawings on the bottom of the
excavation and up the sides a sufficient height to fully wrap the crushed rock and
achieve a minimum 12-inch overlap. Protect fabric or geotextile during installation from
clogging, tears, and other damage. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations. Place fabric or geotextile with the long dimension parallel to the
excavation and lay smooth. Stretch and align the fabric or geotextile in a wrinkle-free
manner. Place the strips to provide a minimum width of 12-inches overlap at joints.
Provide ballast (e.g., sand bags) to prevent uplift from wind. Do not leave fabric or
geotextile uncovered for more than 7 days after installation.
D. Do not cover fabric or geotextile system prior to inspection by the Owner’s
Representative. Protect the fabric or geotextile from damage due to the placement of
rock refill by limiting the height of drop of the material to less than 3 feet. Backfill the
excavation to subgrade of structure with crushed rock. Place the crushed rock over the
full width of the excavation and compact in layers not exceeding 12 inches deep to the
required grade. Completely wrap crushed rock with fabric or geotextile, ensuring a
minimum overlap of 12-inches.
E. Rock refill used by the Contractor for his convenience will not be cause for any
additional payment.
F. Compact crushed rock with four (4) full passes with a vibratory compactor per lift.
G. Backfill around wet well structure shall be gravel as specified and per the wet well
manufacture recommendations and shall be separated from native soils or other backfill
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
EARTHWORK 312300-9
9 Jun 2017
materials with filter fabric as shown in the drawings. Backfill shall be placed in
accordance with the wet well manufacture recommendations.
3.06 PLACING AND COMPACTING STRUCTURAL BACKFILL AND AGGREGATE
BASE
A. Place backfill material around piping, structures, channels, and other areas, including
authorized overexcavation areas, to the lines and grades shown or specified. Do not
exceed loose lifts of 8 inches.
B. Limits of Backfill: Limits of structural backfill shall be from edge of footing and shall
extend to the finish grade.
C. Compact each lift to 95% relative compaction, unless otherwise shown in the drawings.
Stop structural backfill at least 6 inches below finished grade in all areas where topsoil is
to be placed.
D. Backfill around concrete structures as specified in Section 030500.
E. Do not operate earthmoving equipment within 5 feet of walls of concrete structures.
Place and compact backfill adjacent to concrete walls with hand-operated tampers or
other equipment that will not damage the structure.
3.07 MOISTURE CONTROL
During the compacting operations, maintain optimum practicable moisture content
required for compaction purposes in each lift of the material. Maintain uniform moisture
content throughout the lift. Insofar as practicable, add water to the material at the site of
excavation. Supplement by sprinkling the material. At the time of compaction, the water
content of the material shall be at optimum water content or within 2 percentage points
above optimum. Aerate material containing excessive moisture by blading, discing, or
harrowing to hasten the drying process.
3.08 SITE GRADING
Perform earthwork to the lines and grades shown in the drawings. Shape, trim, and finish
slopes of channels to conform to the lines, grades, and cross sections as shown. Remove
exposed roots and loose rocks exceeding 3 inches in diameter. Round tops of banks to
circular curves of not less than a 6-foot radius. Neatly and smoothly trim rounded
surfaces. Do not overexcavate and backfill to achieve the proper grade.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 312316 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, testing, and installation for pipeline trench excavation,
backfilling, and compacting.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Existing Conditions: General Provisions.
B. Protecting Existing Underground Utilities: 020120.
C. General Concrete Construction: 030500.
D. Clearing, Stripping, and Grubbing: 311100.
E. Earthwork: 312300.
F. Pressure Testing of Piping: 400515.
G. Traffic Signal Video Detection, City Standard 86
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit a report from a testing laboratory verifying that material contains less than
0.25% asbestos by weight or volume and conforms to the specified gradations or
characteristics for pea gravel, granular material, imported sand, rock refill for foundation
stabilization, and water. Submit asbestos test results with the submittals for materials
gradation. Material gradation reports without the accompanying asbestos test results will
be rejected as incomplete.
B. Submit method(s) of compaction including removal sequence of shoring where used.
1.04 TESTING FOR COMPACTION
A. The Owner will test for compaction as described in Section 312300.
B. Where compaction tests indicate a failure to meet the specified compaction, the Owner
will take additional tests every 25 feet in each direction until the extent of the failing
area is identified. Rework the entire failed area until the specified compaction has been
achieved.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-2
9 Jun 2017
1.05 PAVEMENT ZONE
The pavement zone includes the asphalt concrete and aggregate base pavement section
placed over the trench backfill.
1.06 TRENCH ZONE
The trench zone includes the portion of the trench from the top of the pipe zone to the
bottom of the pavement zone in paved areas or to the existing surface in unpaved areas.
1.07 PIPE ZONE
The pipe zone shall include the full width of trench from the bottom of the pipe or
conduit to a horizontal level above the top of the pipe, as specified below. Where
multiple pipes or conduits are placed in the same trench, the pipe zone shall extend from
the bottom of the lowest pipe to a horizontal level above the top of the highest or
topmost pipe. Thickness of pipe zone above the highest top of pipe shall be 6 inches.
1.08 PIPE BASE OR BEDDING
The pipe base or bedding shall be defined as a layer of material immediately below the
bottom of the pipe or conduit and extending over the full trench width in which the pipe
is bedded. Thickness of pipe base shall be 4 inches.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 IMPORTED GRANULAR MATERIAL--PIPE ZONE, PIPE BASE, AND TRENCH
ZONE
A. Imported granular material used in the pipe zone, pipe base, or trench zone shall have
the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
1 inch 100
No. 4 80 to 95
No. 30 35 to 70
No. 200 15 max.
B. Imported material shall have a minimum sand equivalent of 30.
2.02 FLOAT ROCK--PIPE ZONE AND PIPE BASE
A. Float rock material shall be compacted readily to 90 percent relative compaction and
shall meet the following gradation:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-3
9 Jun 2017
Sieve Size Percent Passing By Weight
3/4 inch 100
1/2 inch 95 to 100
3/8 inch 70 to 80
No. 4 15 to 25
No. 8 0 to 5
B. Float rock shall not have corrosive properties and shall not be local “Red Rock”.
2.03 CONCRETE FOR PIPE ENCASEMENT AND THRUST BLOCKS
A. Concrete for unreinforced pipe encasement and thrust blocks shall be Class C per
Section 030500, unless otherwise shown in the drawings.
B. Provide thrust blocks at fittings in pipe having rubber gasket bell-and-spigot or
unrestrained mechanical joints. Do not provide thrust blocks for steel pipe having
welded, flanged, or butt-strap joints unless detailed in the drawings or required in the
detailed piping specification.
C. See the details in the drawings for thrust block sizes. Install thrust blocks based on the
test pressures given in Section 400515. Size thrust blocks in accordance with the
following table:
Pipe Test Pressure
(psi)
Use Thrust Block Sizing for
0 to 25 25 psi
26 to 50 50 psi
51 to 100 100 psi
101 to 150 150 psi
151 to 200 200 psi
D. Dimensions of thrust blocks for pipes smaller than 6 inches shall be the same as the
dimensions shown for 6-inch pipe, unless specific dimensions are shown in the
drawings.
2.04 WATER FOR COMPACTION
See Section 312300. Water shall be free of organic materials injurious to the pipe
coatings.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-4
9 Jun 2017
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SLOPING, SHEETING, SHORING, AND BRACING OF TRENCHES
Trenches shall have sloping, sheeting, shoring, and bracing conforming with
29CFR1926, Subpart P--Excavations, CAL/OSHA requirements, and the Standard
Specifications.
3.02 SIDEWALK, PAVEMENT, AND CURB REMOVAL
Comply with City Standards 6025 and 4910.
Cut bituminous and concrete pavements regardless of the thickness and curbs and
sidewalks prior to excavation of the trenches with a pavement saw or pavement cutter.
Width of the pavement cut shall be at least equal to the required width of the trench at
ground surface. Haul pavement and concrete materials from the site. Do not use for
trench backfill.
3.03 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. Excavate the trench to the lines and grades shown in the drawings with allowance for
pipe thickness, sheeting and shoring if used, and for pipe base or special bedding. If the
trench is excavated below the required grade, refill any part of the trench excavated
below the grade at no additional cost to the Owner with imported granular material.
Place the refilling material over the full width of trench in compacted layers not
exceeding 6 inches deep to the established grade with allowance for the pipe base or
special bedding.
B. Trench widths in the pipe zone shall be as shown in the drawings. If no details are
shown, maximum width shall be 24 inches greater than the pipe outside diameter.
Comply with 29CFR Part 1926 Subpart P--Excavations. Trench width at the top of the
trench will not be limited except where width of excavation would undercut adjacent
structures and footings. In such case, width of trench shall be such that there is at least 2
feet between the top edge of the trench and the structure or footing.
3.04 LOCATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL
A. During trench excavation, place the excavated material only within the working area or
within the areas shown in the drawings. Do not obstruct any roadways or streets. Do not
place trench spoil over pipe, buried utilities, manholes, or vaults. Conform to federal,
state, and local codes governing the safe loading of trenches with excavated material.
B. Locate trench spoil piles at least 15 feet from the tops of the slopes of trenches. Do not
operate cranes and other equipment on the same side of the trench as the spoil piles.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-5
9 Jun 2017
3.05 LENGTH OF OPEN TRENCH
Limit the length of open trench to 40 feet in advance of pipe laying or amount of pipe
installed in one working day. Complete backfilling and temporary or first layer paving
not more than 20 feet in the rear of pipe laying.
3.06 DEWATERING
Provide and maintain means and devices to remove and dispose of water entering the
trench excavation during the time the trench is being prepared for the pipe laying, during
the laying of the pipe, and until the backfill at the pipe zone has been completed. These
provisions shall apply during both working and nonworking hours, including lunchtime,
evenings, weekends, and holidays. Dispose of the water in a manner to prevent damage
to adjacent property and in accordance with regulatory agency requirements. Do not
drain trench water through the pipeline under construction.
3.07 FOUNDATION STABILIZATION
A. After the required excavation has been completed, the Owner will inspect the exposed
subgrade to determine the need for any additional excavation. It is the intent that
additional excavation be conducted in all areas within the influence of the pipeline where
unacceptable materials exist at the exposed subgrade. Overexcavation shall include the
removal of all such unacceptable material that exist directly beneath the pipeline to a
width 24 inches greater than the pipe outside diameter and to the depth required.
B. Place filter fabric on the bottom of the trench and up the sides a sufficient height to
retain rock refill material. Backfill the trench to subgrade of pipe base with rock refill
material for foundation stabilization. Place the foundation stabilization material over the
full width of the trench and compact in layers not exceeding 6 inches deep to the
required grade. Foundation stabilization work shall be executed in accordance with a
change order.
C. Rock refill used by the Contractor for his convenience will not be cause for any
additional payment.
3.08 INSTALLING BURIED PIPING
A. Grade the bottom of the trench to the line and grade to which the pipe is to be laid, with
allowance for pipe thickness. Remove hard spots that would prevent a uniform thickness
of bedding. Place the specified thickness of pipe base material over the full width of
trench. Grade the top of the pipe base ahead of the pipe laying to provide firm,
continuous, uniform support along the full length of pipe, and compact to the relative
compaction specified herein. Before laying each section of the pipe, check the grade and
correct any irregularities.
B. Excavate bell holes at each joint to permit proper assembly and inspection of the entire
joint. Fill the area excavated for the joints with the bedding material specified or
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-6
9 Jun 2017
indicated in the drawings for use in the pipe zone. If no bedding material is specified or
indicated, use imported granular material.
C. Inspect each pipe and fitting before lowering the buried pipe or fitting into the trench.
Inspect the interior and exterior protective coatings. Patch damaged areas in the field
with material recommended by the protective coating manufacturer. Clean ends of pipe
thoroughly. Remove foreign matter and dirt from inside of pipe and keep clean during
and after installation.
D. Handle pipe in such a manner as to avoid damage to the pipe. Do not drop or dump pipe
into trenches under any circumstances.
E. After pipe has been bedded, place pipe zone material simultaneously on both sides of the
pipe, in maximum 6-inch lifts, keeping the level of backfill the same on each side.
Carefully place the material around the pipe so that the pipe barrel is completely
supported and no voids or uncompacted areas are left beneath the pipe. Use particular
care in placing material on the underside of the pipe to prevent lateral movement during
subsequent backfilling.
F. Compact each lift to the relative compaction specified herein.
G. Push the backfill material carefully onto the backfill previously placed in the pipe zone.
If no backfill material is otherwise specified or indicated, use imported granular material
for backfill. Do not permit free-fall of the material until at least 2 feet of cover is
provided over the top of the pipe. Do not drop sharp, heavy pieces of material directly
onto the pipe or the tamped material around the pipe. Do not operate heavy equipment or
a sheepsfoot wheel mounted on a backhoe over the pipe until at least 3 feet or one-half
of the internal diameter, whichever is greater, of backfill has been placed and compacted
over the pipe.
H. When the pipe laying is not in progress, including the noon hours, close the open ends of
pipe. Do not allow trench water, animals, or foreign material to enter the pipe.
I. Keep the trench dry until the pipe laying and jointing are completed.
3.09 BACKFILL COMPACTION
A. Unless otherwise shown in the drawings or otherwise described in the specifications for
the particular type of pipe installed, relative compaction in pipe trenches shall be as
follows:
1.Pipe Zone: 90% relative compaction.
2.Backfill in Trench Zone: 95% relative compaction. Compact backfill within
embankment above the pipe zone to the same relative compaction as the adjacent
embankment as specified in Section 312300.
3.Rock Refill for Foundation Stabilization: 90% relative density.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING 312316-7
9 Jun 2017
4. Refill for Overexcavation: 90%relative density.
B. Compact trench backfill to the specified relative compaction. Compact by using
mechanical compaction or hand tamping. Do not use high-impact hammer-type
equipment except where the pipe manufacturer warrants in writing that such use will not
damage the pipe.
C. Compact material placed within 12 inches of the outer surface of the pipe by hand
tamping only.
D. Do not use any axle-driven or tractor-drawn compaction equipment within 5 feet of
building walls, foundations, and other structures.
3.10 MATERIAL REPLACEMENT
Remove and replace any trenching and backfilling material that does not meet the
specifications, at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DEWATERING 312319-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 312319 DEWATERING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION:
A. Design, furnish, operate, maintain, and remove temporary dewatering systems to control
groundwater and surface water to maintain stable, undisturbed subgrades, and permit
work to be performed under dry and stable conditions. Work to be done as part of
dewatering includes, but is not limited to:
1. Lower the groundwater level.
2. Lower hydrostatic pressure.
3. Prevent surface water from entering the excavation during construction.
4. Implement erosion control measures for disposing of discharge water.
5. Provide groundwater recharging systems as specified and as indicated.
6. Provide and monitor observation wells and geotechnical instrumentation as
specified and indicated.
B. Groundwater within the excavation area shall be lowered to at least 2 feet below the
lowest excavation levels as specified and as indicated.
C. Common dewatering methods include, but are not limited to, deep wells, well points,
vacuum well points or combinations thereof.
D. Common groundwater recharge methods include, but are not limited to, deep wells, large
sumps or combination thereof.
E. The Contractor shall obtain the required permits for discharge from the Contractor’s
dewatering systems in accordance with 40 CFR Part 122 and specification section
011100.
1.02 REFERENCES:
A. Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40 – Protection of Environment (CFR):
1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Coordination of Work, Permits, and Regulations: 011100
B. Earthwork: 312300.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DEWATERING 312319-2
9 Jun 2017
C. Shoring: 314100.
1.04 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit the following in accordance with General Provisions.
1.Qualification of the Contractor’s dewatering specialist's or firm's qualifications a
minimum of 4 weeks prior to dewatering work. The submittal shall include, but
not be limited to:
a.Qualifications of specialist's or firm's California Registered Professional
Engineer.
b.Qualifications of specialist's or firm's field representative who will oversee
the installation, operation and maintenance of the dewatering system.
2.Submit a dewatering plan, and, if applicable, a groundwater recharge plan at least
2 weeks prior to start of dewatering work. Do not submit design calculations. The
review will be for the information of the Owner and third parties for an overall
understanding of the project relating to access, maintenance of existing facilities
and proper utilization of the site. The Contractor shall remain responsible for the
adequacy and safety of the means, methods and sequencing of construction. The
plan shall include the following items at a minimum:
a.Dewatering plan and details stamped and signed by a Registered
Professional Engineer registered in the state where the project resides.
b.A list of equipment including, but not limited to, pumps, prime movers, and
standby equipment.
c.Detailed description of dewatering, maintenance, and system removal
procedures.
d.Monitoring plan and details, including, but not limited to, number and
locations of observation wells, and geotechnical instruments such as
settlement markers (reference points on structures) and piezometers, and
frequency of reading the monitoring devices, Erosion and sedimentation
control measures, and methods for disposal of pumped water.
e.List of all applicable laws, regulations, rules, and codes to which dewatering
design conforms.
f.List of data used for the design of dewatering and for groundwater recharge
systems, including but not limited to groundwater levels, soil profile,
permeabilities, and duration of pumping and or recharge.
3.Measurement records consisting of observation well groundwater records and the
geotechnical instrumentation readings within one day of monitoring.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DEWATERING 312319-3
9 Jun 2017
4. A modified dewatering plan within 24 hours, if pumping results in boils, loss of
fines or softening of the ground.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE:
A. Employ the services of a geotechnical engineer and a dewatering specialist or firm
having the following qualifications:
1. Have completed at least 5 successful dewatering projects of equal size and
complexity and with equal systems within the last 5 years.
2. Retain the services of a Registered Professional Engineer (in the state where the
project is located) having a minimum of 5 years experience in the design of well
points, deep wells, recharge systems, or equal systems.
3. Retain the services of a field representative having a minimum of 5 years
experience in installation of well points, deep wells, recharge systems, or equal
systems.
B. If subgrade soils are disturbed or become unstable due to dewatering operation or an
inadequate dewatering system, notify the Owner’s Representative, stabilize the
subgrade, and modify system to perform as specified.
C. Notify the Owner’s Representative immediately if settlement or movement is detected
on structures. If the settlement or movement is deemed by the owner’s representative to
be related to the dewatering, take actions to protect the adjacent structures and submit a
modified dewatering plan to the owner’s representative within 24 hours. Implement the
modified plan and repair damage incurred to adjacent structures.
D. Notify the Owner’s Representative immediately if settlement or movement is detected
on structures.
E. Immediately notify the Owner’s Representative if oil or other hazardous materials are
encountered after dewatering begins.
1.06 HYDRAULIC UPLIFT OF STRUCTURES:
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all structures against hydraulic
uplift until such structures have been accepted by the Owner.
B. The Contractor is advised that the structures, when completed and backfilled, are
designed to resist hydraulic uplift from groundwater up to the elevation indicated on the
structural drawings when the structure is completed. The structure bottoms shall be
placed in the dry, with the use of wellpoints or other dewatering means to keep the water
elevation sufficiently low to carry on the work.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DEWATERING 312319-4
9 Jun 2017
1.07 PRECAUTIONS AGAINST HYDROSTATIC UPLIFT DURING CONSTRUCTION:
A. The Contractor shall maintain a low groundwater elevation in the vicinity of the
structures until they are complete. In case of extremely high water during construction
of the structures, it may be necessary to flood the structures to maintain stable
conditions.
1.08 SITE CONDITIONS:
A. Subsurface Conditions: Geotechnical Engineering Report by Earth Systems Pacific
(February 18, 2015) available for review at the City’s office. The contractor shall
develop his own geotechnical investigation to support the design and implementation of
the dewatering system.
B. Contractor to design dewatering system for a dewatering rate of up to 150 gpm.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS:
A. Provide observation wells in accordance with the submitted dewatering plan or as
specified.
B. Provide settlement markers, piezometers and other geotechnical instruments in
accordance with the submitted dewatering plan or as specified.
C. Provide casings, well screens, piping, fittings, pumps, power and other items required for
dewatering system.
D. Provide sand and gravel filter around the well screen. Wrapping geotextile fabric directly
around the well screen shall not be allowed.
E. When deep wells, well points, or vacuum well points are used, provide pumping units
capable of maintaining high vacuum and handling large volumes of air and water at the
same time.
F. Provide auxiliary dewatering equipment in the event of breakdown. Equipment shall
consist of pumps and hoses and be stored on site. Provide at least 1 pump for every
5 pumps used.
G. Provide a reliable source of power to pump and a standby generator to maintain integrity
of dewatering plan.
H. Provide and maintain erosion and sedimentation control devices as indicated or specified
and in accordance with the dewatering plan.
I. Provide temporary pipes, hoses, flumes, or channels for the transport of discharge water
to the discharge location.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DEWATERING 312319-5
9 Jun 2017
J. Provide cement grout having a water cement ratio of 1 to 1 by volume.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION:
A. Execution of earth excavation and dewatering shall not commence until the related
submittals have been reviewed by the owner’s representative with all owner’s
representative’s comments satisfactorily addressed and the geotechnical instrumentation
has been installed.
B. Provide and maintain dewatering system in accordance with the dewatering plan.
C. Carry out dewatering program in such a manner as to prevent undermining or disturbing
foundations of existing structures or of work ongoing or previously completed.
D. Do not excavate until the dewatering system is operational.
E. Unless otherwise specified, continue dewatering uninterrupted until all structures, pipes,
and appurtenances below groundwater level have been completed such that they will not
be floated or otherwise damaged by an increase in groundwater elevation.
F. Open pumping from sumps and ditches is not allowed.
G. Where subgrade materials are disturbed or become unstable due to dewatering
operations, remove and replace the materials in accordance with Section 31 23 00.
H. Dewatering Discharge:
1. Install sand and gravel filters in conjunction with well points and deep wells to
prevent the migration of fines from the existing soil during the dewatering
operation.
2. Transport pumped or drained water to discharge location without interference to
other work, damage to pavement, other surfaces, or property. Available
infrastructure may include the existing wet well, sewage pumps, and force main. It
is estimated that each existing pump passes 300 gpm. This information is provided
for reference only. Contractor shall confirm pumping rate in the field.
3. Do not discharge water from dewatering operations directly into any live or
intermittent stream, channel, wetlands, or any surface water. Water from
dewatering operations shall be treated by filtration, settling basins, or other
approved method to reduce the amount of sediment contained in the water to
allowable levels. Provide the infrastructure to discharge into the Owner’s existing
or proposed sewer system. Provide the Owner’s Representative with sufficient
information on the groundwater quality and sufficiently reduce sediment prior to
discharge into the sewer system. Discharge to the sewer system must be
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DEWATERING 312319-6
9 Jun 2017
coordinated with the owner’s representative seven days ahead of the Contractor’s
planned operations.
4.The owner reserves the right to sample discharge water at any time.
5.Immediately notify the owner’s representative if suspected contaminated
groundwater is encountered. Do not pump water found to be contaminated with
oil or other hazardous material to the discharge locations.
I. Monitoring Devices and Records:
1.Install, maintain, monitor and take readings from the observation wells and
geotechnical instruments in accordance with the dewatering plan.
2.Perform and report baseline settlement survey readings prior to dewatering.
3.Install settlement markers on structures within the zone of influence for dewatering
a distance equal to twice the depth of the excavation, from the closest edge of the
excavation. Conduct and report settlement surveys to 1/8-inch.
J. Install and maintain erosion/sedimentation control devices at the point of discharge as
indicated or specified and in accordance with the dewatering plan.
K. Removal:
1.Do not remove dewatering system without written acceptance from the Owner’s
Representative.
2.Backfill and compact sumps or ditches with screened gravel or crushed gravel
wrapped with filter fabric in accordance with Section 312300.
3.All dewatering wells shall be abandoned upon completion of the work, and
completely backfilled with cement grout.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SHORING 314100-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 314100 SHORING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
The Work specified in this Section includes the requirements necessary to design,
provide, and maintain shielding, shoring, sheeting, bracing, and trench support systems,
hereinafter called “shoring,” as necessary to support the sides of excavations and to
prevent detrimental settlement and lateral movement of existing facilities, adjacent
property, and completed Work.
1.02 DEFINITIONS
A. Positive Excavation Support: Excavation support systems shall be designed by the
Contractor and a professional engineer licensed in the State of California and shall be
designed to limit horizontal and vertical movement to less than 1/2-inch at any location
behind the excavation support system.
B. Shoring Influence Area: Area within planes sloped downward and outward at 45-degree
angle from horizontal measured from:
1. 2-foot outside outermost edge at base of foundations or slabs.
2. 2-foot outside outermost edge at surface of roadways or shoulder.
3. 1-foot outside exterior at spring line of pipes.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Informational Submittals:
1. Excavation support plan.
2. Engineered systems working Drawings.
3. Utility protection plan.
4. Movement monitoring plan.
5. Movement measurement and data reduced results indicating movement trends.
1.04 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
Dewatering: Conform to applicable requirements of Section 312319, Dewatering, prior
to initiating excavation.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SHORING 314100-2
9 Jun 2017
1.05 SITE CONDITIONS
Subsurface Conditions: Geotechnical Engineering Report by Earth Systems Pacific
(February 18, 2015) is available at the City’s office for review. The contractor shall
develop his own geotechnical investigation to support the design and implementation of
the shoring system.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. For trench excavation exceeding 4 feet in depth, provide adequate safety system meeting
requirements of applicable state and local construction safety orders, and federal
requirements.
B. “Construction Slopes” may be shown on the Drawings. These are shown for illustrative
purposes only and are not intended to be inferred to represent a stable slope
configuration. Contractor shall design slope and determine construction method and
slope configuration necessary to complete excavations for the specified Work.
C. Excavation sloping and benching may be used for excavations that are outside the
influence area of existing structures and pipelines and are no deeper than ten feet below
grade. Sloping and benching limits shall be within the work limits.
D. Provide positive excavation support for construction of the Margarita Lift Station.
Stepped shoring systems which require excavating prior to shoring will not be allowed.
E. All shoring shall be designed for undrained soil conditions.
F. Engineered Systems:
1. Engineered shoring is required for temporary earth support for trenches or
excavations greater than 10 feet deep.
2. Engineered shoring is required for areas subject to groundwater, utility crossings,
or where required on the Drawings.
3. Contractor shall retain a professional engineer licensed in the State of California to
design engineered shoring conforming to OSHA and California OSHA.
3.02 EXCAVATION SUPPORT PLAN
Prepare excavation support plan addressing following topics:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SHORING 314100-3
9 Jun 2017
1. Details of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions for worker protection from
hazards of caving ground.
2. Detailed Construction Sequence Description: Detail installation, excavation,
maintenance, pipe or structure installation sequencing, backfill, and removal
requirements.
3. Engineered system working Drawings shall be sealed by professional engineer
licensed in the State of California and specified in Section 3.03, Engineered
System Working Drawings, hereinafter.
4. Other Shoring Systems: Detail pipe installation, manhole installation, structure
installation, support and protection of existing utilities, lateral connection, miters,
and other non-linear area. Provided tabulated data.
5. Proposed locations of stockpiled excavated material.
6. Minimum lateral distance from the crest of slopes for vehicles and stockpiled
excavated materials.
7. Anticipated difficulties and proposed resolutions including installation and
removal of shoring: The site is underlain by stiff clay materials and the
Contractor’s attention is drawn to potential difficulties associated with the removal
of shoring systems in this material with groundwater present.
3.03 ENGINEERED SYSTEM WORKING DRAWINGS
A. Address the following:
1. Details, arrangement and methods of assembly, method of disassembly of
proposed system, and sequence of construction.
2. Method of supporting horizontal loading by bracing or tiebacks. Provide methods
for preloading the bracing, preload values, and tieback loads.
3. Full excavation depth.
4. Loads on the support system for various stages of excavation, bracing, and/or
tieback installation and removal and concrete and backfill placement.
5. Expected surcharge loads.
6. Maximum design load to be carried by the various members of the support system.
7. The depth below the main excavation to which the support system is to be
installed.
8. Existing Utilities and Facilities: After checking locations of existing utilities and
facilities, revise Drawings to show actual locations of facilities and excavation
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SHORING 314100-4
9 Jun 2017
supports, interference with proposed work, and measures proposed to overcome
such interference.
9. Allowable shoring deflections.
10. Equipment used for installation. The Contractors attention is drawn to the location
of nearby improvements and structures relative to the project. Use of vibratory
type equipment and potential detrimental effects should be fully evaluated prior to
use. In addition, the site is underlain by bedrock type materials near the bottom of
the wet well excavation where vibrations resulting from shoring installation could
become significant.
3.04 UTILITY PROTECTION PLAN
Prepare utility protection plan stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the State of
California addressing the following topics:
1. Location of all utilities impacted by construction by type, size, and condition of
use.
2. Methods to locate each and every utility.
3. List of utility owners and 24-hour emergency contact number.
4. Methods to support utilities while in full operation.
5. Hours of planned shutdown of utilities, if planned.
6. Correspondence confirmation from all utilities that proposed plans meet utility’s
approval.
3.05 MOVEMENT MONITORING PLAN
A. Prepare movement monitoring plan to monitor settlement in nearby structures and
improvements and addressing following topics:
1. Survey control.
2. Location of monitoring points.
3. Plots of data trends.
4. Intervals between surveys.
5. Correction methods for exceeding tolerances specified in Subsection 1.02
Definitions, Paragraph Positive Excavation Support, hereinbefore. Any measured
movement should be brought to the attention of the Owner’s Representative.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SHORING 314100-5
9 Jun 2017
3.06 REMOVAL OF EXCAVATION SUPPORT
A. Remove excavation support in a manner that will maintain support as excavation is
backfilled.
B. Do not begin to remove excavation support until support can be removed without
damage to existing facilities, completed Work, or adjacent property and work has been
inspected.
C. Remove excavation support in a manner that does not leave voids in the backfill.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
LANDSCAPE PLANTING 329010-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 329010 LANDSCAPE PLANTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes soil preparation, fine grading, weed control, erosion control,
planting, watering, and plant establishment and maintenance during construction.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and other items in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Work schedule.
C. Materials list noting product (generic) name and supplier.
D. Submit plant materials list and supplier's name, address, and phone number to Owner's
Representative within 30 days of award of contract, giving evidence that Contractor has
source for specified plant materials.
E. Guarantees/written certifications.
1.03 GUARANTEE
A. Immediately remove plant material that does not meet the specifications from the site.
Replace these and any other plants that are missing with the same variety and size as
originally designated in the plant list.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
See Appendix A of Project Plans
PART 3 - EXECUTION
See Appendix A of Project Plans
1.04 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance work shall include the following work:
1.Furnish and install a functional automatic drip irrigation system and battery-
operated programmable controller. Contractor shall utilize City reclaimed water
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
LANDSCAPE PLANTING 329010-2
9 Jun 2017
bibb for irrigation water supply and shall have use of reclaimed water for irrigation
purposes for the duration of the project.
2.Maintain landscaping until all contract work items have been completed to the
satisfaction of the Owner's Representative and evidence of such satisfaction has
been received in writing.
3.During this period, keep plants and planted areas well watered and weed-free.
4.Maintain a sufficient number of personnel and adequate equipment to perform the
work herein specified from the time any planting is done until the acceptance of
the project.
5.Repair damage to planting areas immediately.
6.Any planting areas that do not show a prompt establishment of plant material shall
be replanted at 10-day intervals.
a.Depressions caused by vehicles, bicycles, or foot traffic shall be filled and
leveled. Replant damaged areas.
b.Apply fertilizer as noted in the plans.
c.Wash and maintain in a neat and clean condition.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
LEAKAGE AND INFILTRATION TESTING 330130-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 330130 LEAKAGE AND INFILTRATION TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes testing of gravity sewers not intended to be pressurized in excess
of 5 psi or 12 feet head of water. Leakage test is by internal air pressure or water.
Infiltration test is by measurement of rate of flow of water.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 TEST PLUGS
Inflatable and expandable type, braced to contain 5 psi over the pipe cross-section area.
2.02 PRESSURE-RELIEF VALVE
Set to limit the internal pipe test pressure to 5 psi.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SELECTION OF ALTERNATE TEST CRITERIA
A. When more than one pipe size is included in a test section, determine the test time by the
criteria of ASTM F1417 for plastic pipe.
B. If the entire test section is submerged in groundwater, test for infiltration only.
3.02 PREPARATION OF THE PIPELINE
A. Prior to testing, flush and clean the pipeline to wet the pipe surface and clean out debris.
B. Plug pipe outlets, including stoppers in laterals, to resist the leakage test pressure.
3.03 LEAKAGE TEST
A. Test for leakage by means of an air test or a water test. Test each section of pipe between
manholes, along with the manholes. Use the air test where the difference in elevation
between the invert of the upper structure and the invert of the lower structure is more
than 10 feet.
B. Test each section of pipe subsequent to the last backfill compacting operation.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
LEAKAGE AND INFILTRATION TESTING 330130-2
9 Jun 2017
3.04 WATER TEST
A. Test each section of pipe between two successive structures by closing the lower end of
the pipe to be tested and the inlet pipe of the upper structure with plugs or stoppers. Fill
the pipe and structure with water to a point 4 feet above the invert of the open pipe in the
upper structure or to a height of 10 feet above the invert of the sewer in the lower
structure, whichever gives the least hydrostatic pressure on the lower structure.
B. The total leakage shall be the decrease in volume of water in the upper structure. The
leakage shall not exceed 0.025 gpm per inch of nominal diameter of pipe per 1,000 feet
of pipe being tested. Do not use the length of lateral connections in computing the length
of pipe being tested.
C. If the leakage is greater than allowed, overhaul the pipe and, if necessary, replace and re-
lay until the joints and pipe comply with this test. Complete tests before trench is paved.
3.05 AIR TEST
A. Conduct air tests per the following standards:
Pipe Material
Specification
Section
ASTM
Specification
PVC 333112 F1417, Table 1
B. Test each section of pipe between two successive manholes by plugging pipe outlets
with test plugs. Add air slowly until the internal pressure is raised to 4.0 psig. The
compressor used to add air to the pipe shall have a blowoff valve set at 5 psig so that the
internal pressure in the pipe never exceeds 5 psig. Maintain the internal pressure of 4
psig for at least two minutes to allow the air temperature to stabilize, then disconnect the
air supply and allow the pressure to decrease to 3.5 psig. Measure the time in minutes
that is required for the internal air pressure to drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig. Compare
the results with the values tabulated in the referenced ASTM specifications in paragraph
A above.
C. If the pressure drop from 3.5 psig to 2.5 psig occurs in less time than the specified
values, overhaul the pipe and, if necessary, replace and re-lay the pipe until the joints
and pipe hold satisfactorily under this test.
D. Guard against the sudden expulsion of a poorly installed plug or a plug that is partially
deflated.
3.06 CORRECTION OF OBSERVED LEAKS
Even though the infiltration is less than the maximum acceptable, stop any individual
leaks that may be observed.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
LEAKAGE AND INFILTRATION TESTING 330130-3
9 Jun 2017
3.07 INSPECTION BY CONTRACTOR FOR DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PIPE IN
PLACE
A. After backfilling and pavement replacement is complete and upon completion of the air
test or infiltration test, inspect the pipe for damage and other defects with the aid of
mirrors.
B. Schedule the inspection in advance with the Owner's Representative.
C. If the "mirroring" inspection indicates any defects, excavate and repair or replace the
faulty materials and construction and restore the work and the damage to work of others.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 333112-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 333112 PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, installation, and testing of PVC gravity sewer pipe
conforming to ASTM D3034
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
B. Leakage and Infiltration Testing: 330130.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit reports on testing per ASTM D3034 (pipes 3 inches through 15inches), ASTM
D3212, and ASTM F477.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PVC MATERIAL
Additives and fillers, including stabilizers, antioxidants, lubricants, colorants, etc., shall
not exceed 10 parts by weight per 100 of PVC resin in the compound.
2.02 PIPE
A. Pipe 4 through 15 inches shall conform to ASTM D3034, SDR 35.
2.03 JOINTS
Provide elastomeric gasket joints of the push-on type, conforming to ASTM D3212.
2.04 GASKETS
Gaskets for push-on joints shall conform to ASTM F477.
2.05 FITTINGS
A. Fittings for pipe 4 through 15 inches shall conform to ASTM D3034, SDR 35.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 333112-2
9 Jun 2017
2.06 TRACER TAPE
Tracer tape shall be Terra Tape Green Sewer as manufactured by Griffolyn Company
Inc., or approved equal.
2.07 MANDREL FOR FIELD TESTING OF PIPE DEFLECTION
The mandrel shall:
A. Be a rigid, nonadjustable, odd-numbering-leg (nine legs minimum) mandrel having an
effective length not less than its nominal diameter.
B. Have a minimum diameter at any point along the full length as follows:
Pipe Material
Nominal Size
(inches)
Minimum Mandrel Diameter
(inches)
PVC-ASTM D3034
(SDR 35)
6 5.619
8 7.524
10 9.405
12 11.191
15 13.849
C. Be fabricated of steel; be fitted with pulling rings at each end; be stamped or engraved
on some segment other than a runner indicating the pipe material specification, nominal
size, and mandrel outside diameter (e.g., PVC, D 3034-8"-7.524"); and be furnished in a
carrying case labeled with the same data as stamped or engraved on the mandrel.
D. All costs incurred by the Contractor attributable to mandrel and deflection testing,
including any delays, shall be borne by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 LABORATORY TESTING
A. Conduct tests required in ASTM D3034 or F789, D3212, and F477.
B. The acceptable rates of failure for quality control tests shall be as follows:
1.Outer Diameter: 0%.
2.Minimum Wall Thickness: 0%.
3.Other Dimensions: 0%.
4.Flattening: 0%.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 333112-3
9 Jun 2017
5.Impact: Six of six samples must pass; if one fails, test six more; all six must pass.
3.02 INSTALLING PVC SEWER PIPE
A. Install in accordance with Section 312316, ASTM D2321, and as described below.
B. Minimum bedding thickness shall be as specified in Section 312316.
C. Lay pipe without break, upgrade from structure to structure, with the socket ends of the
pipe upgrade.
D. Do not use the pipe as a drain for removing water that has infiltrated into the trench.
E. After joint assembly, bring the bedding material up to pipe spring line. Bedding material
shall be imported sand per Section 312316. Place the bedding material on each side of
the pipe. Tamp the bedding material into final position at pipe spring line and continue
to the top of the pipe. Relative compaction shall be in conformance with Section 312316.
F. Then place bedding material to 1 foot above the top of the pipe and compact to the same
relative compaction as in the pipe zone per Section 312316. The remainder of the trench
backfill shall be native material, installed per Section 312316.
G. Do not use hydro-hammers to compact bedding or backfill.
3.03 INSTALLING LATERALS
A. Each wye branch fitting shall have its barrel diameter equal to the diameter of the
sanitary sewer main and the spur (or branch) diameter as indicated in the drawings. Do
not place wye branches within 5 feet of any structure.
B. Install wye fittings so that the outlet branch is inclined upward at an angle of 45 degrees.
Plug wye branch fittings that are to be left unconnected with a stopper or plug. Join
laterals to wye branch fittings at the sanitary sewer main by eighth bends. Eighth bends
and quarter bends are a part of lateral sewer line.
C. End of the lateral shall be at least 3 feet below the existing or proposed grade of the
ground at existing structure to be served or as called for in the drawings.
D. Where possible, laterals shall run perpendicular to the sewer main at a minimum grade
of 2%. Bed laterals the same as the sewer main into which they connect.
E. Plug laterals with stopper in the socket of the last joint. Seal stopper in place so that it
will withstand the internal pressure during the test for leakage and so that it may be
removed without damage to the socket.
F. Mark the location of each lateral by chiseling a letter "S" 1 1/2 inches high on the top of
the curb. If the terminal point of the lateral is more than 8 feet beyond the curb line or
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 333112-4
9 Jun 2017
curb improvements do not exist, provide and install a 4-inch by 4-inch by 3-foot 0-inch
stake extending 2 inches above the ground and placed at the end of the connection.
3.04 INSTALLING PIPE AT MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES
A. Place a 2-foot PVC length of pipe of the same inside diameter as the adjoining pipe at
the inlet and outlet to each manhole or structure. Use one of the following methods:
1.Directly cast a manhole coupling into the manhole base. Provide rubber-ring
gasket in the coupling.
2. Stretch a rubber-ring gasket around the pipe to serve as a water stop when cast into
the structure wall.
B. Do not cast pipe bells into manholes or structures. Cut off the bell so that no recess or
offset appears on the exposed face from the inside wall of the pipe to the outside wall of
the pipe. The pipe shall have a plain end, flush with the inside wall of the manhole or
structure, or as shown in the drawings.
3.05 TESTING FOR DEFECTS OF INSTALLED PIPE
Following placement and compaction of backfill and prior to placing permanent
pavement, ball and mandrel the pipe to measure for obstructions (excessive deflections,
joint offsets, and lateral pipe intrusions).
3.06 FIELD TESTING FOR PIPE DEFLECTION
A. Test installed pipe to ensure that vertical deflections for plastic pipe do not exceed the
maximum allowable deflection. Maximum allowable deflections shall be governed by
the mandrel requirements stated herein and shall nominally be:
Nominal Pipe Size Percentage
Up to and including 12 inches 5.0
Over 12 to and including 27 inches 4.0
B. The maximum average inside diameter shall be equal to the average outside diameter per
applicable ASTM standard minus two minimum wall thicknesses per applicable ASTM
standards. Manufacturing and other tolerances shall not be considered for determining
maximum allowable deflections.
C. Perform deflection tests not sooner than 30 days after completion of placement and
compaction of backfill. Clean and inspect the pipe for offsets and obstructions prior to
testing.
D. Pull a mandrel through the pipe by hand to verify that maximum allowable deflections
have not been exceeded. Prior to use, the mandrel shall be certified by an independent
testing laboratory. Use of an uncertified mandrel or a mandrel altered or modified after
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC GRAVITY SEWER PIPE 333112-5
9 Jun 2017
certification will invalidate test. If the mandrel fails to pass, the pipe will be deemed to
be overdeflected.
E. Uncover any overdeflected pipe and, if not damaged, reinstall. Remove damaged pipe
from the site. Any pipe subjected to any method or process other than removal, which
attempts, even successfully, to reduce or cure any overdeflection, shall be uncovered,
removed from the site, and replaced with new pipe.
3.07 LEAKAGE TEST
See Section 330130.
3.08 TESTING FOR ALIGNMENT AND GRADE
After the pipe has been installed, tested for leakage, backfilled to existing grade, and
manholes raised to grade and resurfaced, "ball" the pipe from manhole to manhole with a
sewer scrubbing ball. After balling the pipe, perform the following:
A. "Mirror" straight sewers and inlet/outlet ends of curvilinear sewers. Perform balling and
mirroring in the presence of the Owner to test for alignment, grade, damaged or
defective pipe in place, or any other type of faulty installation. Should balling and
mirroring indicate any faulty installation of the pipe, repairs or replacements shall be
made at the Contractor's expense.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 400500-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 400500 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes the general requirements for selecting piping materials; selecting
the associated bolts, nuts, and gaskets for flanges for the various piping services in the
project; and miscellaneous piping items.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit affidavit of compliance with referenced standards (e.g., AWWA, ANSI, ASTM,
etc.).
C. Submit certified copies of mill test reports for bolts and nuts, including coatings if
specified. Provide recertification by an independent domestic testing laboratory for
materials originating outside of the United States.
D. Submit manufacturer's data sheet for gaskets supplied showing dimensions and bolting
recommendations.
1.03 DEFINITIONS OF BURIED AND EXPOSED PIPING
A. Buried piping is piping buried in the soil, commencing at the wall or beneath the slab of
a structure. Where a coating is specified, provide the coating up to the structure wall.
Unless detailed otherwise, coating shall penetrate wall no less than 1 inch. Piping
encased in concrete is considered to be buried. Do not coat encased pipe.
B. Exposed piping is piping in any of the following conditions or locations:
1.Above ground.
2.Inside buildings, vaults, or other structures.
3.In underground concrete trenches or galleries.
1.04 PIPING SERVICE
Piping service is determined by the fluid conveyed, regardless of the pipe designation.
For example, pipes designated "Air Low Pressure," "Air High Pressure," and "Air" are
all considered to be in air service.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 400500-2
9 Jun 2017
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MATERIALS SELECTION AND ALTERNATIVE MATERIALS
A. The drawings may show alternative piping materials for certain services. In such cases,
the same pipe material shall be used for all pipe sizes in all locations for the given piping
service. Do not intermix piping materials.
2.02 THREAD FORMING FOR STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS
Form threads by means of rolling, not cutting or grinding.
2.03 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES FOR STEEL AND DUCTILE-IRON PIPING
A. Bolts and nuts for buried or submerged Class 125 or 150 flanges and Class 125 or 150
flanges located outdoors above ground or in vaults and structures shall be Type 316
stainless steel conforming to ASTM A193, Grade B8M for bolts and ASTM A194,
Grade 8M for nuts.
B. Bolts used in flange insulation kits shall conform to ASTM A193 (Grade B7). Nuts shall
conform to ASTM A194 (Grade 2H).
C. Provide washers for each nut. Washers shall be of the same material as the nuts.
2.04 LUBRICANT FOR STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND NUTS
Lubricant shall be chloride free and shall be RAMCO TG-50, Anti-Seize by RAMCO,
Specialty Lubricants Corporation Husky Lube O'Seal, or equal.
2.05 GASKETS FOR FLANGES FOR DUCTILE-IRON PIPING AND FITTINGS IN RAW
SEWAGE SERVICE (SPECIFICATION SECTION 402040)
Gaskets shall be full face, 1/8-inch thick, Buna-N having a hardness of 55 to 65
durometer. Gaskets shall be suitable for a water pressure of 200 psi at a temperature of
250°F. Gaskets shall have "nominal" pipe size inside diameters not the inside diameters
per ASME B16.21. Provide Garlock Style 9122 or equal.
2.06 MOLDABLE FILLER TAPE FOR PIPE SURFACE TRANSITION AREAS
A. Filler tape shall be a 100% solids mastic-like butyl-rubber filler designed to fill and
smooth the transition areas between adjacent coating surfaces such as step-down weld
areas, surface irregularities beneath heat-shrink sleeves, pipefittings, and exothermic
welds for cathodic protection bonding wire connections. Characteristics:
1. Thickness per ASTM D1000: 1/8 inch minimum.
2. Peel adhesion to primed pipe: 300 ounces per inch minimum.
3. Elongation: 600% minimum.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 400500-3
9 Jun 2017
B. Products: Tapecoat “Moldable Sealant,” Polyken No. 939 Filler Tape, or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLING PIPE SPOOLS IN CONCRETE
Install pipes in walls and slabs before placing concrete. See Section 030500.
3.02 RAISED FACE AND FLAT FACE FLANGES
Where a raised face flange connects to a flat-faced flange, remove the raised face of the
flange.
3.03 INSTALLING ABOVEGROUND OR EXPOSED PIPING
A. Provide pipe supports as detailed in the drawings.
B. Install pipe without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or any adjacent connecting
valves or equipment.
3.04 INSTALLING FLANGED PIPING
A. Set pipe with the flange bolt holes straddling the pipe horizontal and vertical centerline.
Install pipe without springing, forcing, or stressing the pipe or any adjacent connecting
valves or equipment. Before bolting up, align flange faces to the design plane within
1/16 inch per foot measured across any diameter. Align flange bolt holes within 1/8-inch
maximum offset.
B. Inspect each gasket to verify that it is the correct size, material, and type for the specified
service and that it is clean and undamaged. Examine bolts or studs, nuts, and washers for
defects such as burrs or cracks and rust and replace as needed.
C. Clean flanges by wire brushing before installing flanged fittings. Clean flange bolts and
nuts by wire brushing, lubricate carbon steel bolts with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts
uniformly and progressively.
D. Bolt lengths shall extend completely through their nuts. Any that fail to do so shall be
considered acceptably engaged if the lack of complete engagement is not more than one
thread.
E. Do not use more than one gasket between contact faces in assembling a flanged joint.
F. Tighten the bolts to the manufacturer’s specifications, using the recommended cross bolt
pattern in multiple steps of increasing torque, until the final torque requirements are
achieved. Do not over torque.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 400500-4
9 Jun 2017
G. If flanges leak under pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reset or
replace the gasket, reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints
shall be watertight.
3.05 INSTALLING BLIND FLANGES
A. At outlets not indicated to be connected to valves or to other pipes and to complete the
installed pipeline hydrostatic test, provide blind flanges with bolts, nuts, and gaskets.
B. Coat the inside face of blind flanges per Section 099000, System No. 7.
3.06 INSTALLATION OF STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS AND NUTS
Prior to assembly, coat threaded portions of stainless steel bolts and nuts with lubricant.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 400515-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 400515 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section specifies the cleaning and hydrostatic and leakage testing of pressure piping
for pumping stations and raw sewage force mains.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Leakage and Infiltration Testing: 330130.
B. Manual, Check, and Process Valves: 400520.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit test bulkhead locations and design calculations, pipe attachment details, and
methods to prevent excessive pipe wall stresses.
C. Submit six copies of the test records to the Owner's Representative upon completion of
the testing.
1.04 TEST PRESSURES
Test pressures for the various services and types of piping are shown in the subsection
on “Test Pressure and Test Fluids” in Part 3.
1.05 TESTING RECORDS
Provide records of each piping installation during the testing. These records shall
include:
A. Date and times of test.
B. Identification of pipeline or pipeline section tested or retested.
C. Identification of pipeline material.
D. Identification of pipe specification.
E. Test fluid.
F. Test pressure at low point in pipeline or pipeline section.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 400515-2
9 Jun 2017
G. Remarks: Leaks identified (type and location), types of repairs, or corrections made.
H. Certification by Contractor that the leakage rate measured conformed to the
specifications.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MANUAL AIR-RELEASE VALVES FOR BURIED PIPING
Provide temporary manual air-release valves for pipeline test. Construct the pipe outlet
in the same manner as for a permanent air valve and after use, seal with a blind flange,
pipe cap, or plug and coat the same as the adjacent pipe.
2.02 TEST BULKHEADS
Design and fabricate test bulkheads per Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code. Materials shall comply with Part UCS of said code. Design pressure shall
be at least 2.0 times the specified test pressure for the section of pipe containing the
bulkhead. Limit stresses to 70% of yield strength of the bulkhead material at the
bulkhead design pressure. Include air-release and water drainage connections.
2.03 TESTING FLUID
A. Testing fluid shall be potable water.
B. Submit request for use of water from waterlines of Owner 48 hours in advance.
C. The Contractor may obtain the water from the Owner at the Owner's rate of charges.
2.04 TESTING EQUIPMENT
Provide calibrated pressure gauges, pipes, bulkheads, pumps, compressors, chart
recorder, and meters to perform the hydrostatic testing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 TESTING PREPARATION
A. Pipes shall be in place, backfilled, and anchored before commencing pressure testing.
B. Conduct pressure tests on exposed and aboveground piping after the piping has been
installed and attached to the pipe supports, hangers, anchors, expansion joints, valves,
and meters.
C. For buried piping, the pipe may be partially backfilled and the joints left exposed for
inspection during an initial leakage test. Perform the final pressure test, however, after
completely backfilling and compacting the trench.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 400515-3
9 Jun 2017
D. Provide any temporary piping needed to carry the test fluid to the piping that is to be
tested. After the test has been completed and demonstrated to comply with the
specifications, disconnect and remove temporary piping. Do not remove exposed vent
and drain valves at the high and low points in the tested piping; remove any temporary
buried valves and cap the associated outlets. Plug taps or connections to the existing
piping from which the test fluid was obtained.
E. Provide temporary drain lines needed to carry testing fluid away from the pipe being
tested. Remove such temporary drain lines after completing the pressure testing. Drain
the pipes after they have been tested.
F. Prior to starting the test, the Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative.
3.02 CLEANING
A. Before conducting hydrostatic tests, flush pipes with water to remove dirt and debris.
Maintain a flushing velocity of at least 3 fps for water testing. Flush pipes for time
period as given by the formula
T = 2L
3
in which:
T = flushing time (seconds)
L = pipe length (feet)
3.03 INITIAL PIPELINE FILLING FOR HYDROSTATIC TESTING
Maximum rate of filling shall not cause water velocity in pipeline to exceed 1 fps.
Filling may be facilitated by removing automatic air valves and releasing air manually.
3.04 TESTING NEW PIPE WHICH CONNECTS TO EXISTING PIPE
Prior to testing new pipelines that are to be connected to existing pipelines, isolate the
new line from the existing line by means of test bulkheads, spectacle flanges, or blind
flanges. After successfully testing the new line, remove test bulkheads or flanges and
connect to the existing piping.
3.05 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF ABOVEGROUND OR EXPOSED PIPING
A. Open vents at high points of the piping system to purge air while filling the pipe with
water. Venting during system filling may also be provided by temporarily loosening
flanges.
B. Subject the piping system to the test pressure indicated. Maintain the test pressure for a
minimum of four hours. Examine joints, fittings, valves, and connections for leaks. The
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 400515-4
9 Jun 2017
piping system shall show zero leakage or weeping. Correct leaks and retest until zero
leakage is obtained.
3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING OF BURIED PIPING
A. Where any section of the piping contains concrete thrust blocks or encasement, do not
perform the pressure test until at least 10 days after placing the concrete. When testing
mortar-lined or PVC piping, fill the pipe to be tested with water and allow it to soak for
at least 48 hours to absorb water before conducting the pressure test.
B. Apply and maintain the test pressure by means of a positive displacement hydraulic
force pump.
C. Maintain the test pressure for the following duration by restoring it whenever it falls an
amount of 5 psi:
Pipe Diameter
(inches) Hours
18 and less 4
20 to 36 8
Greater than 36 24
D. After the test pressure is reached, use a meter to measure the additional water added to
maintain the pressure. This amount of water is the loss due to leakage in the piping
system. The allowable leakage volume is defined by the formula
L = HND(P)1/2
C
in which:
L = allowable leakage (gallons)
H = specified test period (hours)
N = number of rubber-gasketed joints in the pipe tested
D = diameter of the pipe (inches)
P = specified test pressure (psig)
C = 7,400
E. The allowable leakage for buried piping having threaded, brazed, or welded (including
solvent welded) joints shall be zero.
F. Repair and retest any pipes showing leakage rates greater than that allowed in the above
criteria.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING 400515-5
9 Jun 2017
3.07 REPETITION OF TEST
If the actual leakage exceeds the allowable, locate and correct the faulty work and repeat
the test. Restore the work and all damage resulting from the leak and its repair. Eliminate
visible leakage.
3.08 BULKHEAD AND TEST FACILITY REMOVAL
After a satisfactory test, remove the testing fluid, remove test bulkheads and other test
facilities, and restore the pipe coatings.
3.09 TEST PRESSURE AND TEST FLUIDS
A. Testing and design pressures (psig) shall be as listed below:
Pipe Service
Pipe
Material
Testing
Fluid
Design
Pressure
Test
Pressure
Sewage Ductile Iron Water 100 100
Sewage HDPE Water 100 100
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 400520 MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, testing, and installation of manually operated valves,
check valves, and process valves including eccentric plug, ball and check valves,.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 019310.
B. Painting and Coating: 099000.
C. Cold-Applied Wax Tape Coating: 099752.
D. Polyethylene Sheet Encasement (AWWA C105): 099754.
E. Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Linings and Coatings: 099761.
F. Miscellaneous Electrical Devices: 260590.
G. General Piping Requirements: 400500.
H. Pressure Testing of Piping: 400515.
I. Specialty Valves for Natural Gas Service: 400525.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and detail construction sheets showing all valve
parts. Describe each part by material of construction, specification (such as AISI,
ASTM, SAE, or CDA), and grade or type.
C. Show valve dimensions including laying lengths. Show port sizes. Show dimensions and
orientation of valve actuators, as installed on the valves. Show location of internal stops
for gear actuators. State differential pressure and fluid velocity used to size actuators.
For worm-gear actuators, state the radius of the gear sector in contact with the worm and
state the handwheel diameter.
D. Show valve linings and coatings. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and descriptive
literature.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-2
9 Jun 2017
E. Submit six copies of a report verifying that the valve interior linings and exterior
coatings have been tested for holidays and lining thickness. Describe test results and
repair procedures for each valve. Do not ship valves to project site until the reports have
been returned by the Owner's Representative and marked "Resubmittal not required."
F. For butterfly and eccentric plug valves, show the clear diameter or size of the port. Show
the actual area of the port as a percentage of the area as calculated for the nominal valve
size.
1.04 PROOF OF DESIGN TEST FOR ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES (TYPES 500, 510,
520, AND 525)
A. The Contractor shall require the valve manufacturer to furnish six certified copies of
reports covering the design tests for the eccentric plug valves as described in AWWA
C517 and the following. One prototype valve of each size and class of a manufacturer's
design shall be tested for leakage at the specified design pressure and hydrostatically
tested with twice the specified design pressure. The hydrostatic test shall be performed
with the plug in the open position. The leakage test shall be performed with the plug in
the closed position. The duration of each test shall be 10 minutes minimum. During the
leakage test, there shall be no indication of leakage past the valve plug. Valves specified
to have bi-directional seats shall be leak tight in both directions. In the case of flanged
valves, the valve body shall be bolted to a flanged test head.
B. No part of the valve or plug shall be permanently deformed by the hydrostatic test.
During the hydrostatic test, there shall be no leakage through the metal, the end joints, or
the shaft seal.
C. It is the intent that the valve manufacturer provide evidence of the adequacy of each type
offered to perform under design pressures within the applicable rating for a sufficient
number of test cycles simulating a full service life. The adequacy is to be proven by
tests, made on one or more valves selected to represent each basic type of seat design of
a size within each applicable group, in a pressure class or classes equal to or greater than
that specified. The required number of test cycles appears in the following table:
TEST CYCLES REQUIRED
Size Group
(inches)
No. of
Cycles
Minimum Differential
Pressure
(psig)
3 to 20 10,000 150
Every test cycle shall consist of applying the specified differential pressure to the plug in
the closed position, then opening the plug (which will relieve the pressure) to the wide-
open position and then closing the plug.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-3
9 Jun 2017
D. The valve shall be leak tight under the specified pressure differential upon completion of
the cycle test without having to stop during the test to repair the valve, modify or
reinforce the seat, or install shims or wedges around the seat.
E. The plug shall not be rotated past the center position to jam the plug onto the seat during
the hydrostatic test, the leakage test, or the cycle test.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Install valves complete with operating handwheels or levers, chainwheels, extension
stems, floor stands, gear actuators, operating nuts, chains, and wrenches required for
operation.
B. Valves shall have the name of the manufacturer and the size of the valve cast or molded
onto the valve body or bonnet or shown on a permanently attached plate.
C. For buried locations, valves with mechanical joint ends may be substituted for the
flanged ends specified provided the mechanical joint ends are compatible with the pipe
ends.
2.02 VALVE ACTUATORS
A. Provide lever or wrench actuators for exposed valves 6 inches and smaller.
B. Where manually operated valves (size 4 inches and larger) are installed with their
centerlines more than 6 feet 9 inches above the floor, provide chainwheel and guide
actuators.
C. Provide 2-inch AWWA operating nuts for buried and submerged valves.
D. Provide enclosed gear actuators on butterfly, ball, and plug valves 6 inches and larger,
unless electric motorized valve actuators are shown in the drawings.
E. Design gear actuators assuming that the differential pressure across the plug, gate, or
disc is equal to the pressure rating of the valve and assuming a fluid velocity of 16 fps
and a line fluid temperature range of 33°F to 125°F unless otherwise required in the
detailed valve specifications. Size actuators using a minimum safety factor of 1.5 for
valves in open/close service and 2.0 in modulating service.
F. Gear actuators shall be enclosed, oil lubricated, with seals provided on shafts to prevent
entry of dirt and water into the actuator. Gear actuators for valves located above ground
or in vaults and structures shall have handwheels. The actuators for valves in exposed
service shall contain a dial indicating the position of the valve disc or plug. Gear
actuators for buried or submerged valves shall have 2-inch-square AWWA operating
nuts.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-4
9 Jun 2017
G. For buried or submerged service or valves installed in buried vaults, provide watertight
shaft seals and watertight valve and actuator cover gaskets. Provide totally enclosed
actuators designed for buried or submerged service.
H. Traveling nut and worm and gear actuators shall be of the totally enclosed design so
proportioned as to permit operation of the valve under full differential pressure rating of
the valve with a maximum pull of 40 pounds on the handwheel or crank. Provide stop
limiting devices in the actuators in the open and closed positions. Actuators shall be of
the self-locking type to prevent the disc or plug from creeping. Design actuator
components between the input and the stop-limiting devices to withstand without
damage a pull of 200 pounds for handwheel or chainwheel actuators and an input torque
of 300 foot-pounds for operating nuts when operating against the stops.
I. Handwheel diameters for traveling nut actuators shall not exceed 8 inches.
J. Self-locking worm gear shall be a one-piece design of gear bronze material (ASTM
B427; or ASTM B84, Alloy C86200), accurately machine cut. Actuators for eccentric
and lubricated plug valves may use ductile-iron gears provided the gearing is totally
enclosed with spring-loaded rubber lip seals on the shafts. The worm shall be hardened
alloy steel (ASTM A322, Grade G41500 or G41400; or ASTM A148, Grade 105-85),
with thread ground and polished. Support worm-gear shaft at each end by ball or tapered
roller bearings. The reduction gearing shall run in a proper lubricant. The handwheel
diameter shall be no more than twice the radius of the gear sector in contact with the
worm. Worm-gear actuators shall be Limitorque Model HBC, EIM Series W, or equal.
K. Design actuators on buried valves to produce the required torque on the operating nut
with a maximum input of 150 foot-pounds.
L. Valve actuators, handwheels, or levers shall open by turning counterclockwise.
2.03 CAST-IRON VALVE BOXES FOR BURIED VALVES
A. Valve boxes shall be two-piece sliding type, cast iron, with extension shafts. Units shall
be as manufactured by Tyler Pipe, Geneco, Star Pipe Products, or equal. Extension pipes
shall be cast iron.
B. Coat buried cast-iron pieces per Section 099000, System No. 21 or with fusion-bonded
epoxy per Section 099761.
2.04 EXTENSION STEMS FOR BURIED AND SUBMERGED VALVE ACTUATORS
A. Where the depth of the valve is such that its centerline is more than 4 feet below grade,
provide operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to a point 6 inches below
the surface of the ground and/or box cover. Where the valve is submerged, provide
operating extension stems to bring the operating nut to 6 inches above the water surface.
Extension stems shall be steel, solid core, and shall be complete with 2-inch-square
operating nut. The connections of the extension stems to the operating nuts and to the
valves shall withstand without damage a pull of 300 foot-pounds.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-5
9 Jun 2017
B. Extension stem diameters shall be as tabulated below:
Valve Size
(inches)
Minimum Extension
Stem Diameter
(inches)
2 3/4
3, 4 7/8
6 1
2.05 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGED VALVES
Bolts and nuts for flanged valves shall be as described in Section 400500.
2.06 GASKETS FOR FLANGES
Gaskets for flanged end valves shall be as described in Section 400500.
2.07 PAINTING AND COATING
A. Coat metal valves located above ground or in vaults and structures in accordance with
Section 099000, System No. 10. Apply the specified prime and intermediate and finish
coat at the place of manufacture. Finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping.
Coat handwheels the same as the valves.
B. Coat buried metal valves at the place of manufacture per Section 099000, System No.
21.
C. Coat submerged metal valves, stem guides, extension stems, and bonnets at the place of
manufacture per Section 099000, System No. 1.
D. Line the interior metal parts of metal valves 4 inches and larger, excluding seating areas
and bronze and stainless steel pieces, per Section 099000, System No. 7. Apply lining at
the place of manufacture.
E. Alternatively, line and coat valves with fusion-bonded epoxy per Section 099761.
F. Coat floor stands per Section 099000, System No. 10.
G. Test the valve interior linings and exterior coatings at the factory with a low-voltage
(22.5 to 80 volts, with approximately 80,000-ohm resistance) holiday detector, using a
sponge saturated with a 0.5% sodium chloride solution. The lining shall be holiday free.
H. Measure the thickness of the valve interior linings per Section 099000. Repair areas
having insufficient film thickness per Section 099000.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-6
9 Jun 2017
2.08 PACKING, O-RINGS, AND GASKETS
Unless otherwise stated in the detailed valve specifications, packing, O-rings, and
gaskets shall be one of the following nonasbestos materials:
A. Teflon.
B. Kevlar aramid fiber.
C. Acrylic or aramid fiber bound by nitrile. Products: Garlock "Bluegard," Klinger
"Klingersil C4400," or equal.
D. Buna-N (nitrile).
2.09 RUBBER SEATS
Rubber seats shall be made of a rubber compound that is resistant to free chlorine and
monochloramine concentrations up to 10 mg/L in the fluid conveyed.
2.10 VALVES
1.Plug and Seating Design for Eccentric Plug Valves (Types 500, 510, 515, 520, and
525):
Eccentric plug valves shall comply with AWWA C517 and the following. Provide
a rectangular or circular plug design, with an associated rectangular or round seat.
Provide bidirectional seating design. The valve shall seat with the rated pressure
both upstream and downstream of the closed plug. Provide geared actuators sized
for bidirectional operation.
2.For Types 500, 510, 515, 520, and 525 eccentric plug valves, the metallic portion
of the plug shall be one-piece design and shall be without external reinforcing ribs
which result in there being a space between the rib and the main body of the plug
through which water can pass. Valves shall be repackable without any disassembly
of valve or actuator. The valve shall be capable of being repacked while under the
design pressure in the open position. Nowhere in the valve or actuators shall the
valve shaft be exposed to iron on iron contact. Sleeve bearings shall be stainless
steel in valve sizes 20 inches and smaller and bronze or stainless steel in valve
sizes 24 inches and larger. Provide enclosed worm-gear actuators for valves 6
inches and larger.
3.Rubber compounds shall have less than 2% volume increase when tested in
accordance with ASTM D471 after being immersed in distilled water at a
temperature of 73.4°F ±2°F for 70 hours.
4.Type 510—Eccentric Plug Valves 4 Through 12 Inches:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-7
9 Jun 2017
Eccentric plug valves, 4 through 12 inches, shall be nonlubricated type. Minimum
pressure rating shall be 175 psi. Bodies shall be cast iron per ASTM A126, Class
B. Ends shall be flanged, Class 125 per ASME B16.1. Plugs shall be cast iron
(ASTM A126, Class B), or ductile iron (ASTM A536, Grade 65-45-12) with
Buna-N or neoprene facing. Design plugs to seat over a pressure range of 1 psi to
the valve design pressure rating. Valve body seats shall be Type 304 or 316
stainless steel or have a raised welded-in overlay at least 1/8-inch thick of not less
than 90% nickel. Body cap screws and bolts and nuts shall be Type 316 stainless
steel. Packing shall be butadiene-filled Teflon. Alternatively, U-cup seals may be
provided. Provide 100% port area. Valves shall be DeZurik PEC or PEF, Clow F-
5412 or F5413 for buried service, Val-Matic “Cam-Centric,” Milliken
“Millcentric,” or equal.
B. Ball Valves:
1.Type 320--Regular Port Threaded Stainless Steel Ball Valves 2 Inches and
Smaller:
Stainless steel ball valves, 2 inches and smaller, for water service shall be rated at
a minimum pressure of 1,500 psi WOG at a temperature of 100°F. Valve body,
ball, and stem shall be Type 316 stainless steel, ASTM A276 or A351. Seat and
seals shall be reinforced Teflon. Valves shall have lever actuators, plastic coated.
Valves shall have threaded ends (ASME B1.20.1) and nonblowout stems. Valves
shall be McCanna Figure M402, Worcester Series 48, Stockham Figure SD 2120-
SSMO-R-T, Apollo 76-100 Series, or equal.
2.Type 332—Regular Port, Threaded End, Carbon Steel Ball Valves 3 Inches and
Smaller for LPG, Natural Gas, and Fuel Oil Service (UL Listed):
Carbon steel ball valves 3 inches and smaller shall be rated at a minimum pressure
of 2,000-psi WOG for sizes 1 inch and smaller; 1,500-psi WOG for sizes 1 1/4
through 2 inches; 1,000-psi WOG for sizes 2 1/2 through 3 inches; and 250 psi UL
listed for LPG, natural gas, and fuel oil service in all sizes. Provide regular or full
port design. Valve body and retainer shall be carbon steel, ASTM A216, Grade
WCB; ASTM A105; or ASTM A108. Ball, gland nut, and stem shall be carbon
steel (ASTM A108) or stainless steel (ASTM A479), with chrome-plated ball.
Seat, packing, and seals shall be PTFE or reinforced PTFE. Valves shall have lever
handle, plastic coated. Valve shall have threaded ends (ASME B1.20.1). Provide
nonblowout stems. Provide adjustable packing gland.
C. Hose Bibbs:
1.Type 420—Bronze Hose Bibbs with Quick Connect Coupling Adapters (for
Nonpotable Water Service):
Hose bibbs of size 1/2 inch, 3/4 inch, and 1 inch shall be all bronze (ASTM B62 or
ASTM B584, Alloy C83600) with rising or nonrising stem, composition disc,
bronze or malleable iron handwheel, and bronze stem (ASTM B99, Alloy C65100;
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-8
9 Jun 2017
ASTM B371, Alloy C69400; or ASTM B584, Alloy C87600). Packing shall be
Teflon or graphite. Valves shall have a pressure rating of at least 125 psi for cold-
water service. Threads on valve outlet shall be American National Standard fire
hose coupling screw thread (ASME B1.20.7). Provide with quick connect female
coupling to fit the quick connect male adapter for a rubber water Valves shall be
Jenkins Figure 112, 113, or 372; Nibco Figure T-113-HC; or equal.
D. Check Valves:
1. Type 720—Cast-Iron Swing Check Valves 3 Inches and Larger, Class 125:
Swing check valves, 3 inches and larger, shall be iron body, bronze mounted
complying with AWWA C508 with the following materials of construction:
Description Material Specification
Disc or clapper seat
ring and valve body
seat ring
Bronze or brass ASTM B62 or B584 (Alloy
C84400 or C87600)
Body and cap
(bonnet)
Cast iron ASTM A126, Class B
Disc and hinge or arm
(valves 4 inches and
smaller)
Bronze ASTM B62 or ASTM B584
(Alloy C84400)
Disc and hinge or arm
(valves larger than 4
inches)
Cast iron or bronze ASTM A126, Class B;
ASTM B62.
Hinge pin Stainless steel Type 303, 304, or 410
stainless
Cover bolts and nuts Stainless steel ASTM A193, Grade B8M;
ASTM A194, Grade 8M
Internal fasteners and
accessories
Bronze or Type
304 or 316
stainless steel
Bronze or brass components in contact with water shall comply with the following
requirements:
Constituent Content
Zinc 7% maximum
Aluminum 2% maximum
Lead 8% maximum
Copper + Nickel + Silicon 83% minimum
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-9
9 Jun 2017
Ends shall be flanged, Class 125, ASME B16.1. Minimum valve working pressure
shall be 150 psi. Provide check valves with outside lever and spring.
The shop drawing submittal shall include a detail showing how the hinge pin
extends through the valve body. Show packing gland, hinge pin gland, cap, and
other pieces utilized.
Valves shall be M&H Style 259-02, Clow 106SL, or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 VALVE SHIPMENT AND STORAGE
A. Provide flanged openings with metal closures at least 3/16-inch thick, with elastomer
gaskets and at least four full-diameter bolts. Install closures at the place of valve
manufacture prior to shipping. For studded openings, use all the nuts needed for the
intended service to secure closures. Alternatively, ship flanged valves 3 inches and
smaller in separate sealed cartons or boxes.
B. Provide threaded openings with steel caps or solid-shank steel plugs. Do not use
nonmetallic (such as plastic) plugs or caps. Install caps or plugs at the place of valve
manufacture prior to shipping. Alternatively, ship valves having threaded openings or
end connections in separate sealed cartons or boxes.
C. Store resilient seated valves in sealed polyethylene plastic enclosures with a minimum of
one package of desiccant inside. Store resilient seated valves in the open or unseated
position. Valves with adjustable packing glands shall have the packing gland loosened
prior to storage. Inspect valves at least once per week, replace desiccant if required and
repair damaged storage enclosures. Do not store valves with resilient seats near electric
motors or other electrical equipment.
D. Inspect valves on receipt for damage in shipment and conformance with quantity and
description on the shipping notice and order. Unload valves carefully to the ground
without dropping. Use forklifts or slings under skids. Do not lift valves with slings or
chain around operating shaft, actuator, or through waterway. Lift valves with eyebolts or
rods through flange holes or chain hooks at ends of valve parts.
E. Protect the valve and actuators from weather and the accumulation of dirt, rocks, and
debris. Do not expose rubber seats to sunlight or ozone for more than 30 days. Also, see
the manufacturer’s specific storage instructions.
F. Make sure flange faces, joint sealing surfaces, body seats, and disc seats are clean.
Check the bolting attaching the actuator to the valve for loosening in transit and
handling. If loose, tighten firmly. Open and close valves having manual or power
actuators to make sure the valve operates properly and that stops or limit switches are
correctly set so that the valve seats fully. Close valve before installing.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-10
9 Jun 2017
3.02 FACTORY PRESSURE TESTING
A. Hydrostatically test the valve pressure-containing parts at the factory per the valve
specification or per the referenced standard. If no testing requirement is otherwise
specified or described in the referenced standards, then test with water for 30 minutes
minimum at a pressure of 1.5 times the rated pressure but not less than 20 psig. Test
shall show zero leakage. If leaks are observed, repair the valve and retest. If dismantling
is necessary to correct valve deficiencies, then provide an additional operational test and
verify that the valve components function.
B. The chloride content of liquids used to test austenitic stainless steel materials shall not
exceed 50 ppm. To prevent deposition of chlorides as a result of evaporative drying,
remove residual liquid from tested parts at the conclusion of the test.
3.03 INSTALLING VALVES—GENERAL
A. Remove covers over flanged openings and plugs from threaded openings, after valves
have been placed at the point to which the valves will be connected to the adjacent
piping. Do not remove valves from storage cartons or boxes until they are ready to be
installed.
B. Handle valves carefully when positioning, avoiding contact or impact with other
equipment, vault or building walls, or trench walls.
C. Clean valve interiors and adjacent piping of foreign material prior to making up valve to
pipe joint connection. Prepare pipe ends and install valves in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer’s instructions for the joint used. Do not deflect pipe-valve joint. Do not use
a valve as a jack to pull pipe into alignment. The installation procedure shall not result in
bending of the valve/pipe connection with pipe loading.
D. Make sure valve ends and seats are clean. Check exposed bolting for loosening in transit
and handling and tighten to manufacturer’s recommendations. Open and close the valve
to make sure it operates properly and that stops or limit switches are correctly set so that
the vane, ball, gate, needle, diaphragm, disc, plug, or other seating element seats fully.
Close the valve before installing. Check coatings for damage and repair. Handle valves
carefully when positioning, avoiding contact or impact with other equipment or
structures.
E. Prior to assembly, coat threaded portions of stainless steel bolts and nuts with lubricant.
3.04 INSTALLING EXPOSED VALVES
A. Unless otherwise indicated in the drawings, install valves in horizontal runs of pipe
having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above the floor with their operating
stems vertical. Install valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline elevations
between 4 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches above the floor with their operating stems
horizontal.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-11
9 Jun 2017
B. Install valves on vertical runs of pipe that are next to walls with their stems horizontal,
away from the wall. Valves on vertical runs of pipe that are not located next to walls
shall be installed with their stems horizontal, oriented to facilitate valve operation.
3.05 INSTALLING BURIED VALVES
A. Connect the valve, coat the flanges, apply tape wrapping or polyethylene encasement,
and place and compact the backfill to the height of the valve stem.
B. Place block pads under the extension pipe to maintain the valve box vertical during
backfilling and repaving and to prevent the extension pipe from contacting the valve
bonnet.
C. Mount the upper slip pipe of the extension in midposition and secure with backfill
around the extension pipe. Pour the concrete ring allowing a depression so the valve box
cap will be flush with the pavement surface.
D. In streets without concrete curbs and in open areas, install the valve box as for a paved
area with concrete curb except include a marker post. Cut the marker post from 4-inch
by 4-inch dense structural grade Douglas fir No. 2 surfaced on four sides to a length of 5
feet. Chamfer the top. Set the post in concrete, 2 feet into the ground, away from traffic,
and to the side of the pipeline. Coat with a seal and finish coat of white alkyd exterior
paint. On the side facing the valve, letter in black the word "VALVE" and the distance in
feet from the marker post to the valve box cap.
3.06 FIELD COATING BURIED VALVES
A. Coat flanges of buried valves and the flanges of the adjacent piping, and the bolts and
nuts of flanges and mechanical joints, per Section 099000, System No. 24.
B. Wrap buried metal valves smaller than 6 inches with cold-applied wax tape per Section
099752.
C. Wrap buried metal valves 6 inches and larger with polyethylene sheet per Section
099754.
3.07 INSTALLING ECCENTRIC PLUG VALVES
A. Unload, store, and install in accordance with AWWA C517, Appendix A and the
following. Unload valves carefully to the ground without dropping. On valves larger
than 12 inches, use forklifts or slings under skids. On smaller valves, do not lift valves
with slings or chain around actuator or through waterway. Lift these valves with eyebolts
or rods through flange holes or chain hooks at the ends of valve parts. If it is not
practical to store the valve indoors, protect the valve and actuators from weather and the
accumulation of dirt, rocks, and debris.
B. Install such that the rotation of the plug is about a horizontal axis. Install such that the
plug stores in the top when the valve is open.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-12
9 Jun 2017
C. Orient the valve such that the seat is opposite the high-pressure side.
3.08 ASSEMBLING JOINTS
A. Bolt holes of flanged valves shall straddle the horizontal and vertical centerlines of the
pipe run to which the valves are attached. Clean flanges by wire brushing before
installing flanged valves. Clean flange bolts and nuts by wire brushing, lubricate threads
with oil and graphite, and tighten nuts uniformly and progressively. If flanges leak under
pressure testing, loosen or remove the nuts and bolts, reseat or replace the gasket,
reinstall or retighten the bolts and nuts, and retest the joints. Joints shall be watertight.
B. Clean threaded joints by wire brushing or swabbing. Apply Teflon joint compound or
Teflon tape to pipe threads before installing threaded valves. Joints shall be watertight.
C. Install lug-type valves with separate hex head machine bolts at each bolt hole and each
flange (two bolts per valve bolt hole).
D. Install grooved-end couplings for valves in accordance with Section 400500.
3.09 INSTALLING EXTENSION STEM GUIDE BRACKETS
Install at 6- to 8-foot centers. Provide at least two support brackets for stems longer than
10 feet, with one support near the bottom of the stem and one near the top.
3.10 MOUNTING GEAR ACTUATORS
The valve manufacturer shall select and mount the gear actuator and accessories on each
valve and stroke the valve from fully open to fully closed prior to shipment.
3.11 FIELD INSTALLATION OF GEAR ACTUATOR
Provide the actuator manufacturer's recommended lubricating oil in each actuator before
commencing the field testing.
3.12 VALVE FIELD TESTING
A. Test valves for leakage at the same time that the connecting pipelines are hydrostatically
tested. See Section 400515 for pressure testing requirements. Protect or isolate any parts
of valves, actuators, or control and instrumentation systems whose pressure rating is less
than the pressure test. Valves shall show zero leakage. Repair or replace any leaking
valves and retest.
B. Operate manual valves through three full cycles of opening and closing. Valves shall
operate from full open to full close without sticking or binding. Do not backfill buried
valves until after verifying that valves operate from full open to full closed. If valves
stick or bind, or do not operate from full open to full closed, repair or replace the valve
and repeat the tests.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MANUAL, CHECK, AND PROCESS VALVES 400520-13
9 Jun 2017
C. Gear actuators shall operate valves from full open to full close through three cycles
without binding or sticking. The pull required to operate handwheel- or chainwheel-
operated valves shall not exceed 40 pounds. The torque required to operate valves
having 2-inch AWWA nuts shall not exceed 150 ft-lbs. If actuators stick or bind or if
pulling forces and torques exceed the values stated previously, repair or replace the
actuators and repeat the tests. Operators shall be fully lubricated in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations prior to operating.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SPECIALTY VALVES FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 400525-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 400525 SPECIALTY VALVES FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and installation of specialty valves for natural gas
systems.
1.02 RELATED WORK DESCRIBED ELSEWHERE
A. Manual Valves and Check Valves: 400520.
B. Pipe for Natural Gas Service: 401449.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer’s catalog data and detail construction sheets showing all valve
parts. Describe each part by material of construction, specification (such as AISI,
ASTM, SAE, or CDA), and grade or type.
C. Show valve dimensions including laying lengths. Show port sizes. Show dimensions and
orientation of valve actuators, as installed on the valves.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 SEISMIC SHUTOFF VALVES FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE
A. Valves shall be UL listed to National Standard ASCE 25-97. Orientation (horizontal or
vertical) shall be as indicated in the drawings.
B. Type 1100, Seismic Shutoff Valves 3/4 and 1 Inch (60-psi Rating): Minimum pressure
rating shall be 60 psi. End connections shall be threaded. Products: Koso 310 or 311.
C. Type 1105, Seismic Shutoff Valves 1 1/4 and 1 1/2 Inches (7-psi Rating): Minimum
pressure rating shall be 7 psi. End connections shall be threaded. Products: Koso 302 or
303.
D. Type 1110, Seismic Shutoff Valves 1 1/4 and 1 1/2 Inches (60-psi Rating): Minimum
pressure rating shall be 60 psi. End connections shall be threaded. Products: Koso 312 or
313.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SPECIALTY VALVES FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 400525-2
9 Jun 2017
E. Type 1115, Seismic Shutoff Valves 2 Through 4 Inches (60-psi Rating), Threaded Ends:
Minimum pressure rating shall be 60 psi. End connections shall be threaded. Products:
Koso 314, 315, 316, and 318.
F. Type 1120, Seismic Shutoff Valves 2 Through 4 Inches (60-psi Rating), Flanged Ends:
Minimum pressure rating shall be 60 psi. End connections shall be flanged, Class 150,
ASME B16.5. Products: Koso 314F, 315F, 316F, and 318F.
G. Type 1125, Seismic Shutoff Valves 6 and 8 Inches (60-psi Rating), Flanged Ends:
Minimum pressure rating shall be 60 psi. End connections shall be flanged, Class 150,
ASME B16.5. Products: Koso 317F and 319F.
2.02 GAS METER SHUTOFF PLUG VALVES FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE
A. Valves shall be of the plug type with cast-iron bodies and brass or bronze plug. Valves
shall be of the flat-head style, for use in aboveground natural gas piping systems at
ambient temperatures between –20°F to 150°F.
B. Type 1150, Gas Plug Valves 1/2 Through 1 Inch (100-psi Rating): Valve inlet and outlet
ends shall be inside threaded ASME B1.20.1. Minimum pressure rating shall be 100 psi.
Products: A. Y. McDonald Series 521 or equal.
C. Type 1155, Gas Plug Valves 1/2 Through 1 Inch (175-psi Rating): Valve inlet and outlet
ends shall be inside threaded ASME B1.20.1. Minimum pressure rating shall be 175 psi.
Products: A. Y. McDonald Series 559 or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLING GAS METER SHUTOFF VALVES FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE
A. Unless otherwise indicated in the drawings, install valves in horizontal runs of pipe
having centerline elevations 4 feet 6 inches or less above the floor with their operating
keys or heads vertical. Install valves in horizontal runs of pipe having centerline
elevations between 4 feet 6 inches and 6 feet 9 inches above the floor with their
operating keys or heads horizontal.
B. Install valves on vertical runs of pipe that are next to walls with their keys or heads
horizontal, away from the wall. Valves on vertical runs of pipe that are not located next
to walls shall be installed with their keys or heads horizontal, oriented to facilitate valve
operation.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 401449-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 401449 PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, installation, and field testing of polyethylene and steel
pipe and fittings for natural gas service.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. General Concrete Construction: 030500.
B. Cold-Applied Wax Tape Coating: 099752.
C. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
D. Pressure Testing of Piping: 400515.
E. Manual, Check, and Process Valves: 400520.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog data on pipe, valves, and fittings. Include materials of
construction by API and/or ASTM reference and grade.
C. Submit proof of polyethylene fusion welder's qualifications.
D. Submit certificates of welding rods used for field welding steel pipe.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 GENERAL
A. System shall consist of a complete and operating natural gas system complying with
current applicable codes and regulations including, but not limited to, the 2013
California Building Codes.
B. Provide pipe and fittings in accordance with the following:
1. Underground Piping:
a. Polyethylene gas pressure pipe and fittings
b. Schedule 40 black steel pipe
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 401449-2
9 Jun 2017
2.Aboveground Piping:
a.Pipe Size 2” and smaller: Schedule 40 black steel pipe, malleable-iron
threaded fittings.
2.02 POLYETHYLENE PIPE AND FITTINGS
Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be made from medium or high-density polyethylene
resin conforming to ASTM D1248, Type II, Class B, Category 5, Grade P24 or Type III,
Class C, Category 5, Grade P34. Pipe shall comply with ASTM D2513. Design pressure
shall be at least 69 psi at 120°F and have a standard dimensional ratio (SDR) of 11.
Joints and fittings shall be joined by butt fusion in accordance with the manufacturer's
procedures for making heat fusion butt joints. The pipe shall be yellow. Pipe and fitting
systems shall be Performance Pipe Product PE2406, DriscoPlex 6500, or equal.
2.03 STEEL PIPE
A. Material shall be seamless, API 5L, Grade B or ASTM A106, Grade B. A nondestructive
electric test per the previously cited ASTM pipe specification may be substituted for the
hydrostatic test. Minimum wall thickness for pipe having welded joints or connections
shall be Schedule 40 per ASME B36.10. Minimum wall thickness for pipe having
threaded connections shall be Schedule 40 per ASME B36.10.
B. Buried pipe shall be machine wrap piping using 50% overlap wrap with polyvinyl
chloride tape.
2.04 STEEL PIPE FITTINGS
A. Fittings shall be butt-welded conforming to ASME B16.9. Material shall conform to
ASTM A234, Grade WPB. Wall thickness shall be the same as the pipe as a minimum.
Provide fittings at all bends. Do not field bend pipe.
B. Hand wrap buried fittings using 100% overlap wrap with polyvinyl chloride tape. Hand
wrapping shall extend 6-inches beyond fitting onto wrapped pipe. Wrapping shall
conform to tape manufacture’s installation instructions.
C. Fittings 2 inches and smaller may be malleable-iron threaded.
2.05 ISOLATION BALL VALVES FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE
See Section 400520.
2.06 TRANSITION FITTINGS
Gas pipe fittings for the transition from steel gas line to polyethylene gas line shall be
constructed of Schedule 40 steel pipe, epoxy lined and coated with weld ends. The
polyethylene connection end shall be of the same material used for the polyethylene gas
pipe and shall be joined to the polyethylene gas line by the heat fusion butt joint method.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 401449-3
9 Jun 2017
The fitting shall be of a double O-ring, gastight construction and shall conform to ASTM
F1948. Transition fittings shall be as manufactured by Central Plastics, Phillips
Driscopipe, or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 QUALIFICATION OF FUSION WELDERS
Fusion welders and fusion welding procedures shall meet the requirements of 49 CFR
192.285.
3.02 STEEL PIPE WELDING
A. Beveled ends for butt-welding shall conform to ASME B31.8. Remove slag by chipping
or grinding. Surfaces shall be clean of paint, oil, rust, scale, slag, and other material
detrimental to welding.
B. Perform butt-welding and socket welding in conformance with ASME B31.8.
C. Qualification of field welding procedures shall be in accordance with Section 5 of API
1104. Welder qualification shall be in accordance with Section 6 of same standard.
D. The minimum number of passes for welded joints shall be as follows:
Steel Cylinder Thickness
(inch)
Minimum Number of
Passes for Welds
Less than 0.1875 1
0.1875 through 0.25 2
Greater than 0.25 3
Welds shall be full circumferential.
E. Use the SMAW method for welding. Materials shall comply with API 1104, Section 4.
F. Clean each layer of deposited weld metal prior to depositing the next layer of weld
metal, including the final pass, by a grinding wheel.
G. Welding rod shall comply with API 1104.
H. Repair of weld defects shall comply with API 1104, Section 10.
I. Twenty percent of circumferential field welds shall be fully radiographed in accordance
with API 1104, Section 11. Acceptance standards shall be in accordance with API 1104,
Section 9.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 401449-4
9 Jun 2017
3.03 TRENCHING, BACKFILLING, AND COMPACTING
A. Install in accordance with Section 312316 and per the serving utility company
requirements.
3.04 STORAGE AND HANDLING
Store and handle polyethylene pipe and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Do not drop or subject pipe to abrasion or concentrated external
loads. Inspect pipe prior to installation. Make sure no damage has occurred during
shipment and subsequent handling at the jobsite. Discard any pipe or fittings that have
been damaged.
3.05 CLEANLINESS
Thoroughly clean inside of a pipe and fittings before installation. Blow lines clear using
80- to 100-psig clean dry compressed air. Cap or plug pipe ends as necessary to maintain
cleanliness throughout installation.
3.06 CUTTING OF POLYETHYLENE PIPE
Cut pipe accurately to actual dimensions and assemble in such a manner as to preclude
residual stress. Use a tubing cutter designed for plastic pipe.
3.07 INSTALLATION OF POLYETHYLENE PIPING
A. Install polyethylene piping in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.
B. Joints shall be fusion welded. Comply with ASTM F2620. Use electrically heated tools,
thermostatically controlled, and equipped with temperature indication.
C. Present proof that supervisory and installing personnel have received training by a pipe
manufacturer's sponsored course of not less than one-week duration or that personnel are
currently and continuously engaged in the installation of polyethylene gas distribution
lines.
3.08 INSTALLATION OF BURIED STEEL PIPING
A. Install in accordance with Section 312316 and the following.
B. Pipe installed underground shall not deviate more than 1 inch from line or 1/4 inch from
grade. Measure for grade at the pipe invert. Maintain a minimum 36-inch cover over the
pipe (except at risers). Maintain a minimum 12-inch clearance between the pipe and
underground structures.
C. Do not install gas piping closer than 8 inches to a waterline, drain line, sewer, or other
pipe.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 401449-5
9 Jun 2017
D. Material for pipe zone and pipe base shall be sand per Section 312316. Backfill material
above pipe zone shall be native material per Section 312316.
E. If the pipe contains dirt, sand, or other foreign materials after it has been strung along the
trench or right-of-way, swab each length prior to welding it into the pipeline. The swab
may be a wire brush, cloth, or rubber pig. Visually inspect each length internally prior to
use.
F. Provide plastic warning tape per Section 400775.
G. After the pipeline is complete, run a pipeline scraper or pig through the line twice.
Pigging is not required for lines less than 2 inches in nominal size and for service
laterals. Prior to the pigging operation, install a pig catcher on the end of the line. Fasten
the catcher to the end of the pipeline in a manner which will prevent it from blowing off
during the pigging operation. The pigging operation shall provide for controlled running
of the pig. Move the pig by air pressure only. Do not use gas pressure in the pigging
operation.
3.09 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED STEEL PIPING
A. Install in accordance with ASME B31.8 and NFPA 54, Chapter 7.
3.10 PAINTING AND COATING
A. Coat buried piping per Section 099000, System No. 25.
B. Coat piping located above ground or in vaults and structures per Section 099000, System
No. 10.
3.11 COATING OF TRANSITION FITTINGS
A. Coat per Section 099752 and the following:
B. Extend the primer a minimum of 3 inches onto the adjacent surfaces of the polyethylene
gas pipe.
C. Apply the wax tape immediately after the primer application. Work the tape into the
crevices around the transition fitting. Wrap the wax tape spirally around the pipe and
across the fitting to the other pipe. Use a minimum overlap of 55% of the tape width.
3.12 INSTALLATION OF BURIED POLYETHYLENE VALVES
Fuse valves to the pipe using heat fusion butt welding.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 401449-6
9 Jun 2017
3.13 POLYETHYLENE FUSION WELDING INSPECTION
Butt fusion joints shall be visually inspected by comparing with manufacturer's visual
joint appearance chart. Inspect other joints for proper fused connection. Replace
unsatisfactory joints or joints needing improvement by cutting out defective joints or
replacing fittings. Inspect each joint and reinspect corrections.
3.14 PRESSURE TESTING
A. Perform a pneumatic test per Section 400515 for flammable gas piping. Do not test until
every joint has set and cooled at least eight hours at a temperature above 50°F. Perform
testing before backfilling; however, place sufficient backfill material between fittings to
hold pipe in place during tests. Systems which may be contaminated by gas shall first be
purged. Make tests on entire system or on sections that can be isolated by valves. After
pressurization, isolate entire piping system from all sources of air during test period.
B. Maintain test pressure for at least eight hours between times of first and last reading of
pressure and temperature. Take first reading at least one hour after test pressure has been
applied. Do not take test readings during rapid weather changes. Temperature shall be
same as actual trench conditions. There shall be no reduction in the applied test pressure
other than that due to a change in ambient temperature. Allow for ambient temperature
change in accordance with the relationship PF + 14.7 = (P1 + 14.7) (T2 + 460)/(T1 +
460), in which T and P represent Fahrenheit temperature and gauge pressure,
respectively; subscripts 1 and 2 denote initial and final readings; and "PF" is the
calculated final pressure.
C. If "PF" exceeds the measured final pressure (final gauge reading) by 1/2 psi or more,
isolate sections of the piping system, retest each section individually, and apply a
solution of warm soapy water to all joints of each section for which a reduction in
pressure occurs after allowing for ambient temperature change. Repair leaking joints and
repeat test until no reduction in pressure occurs. Use a test gauge calibrated in 1-psi
increments and readable to 1/2 psi in performing the tests.
D. If unacceptable fusion welds are observed during inspection and testing, remove a
section of pipe containing the bad weld to a length of 18 inches on either side of the
fusion weld. Then fusion weld a new spool piece in place of the removed section of pipe.
E. Under no circumstances shall a valve in a line be used as a bulkhead between gas in one
section of the piping system and air in an adjacent section, unless two valves are
installed in series with a valved telltale between these valves.
F. Following pneumatic testing, thoroughly purge gas lines with oil-free nitrogen gas such
that no explosive mixtures will be present in the system during the filling process.
Comply with NFPA 54, paragraph 8.3.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PIPE FOR NATURAL GAS SERVICE 401449-7
9 Jun 2017
3.15 SYSTEM PURGING
After pressure tests and before testing a gas-contaminated line, purge line with nitrogen
at junction with main line to remove all air or gas. Clear completed line by attaching a
test pilot fixture and let gas flow until test pilot ignites. Procedures shall conform with
ASME B31.8.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 402040-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 402040 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials, testing, and installation of ductile-iron pipe and fittings
6 inches and smaller.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Painting and Coating: 099000.
B. Cold-Applied Wax Tape Coating: 099752.
C. Polyethylene Sheet Encasement (AWWA C105): 099754.
D. Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Linings and Coatings: 099761.
E. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
F. General Piping Requirements: 400500.
G. Pressure Testing of Piping: 400515.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Provide an affidavit of compliance with standards referenced in this specification, e.g.,
AWWA C151. Submit copy of report of pressure tests for qualifying the designs of all
sizes and types of AWWA C153 fittings that are being used in the project. The pressure
test shall demonstrate that the minimum safety factor described in AWWA C153,
Section 5.5 is met.
C. Provide the following information:
1. Mortar lining thickness.
2. Wall thickness.
3. Show deflections at push-on and mechanical joints.
4. Submit joint and fitting details and manufacturer’s data sheets.
D. Submit calculations and test data proving that the proposed restrained joint arrangement
can transmit the required forces with a minimum safety factor of 1.5.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 402040-2
9 Jun 2017
E. Submit certificate that cement for mortar lining complies with ASTM C150, designating
type.
F. Submit test report on physical properties of rubber compound used in the gaskets.
G. Submit drawing or manufacturer's data sheet showing flange facing, including design of
facing serrations.
H. Submit weld procedure specification, procedure qualification record, and welder's
qualifications prior to any welding to ductile-iron pipe.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PIPE
Pipe shall be cast ductile (nodular) iron, conforming to AWWA C151.
2.02 PIPE WALL THICKNESS
A. Minimum wall thicknesses for pipe having grooved-end joints shall be as shown in the
following table:
Pipe and Fitting Sizes
(inches) Wall Thickness*
16 and smaller Special Class 53
*Special Class and Pressure Class per AWWA C151.
B. Minimum wall thickness for pipe having push-on or mechanical joints, restrained joints,
plain ends, or cast flange ends shall be Class 150, unless otherwise shown in the
drawings.
C. Minimum wall thickness for pipe having threaded flanges shall be Special Class 53 or
Pressure Class 350.
D. Minimum pipe wall thickness required for corporation stops and tapped outlets shall be
in accordance with Table A.1 of AWWA C151 for three full threads for design pressures
up to 250 psi and four full threads for design pressures over 250 to 350 psi.
2.03 FITTINGS
A. Fittings 48 inches and smaller shall conform to AWWA C110 with a minimum pressure
rating of 250 psi. Material shall be ductile iron. Flanges shall be flat faced.
B. Mechanical joint fittings conforming to AWWA C153 may be used in lieu of AWWA
C110 fittings.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 402040-3
9 Jun 2017
C. Material for fittings with welded-on bosses shall have a Charpy notch impact value of
minimum 10 ft-lbs under the conditions defined in AWWA C151. Test completed welds
by the liquid penetrant method per ASTM E165.
2.04 FLANGES
A. Flanges shall be solid back, Class 125 per AWWA C115. Flanges on pipe shall be either
cast or threaded. Material shall be ductile iron.
B. Flanged pipe and fittings shall be shop fabricated, not field fabricated. Threaded flanges
shall comply with AWWA C115. Flanges shall be individually fitted and machine
tightened in the shop, then machined flat and perpendicular to the pipe barrel. Flanges
shall be backfaced parallel to the face of flange. Prior to assembly of the flange onto the
pipe, apply a thread compound to the threads to provide a leak-free connection. There
shall be zero leakage through the threads at a hydrostatic test pressure of 250 psi without
the use of the gasket.
2.05 PIPE LINING--CEMENT MORTAR
A. Line pipe interior and fittings with cement-mortar per AWWA C104. Lining thickness
shall be the double thickness listed in AWWA C104, Section 4.7. Cement for lining
material shall conform to ASTM C150, Type V.
B. Alternatively, fittings may be lined and coated with fusion-bonded epoxy per Section
099761.
C. Line blind flanges per Section 099000, System No. 7.
D. Maintain a moist environment inside the lined pipe and fittings by sealing the ends with
polyethylene sheet.
E. Loose areas of cement-mortar lining are not acceptable. Remove and reconstruct lining
in areas where quality is defective, such as sand pockets, voids over sanded areas,
blisters, drummy areas, cracked areas, and thin spots. Repair longitudinal cracks in
excess of 1/32 inch in width or where crack extends to metal with epoxy. Repair all
cracks larger than 1/16 inch with epoxy.
2.06 GASKETS FOR FLANGES
See Section 400500.
2.07 GASKETS FOR MECHANICAL, PUSH-ON, AND RESTRAINED JOINTS
Synthetic rubber in accordance with AWWA C111.
2.08 BOLTS AND NUTS FOR FLANGES
See Section 400500.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 402040-4
9 Jun 2017
2.09 JOINTS
A. Joints in aboveground or submerged piping or piping located in vaults and structures
shall be flanged.
B. Joints in buried piping shall be of the restrained push-on or mechanical-joint type per
AWWA C111 except where flanged joints are required to connect to valves, meters, and
other equipment.
C. Restrained joints for piping 6 inches and larger shall be American Cast Iron Pipe "Lok-
Ring" or "Flex-Ring," U.S. Pipe "TR-Flex," or equal. Weldments for restrained joints
shall be tested by the liquid penetrant method per ASTM E165. Restrained joints for
field closures shall be “Megalug” by EBAA Iron.
D. Where thrust restraint is called for in the drawings, provide pipe with restrained joints
capable of transmitting 1.5 times the thrust, as calculated by the following equation:
T = 1.5 * (0.785 * P * D2)
where:
P = Pressure class of pipe in psi.
D = Outside diameter of pipe in inches.
T = Thrust in pounds.
2.10 MECHANICAL JOINT RESTRAINT SYSTEM USING FOLLOWER RING AND
WEDGES
The restraining mechanism shall consist of a follower gland having a seal gasket and
individually actuated wedges that increase their resistance to pullout as pressure or
external forces increase. The system manufacturer shall provide all the components
(follower ring, wedges, and gaskets) for the restraining device. The device shall be
capable of full mechanical joint deflection during assembly, and the flexibility of the
joint shall be maintained after burial. The joint restraint ring and its wedging
components shall be constructed of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536, Grade 60-
42-10. The wedges shall be ductile iron, heat-treated to a minimum hardness of 370
BHN. Dimensions of the gland shall be such that it can be used with mechanical joint
bells conforming to AWWA C111 and AWWA C153. The design shall use torque
limiting twist-off nuts to provide actuation of the restraining wedges. The mechanical
joint restraint shall be available in the size range of 3 through 48 inches. Minimum rated
pressure shall be 350 psi for sizes 16 inches and smaller and 250 psi in sizes 18 inches
and larger. Products: Megalug Series 1100 as manufactured by EBAA Iron, Inc., or
equal.
2.11 DUCTILE-IRON PIPE WELDMENTS
A. All welding to ductile-iron pipe, such as for bosses, joint restraint, and joint bond cables,
shall be done at the place of manufacture of the pipe. Perform welding by skilled
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 402040-5
9 Jun 2017
welders experienced in the method and materials to be used. Welders shall be qualified
under the standard qualification procedures of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code, Section IX, Welding Qualifications.
B. Welds shall be of uniform composition, neat, smooth, full strength, and ductile.
Completely grind out porosity and cracks, trapped welding flux, and other defects in the
welds in such a manner that will permit proper and complete repair by welding.
C. Completed welds shall be inspected at the place of manufacture by the liquid penetrant
method. Conform to the requirements specified in ASTM E165, Method A, Type I or
Type II. The materials used shall be water washable and nonflammable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY, UNLOADING, AND TEMPORARY STORAGE OF PIPE AT SITE
A. Use unloading and installation procedures that avoid cracking of the lining. If necessary,
use plastic sheet bulkheads to close pipe ends and keep cement-mortar lining moist.
B. Deliver the pipe alongside the pipelaying access road over which the pipe trailer-tractors
can travel under their own power. Place the pipe in the order in which it is to be installed
and secure it from rolling.
C. Do not move pipe by inserting any devices or pieces of equipment into the pipe barrel.
Field repair linings damaged by unloading or installation procedures.
3.02 SANITATION OF PIPE INTERIOR
A. During laying operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other materials in the pipe.
B. When pipelaying is not in progress, close the ends of the installed pipe by a child- and
vermin-proof plug.
3.03 INSTALLING FLANGED PIPE AND FITTINGS
Install in accordance with Section 400500. Cut the bore of the gaskets such that the
gaskets do not protrude into the pipe when the flange bolts are tightened.
3.04 INSTALLING BURIED PIPING
A. Install in accordance with AWWA C600, Section 312316, and as follows.
B. Provide thrust blocks at fittings per Section 312316.
C. Assemble restrained joints per manufacturer's instructions.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 402040-6
9 Jun 2017
3.05 JOINT DEFLECTIONS FOR BURIED PIPE
A. Do not exceed the following deflection angles for unrestrained buried pipe joints:
Pipe Size
(inches)
Maximum Deflection (degrees)
Push-On Joint Mechanical Joint
4 4 6 1/2
6 4 5 1/2
B. For restrained joints, do not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended maximum
deflections.
C. Assemble joints in accordance with AWWA C600 and the manufacturer's
recommendations.
3.06 INSTALLING ABOVEGROUND OR EXPOSED PIPING
See Section 400500.
3.07 PAINTING AND COATING
A. Coat pipe located above ground and in vaults and structures per Section 099000, System
No. 10. Apply prime, intermediate, and finish coat in the shop before transporting pipe
to the jobsite. Touch up in the field per manufacturer’s recommendations after
installation.
B. Provide asphaltic coating on buried pipe per AWWA C151.
C. Coat buried flanges and buried mechanical and restrained joint bolts, nuts, and glands
with wax tape per Section 099752.
D. Coat submerged pipe and pipe and fittings located in pump station wet wells per Section
099000, System No. 1.
3.08 POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT OF BURIED PIPE AND FITTINGS
Wrap buried pipe, fittings, and joints with polyethylene per Section 099754.
3.09 CLEANING PIPE
After interior joints have been pointed and mortar has hardened, sweep pipe clean of all
dirt and debris. If hardened mud exists in the pipe, remove with the use of pressurized
water hoses.
3.10 FIELD HYDROSTATIC TESTING
Test pressures are shown in Section 400515. Test in accordance with Section 400515.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE 402040-7
9 Jun 2017
3.11 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE
Provide permanent, bright-colored, green continuous-printed plastic tape, intended for
direct burial service, per City Standard 6020 and the drawings.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC PIPE, 3 INCHES AND SMALLER 402090-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 402090 PVC PIPE, 3 INCHES AND SMALLER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials, installation, and testing of PVC pipe and fittings of size 3
inches and smaller for use in process piping having a maximum design pressure of 150 psi
and having a maximum design temperature of 105°F.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Painting and Coating: 099000.
B. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
C. General Piping Requirements: 400500.
D. Pressure Testing of Piping: 400515.
E. Manual, Check, and Process Valves: 400520.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit materials list showing materials of pipe and fittings with ASTM reference and
grade. Submit manufacturer's certification of compliance with referenced standards, e.g.,
ASTM D1784, D1785, and D2467. Show wall thickness of pipe and fittings. Show fitting
dimensions.
C. Submit data sheets for solvent cement demonstrating compliance with ASTM D2564 and
F656.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PIPE
Pipe shall be Schedule 80, Type I, Grade 1 (Class 12454-B), conforming to ASTM D1784
and D1785.
2.02 FITTINGS
Fittings shall be Schedule 80 and shall conform to ASTM D2464 for threaded fittings and
ASTM D2467 for socket-type fittings.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC PIPE, 3 INCHES AND SMALLER 402090-2
9 Jun 2017
2.03 UNIONS
A. Unions shall have socket-type ends, Viton O-rings, and shall be Schedule 80. Material
shall be Type I, Grade 1 PVC, per ASTM D1784.
B. Union connections to other metal piping materials shall comply with MSS SP-107. The
fitting end for connection to PVC pipe shall be a female socket. Provide wrought or cast
copper tailpieces for connection to copper piping and tubing. Provide Type 316 stainless
steel tailpieces for connection to steel piping.
2.04 JOINTS
Pipe and fitting joints shall be socket welded except where threaded joints are required to
connect to valves and equipment.
2.05 SOLVENT CEMENT
Solvent cement for socket joints shall comply with ASTM D2564 and F656.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Do not install PVC pipe when the temperature is below 40°F or above 90°F. Store loose
pipes on racks with a maximum support spacing of 3 feet. Provide shades for pipe stored
outdoors or installed outdoors until the pipe is filled with water.
B. Store fittings indoors in their original cartons.
C. Store solvent cement indoors or, if outdoors, shade from direct sunlight exposure. Do not
use solvent cements that have exceeded the shelf life marked on the storage container.
D. Before installation, check pipe and fittings for cuts, scratches, gouges, buckling, kinking,
or splitting on pipe ends. Remove any pipe section containing defects by cutting out the
damaged section of pipe.
E. Do not drag PVC pipe over the ground, drop it onto the ground, or drop objects on it.
3.02 SOLVENT-WELDED JOINTS
A. Prior to solvent welding, remove fittings and couplings from their cartons and expose them
to the air at the same temperature conditions as the pipe for at least one hour.
B. Cut pipe ends square and remove all burrs, chips, and filings before joining pipe or fittings.
Bevel solvent-welded pipe ends as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC PIPE, 3 INCHES AND SMALLER 402090-3
9 Jun 2017
C. Wipe away loose dirt and moisture from the inside and outside of the pipe end and the
inside of the fitting before applying solvent cement. Clean the surfaces of both pipes and
fittings that are to be solvent welded with a clean cloth moistened with acetone or
methylethyl ketone. Do not apply solvent cement to wet surfaces.
D. The pipe and fitting socket shall have an interference fit. Perform a dry fit test at each joint
before applying solvent cement. The pipe shall enter the fitting socket between one-third
and two-thirds of the full socket depth when assembled by hand.
E. Make up solvent-welded joints per ASTM D2855. Application of cement to both surfaces
to be joined and assembly of these surfaces shall produce a continuous bond between them
with visual evidence of cement at least flush with the outer end of the fitting bore around
the entire joint perimeter.
F. Allow at least eight hours of drying time before moving solvent-welded joints or
subjecting the joints to any internal or external loads or pressures.
G. Acceptance criteria for solvent-welded joints shall be as follows:
1.Unfilled Areas in Joint: None permitted.
2.Unbonded Areas in Joint: None permitted.
3.Protrusion of Material into Pipe Bore, Percent of Pipe Wall Thickness: Cement,
50%.
3.03 ASSEMBLING THREADED JOINTS
A. Cut threaded ends on PVC to the dimensions of ASTM F1498. Ends shall be square cut.
Follow the pipe manufacturer's recommendations regarding pipe hold-down methods, saw
cutting blade size, and saw cutting speed. Gauges, gauge tolerances, and gauging
procedures shall comply with ASTM F1498, Sections 7 and 8. Perform field gauging on
every field-cut threaded connection.
B. Pipe or tubing cutters shall be specifically designed for use on PVC pipe. Use cutters
manufactured by Reed Manufacturing Company, Ridge Tool Company, or equal.
C. If a hold-down vise is used when the pipe is cut, insert a rubber sheet between the vise
jaws and the pipe to avoid scratching the pipe.
D. Thread cutting dies shall be clean and sharp and shall not be used to cut materials other
than plastic.
E. Apply Teflon® thread compound or Teflon® tape lubricant to threads before screwing on
the fitting.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PVC PIPE, 3 INCHES AND SMALLER 402090-4
9 Jun 2017
F. Assemble threaded fittings per ASTM F1498, Sections 4, 7, and 8. Do not tighten threaded
connections more than two turns past finger tightness for both internal and external
threads.
3.04 INSTALLING UNIONS
Provide unions on exposed piping 3 inches and smaller as follows:
A. At every change in direction (horizontal and vertical).
B. 6 to 12 inches downstream of valves.
C. Every 40 feet in straight pipe runs.
D. Where shown in the drawings.
3.05 INSTALLING BURIED PIPE
A. Install in accordance with Section 312316 and as follows.
B. Trench bottom shall be continuous, smooth, and free of rocks. See the details in the
drawings for trench dimensions, pipe bedding, and backfill.
C. After the pipe has been solvent-welded and the joints have set, snake the pipe in the trench
per the pipe manufacturer's recommendations in order to allow for thermal expansion and
contraction of the pipe.
D. Do not backfill the pipe trench until the solvent-welded joints have set. Support the pipe
uniformly and continuously over its entire length on firm, stable soil. Do not use blocking
to change pipe grade or to support pipe in the trench.
E. Install buried PVC pipe in accordance with ASTM D2774 and the pipe manufacturer's
recommendations. Backfill materials in the pipe zone shall be imported sand per Section
312316.
3.06 HYDROSTATIC TESTING
Perform hydrostatic testing for leakage in accordance with Section 400515.
3.07 BURIED TRACER WIRE AND TRACER TAPE
Provide tracer wire and tracer tape per City Standard 6020 and the drawings.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 402097 HDPE PIPE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes materials and testing of PE3408 high density, very high molecular
weight polyethylene (HDPE) pipe and fittings of size 8 inches and smaller. Pipe
diameter basis is DIPS.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Temporary Sewage Bypass Pumping: 015800.
B. Trenching, Backfilling, and Compacting: 312316.
C. Pressure Testing of Piping: 400515.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit plans for bypass piping system per Section 015800.
C. Submit materials list for review. Submit manufacturer's recommended method of
installing pipe including methods for butt-fusing joints.
D. The polyethylene pipe manufacturer shall provide certification that stress regression
testing has been performed on the specific product. Certification shall include a stress
life curve per ASTM D2837.
E. Provide certification that the material is listed by the Plastics Pipe Institute in PPI TR-4
with a 73°F hydrostatic design stress rating of 800 psi and a 140°F hydrostatic design
stress rating of 400 psi. The PPI listing shall be in the name of the pipe manufacturer and
shall be based on ASTM D2837 and PPI TR-3 testing and validation of samples of the
pipe manufacturer's production pipe.
F. The manufacturer's certification shall state that the pipe was manufactured from one
specific resin in compliance with these specifications. The certificate shall state the
specific resin used, its source, and list its compliance to these specifications.
G. Submit certified lab data to verify specified physical properties. Certify that tests are
representative of pipe supplied for this project.
H. Submit affidavit of compliance with referenced standards (e.g., AWWA C901, C906,
ASTM F714, etc.).
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-2
9 Jun 2017
I. Submit recommended locations of connections to other pipe materials. Submit detailed
drawings of fittings.
J. Submit installation methods for pipes to be installed using pipe bursting.
K. Submit qualification certificates for operators of heat fusion equipment.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PIPE
A. Pipe and fittings shall conform to AWWA C906 and the following requirements.
B. Pipe shall have a nominal DIPS outside diameter.
C. The minimum wall thickness (inches) shall be in accordance with Table 5 of AWWA
C906, for the DR shown in the drawings. Produce the pipe to the dimensions and
tolerances specified in ASTM F714.
D. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, voids,
foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects and shall be identical in color, density,
melt index, and other physical properties throughout.
E. Pipe shall have a minimum hydrostatic design basis (HDB) of 1,600 psi, as determined
in accordance with ASTM D2837.
F. Pipe shall have an interior color of white, gray, or light green.
G. Pipe Material:
1. Materials used for the manufacture of polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be very
high molecular weight, high-density ethylene/hexene copolymer PE 3408
polyethylene resin meeting the physical property and pipe performance
requirements listed below.
Property Specification Units
Minimum
Values
Material Designation PPI/ASTM --- PE3408
Material Classification ASTM D1248 --- III C 5 P34
Cell Classification ASTM D3350 --- 345434C
Hardness ASTM D2240 Shore "D" 64
Compressive Strength (Yield) ASTM D695 psi 1,600
Tensile Strength @ Yield (Type IV
Spec.)
ASTM D638
(2"/min)
psi 3,200
Elongation @ Yield ASTM D638 %, min. 8
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-3
9 Jun 2017
Property Specification Units
Minimum
Values
Tensile Strength @ Break (Type IV
Spec.)
ASTM D638 psi 3,500 psi
Elongation @ Break ASTM D638 %, min. 600
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM D638 psi 110,000
ESCR:
(Cond A,B,C: Mold. Slab) ASTM D1693 Fo, Hrs Fo>5,000
(Compressed Ring) ASTM F1248 F50, Hrs F50>1,000
Slow Crack Growth Battelle Method Days to
Failure
Fo>32
Impact Strength (IZOD) (0.125-Inch
Thick)
ASTM D256
(Method A)
in-lb/in
Notch
42
Linear Thermal Expansion
Coefficient
ASTM D696 in/in/°F 1.2 x 10-4
Thermal Conductivity ASTM C177 BTU, in/
Ft2/hrs/°F
2.7
Brittleness Temp. ASTM D746 °F <-180°F
Vicat Soft. Temp. ASTM D1525 °F 257
NSF Listing Standard 14 --- "Listed"
*Standard deviation 0.01.
2. The pipe shall be extruded from precompounded resin. In-plant blending of resin is
unacceptable.
2.02 JOINTS
A. Join sections of polyethylene pipe into continuous lengths on the jobsite above ground.
The joining method shall be the butt fusion method performed in accordance with the
pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining
procedures shall be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe
manufacturer requirements of 500°F, alignment, and 150-psi interfacial fusion pressure.
B. Butt fusion joining shall result in a joint weld strength equal to or greater than the tensile
strength of the pipe. Socket fusion shall not be used. Extrusion welding or hot gas
welding of HDPE shall not be used. Flanges, unions, grooved-couplers, transition
fittings, and some mechanical couplers may be used to connect HDPE pipe mechanically
without butt fusion where shown in the drawings and at elbows and tees.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-4
9 Jun 2017
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SHIPPING, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Transport pipe to the jobsite on padded bunks with nylon tie-down straps or padded
bonding to protect the pipe. Protect the pipe from sharp objects. Anchor pipe securely to
prevent slippage.
B. Store pipe on earth berms or timber cradles adjacent to the trench. Stack the heaviest
series of pipe at the bottom.
C. When the pipe is received, visually inspect to verify that the correct product was
received. Check for damage that may have occurred during transit. Examine for
fractures, kinking, deep gouges, or cuts. Remove pipe with gouges or cuts in excess of
10% of the pipe wall thickness.
D. Cover pipe 100% with protective coverings or tarpaulins to prevent deposition of road
salts, diesel smoke, fuel residue, and other contaminants in transit.
E. Hook lifting equipment, such as cranes, extension boom cranes, and side boom tractors,
to wide web choker slings that are secured around the load or to lifting lugs on the
component. Use only wide web slings. Do not use wire rope slings and chains which can
damage components. Use spreader bars when lifting pipe or components longer than 20
feet.
F. Unload large fabrications using a wide web choker sling and lifting equipment such as
an extension boom crane, crane, or lifting boom. Do not use stub outs, outlets, or fittings
as lifting points, and avoid placing slings where they will bear against outlets or fittings.
G. Protect the pipe from stones and sharp objects.
H. Store fittings in their original cartons.
3.02 HANDLING PIPE DURING INSTALLATION
A. Lift pipes with handling beams or wide belt slings near the middle of joints as
recommended by the pipe manufacturer. Do not use cable slings, chains, or hooks.
B. Before installation, check pipe and fittings for cuts or scratches exceeding 10% of the
pipe wall thickness, gouges, buckling, kinking, or splitting. Remove such defective pipe.
3.03 SANITATION OF PIPE INTERIOR
A. During fusion operations and laying operations, do not place tools, clothing, or other
materials in the pipe.
B. When pipelaying is not in progress, including the noon hour, close the ends of the pipe
by a vermin- and child-proof plug.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-5
9 Jun 2017
3.04 QUALIFICATION OF FUSION OPERATORS
Each operator performing fusion joining shall be qualified in the use of the
manufacturer's recommended fusion procedure(s) by the following:
A. Appropriate training or experience in the use of the fusion procedure.
B. Making a sample joint according to the procedure that passes the following inspections
and tests:
1. The joint shall be visually examined during and after joining and found to have the
same appearance as a photograph or sample of an acceptable joint that was joined
in accordance with the procedure; and
2. Test or examine the joint by one of the following methods:
a. Pressure and tensile test as described in 49 CFR 192.283;
b. Ultrasonic inspection and found to be free of flaws that would cause failure;
or
c. Cut into at least three longitudinal straps, each of which is:
(a) Visually examined and found to be free of voids or unbonded
areas on the cut surface of the joint, and
(b) Deformed by bending, torque, or impact and if failure occurs,
it must not initiate in the joint area.
3. Each operator shall be requalified under the procedure, if, during any 12-month
period he:
a. Does not make any joints under the procedure; or
b. Has three joints or three percent of the joints he has made, whichever is
greater, that are found unacceptable by testing under 49 CFR 192.513.
3.05 HEAT FUSION
A. Comply with ASTM F2620, except as modified below.
B. Use fusion equipment specially designed for heat fusion of HDPE such as offered by
McElroy Manufacturing, Inc., Tulsa, Oklahoma or equal. The equipment utilized shall
be regulated for the different melt strength materials. Compatibility fusion techniques
shall be used when polyethylenes of different melt indexes are fused together.
C. Maintain the proper temperature of the heater plate as recommended by the pipe
manufacturer. Check it with a tempilstik or pyrometer for correct surface temperature.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-6
9 Jun 2017
D. Clean pipe ends inside and outside with a clean cotton cloth to remove dirt, water,
grease, and other foreign materials.
E. Square (face) the pipe ends using facing tool of the fusion machine. Remove burrs,
chips, and filings before joining pipe or fittings.
F. Check line-up of pipe ends in fusion machine to see that pipe ends meet squarely and
completely over the entire surface to be fused. Make sure the clamps are tight so that the
pipe does not slip during the fusion process.
G. Insert clean heater plate between aligned ends and bring ends firmly in contact with plate
but do not apply pressure while achieving melt pattern. Allow pipe ends to heat and
soften. Approximate softening depths are as follows:
Pipe Size
(inches)
Approximate Melt Bead
(inches)
3 to 5 1/8
6 to 12 3/16
H. Carefully move the pipe ends away from the heater plate and remove the plate (if the
softened material sticks to the heater plate, discontinue the joint, clean heater plate,
resquare pipe ends, and start over).
I. Bring melted ends together rapidly. Do not slam. Apply enough pressure to form a
double roll-back bead to the body of the pipe around the entire circumference of the pipe
about 1/8- to 3/16-inch wide. Pressure is necessary to cause the heated material to flow
together.
J. Allow the joint to cool and solidify properly. Remove the pipe from the clamps and
inspect the joint appearance.
K. Remove bead from inside diameter of pipe prior to welding next joint of pipe.
3.06 COMPATIBILITY FUSION
A. Manufacturer of pipe shall provide technical personnel to instruct and demonstrate the
fusion procedure for joining dissimilar HDPE materials.
B. Compatibility heat fusion and sidewall fusion shall be accomplished in the same manner
as described above with the following exception:
To achieve proper melt pattern, insert the heater plate and place a compatibility
insulator between the heater plate and the lower melt material. After the higher
melt achieves proper melt, then remove the insulator and bring the heater plate in
contact with the lower melt material for proper melt. Continue heating both
surfaces until proper melt develops. For manually operated fusion equipment, form
a double roll-back bead as previously described in the fusion procedures.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-7
9 Jun 2017
3.07 PLACEMENT OF PIPE IN TRENCH
A. Control water in trench per Section 312316.
B. Install in accordance with ASTM F1668, except as modified herein.
C. Excavate to a minimum of 4 inches below the subgrade. Complete excavation to a
uniform foundation free of protruding rocks. Complete stabilization of foundation, per
Section 312316, then place material specified for the bedding in Section 312316 to bring
the trench bottom to grade. Trench bottom shall be continuous, smooth, and free from
rocks.
D. Cut a depression to permit removal of the pipe handling slings. After the pipe has been
butt-fused and the joints have set, snake the pipe into the trench per the pipe
manufacturer's recommendations in order to allow for thermal expansion and contraction
of the pipe.
E. Lower the fused pipe onto the bedding and install it to line and grade along its full length
on firm bearing except at the sling depressions. Do not handle pipe at fabricated fittings.
Tolerances on grade are 1/4 inch.
F. Consider pull-out forces caused by circumferential as well as longitudinal thermal
contraction when flanged and mechanical joints are used. Make provisions for sealing as
well as restraining to compensate for the axial loading due to expansion or contraction
and/or pipe settlement.
G. When the pipe is laid in a rock cut or stony soil, excavate the trench at least 6 inches
below pipe bottom grade and bring back to grade with compacted bedding. Remove
boulders and large stones to avoid point contacts and to provide a uniform bed for the
pipe.
H. Place a minimum 4-inch-thick layer of bedding material in the trench. Compact base to
90% relative compaction.
I. Backfill pipe zone immediately after pipe has been bedded and joined. Prevent
movement of pipe while backfilling. Carefully place the material around the pipe so that
the pipe barrel is completely supported and that no voids or uncompacted areas are left
beneath the pipe or in between stiffening ribs. Backfill material placed under the
haunches shall be shovel sliced. Use particular care in placing material on the underside
of the pipe to prevent lateral movement during subsequent backfilling. Limit
unbackfilled, installed pipe to five sections maximum. Avoid extended exposure to sun.
J. Add bedding and backfill material up to the top of the pipe in lifts not exceeding 6
inches at a time. Compact each lift to 90% relative compaction by mechanical or hand
tamping. Do not use water flooding or jetting. Do not allow any void spaces beneath or
around the pipe.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-8
9 Jun 2017
K. Add a 6-inch layer of bedding and backfill material above the top of the pipe. Compact
to 90% relative compaction.
L. Fill the remainder of the trench as specified in Section 312316.
M. Compact by means of vibratory equipment or by hand tamping. Do not add successive
layers unless the previous layer is compacted to the specified relative compaction.
Compact material placed within 12 inches of the outer surface of the pipe by hand
tamping only.
N. Provide sufficient space along each side of the pipe and the trench wall to observe that
the embedment material fills all spaces below pipe spring line under the pipe haunches.
Do not allow pipe to float out of position.
3.08 COLD-BENDING OF CURVED SEGMENTS
HDPE may be cold-bent to a minimum radius of no less than 30 times the pipe diameter
as it is installed along curved alignment. The minimum bending radius that can be
applied to the pipe without kinking it varies with the diameter and wall thickness of the
pipe and shall not exceed the recommendations of the manufacturer. If adequate space is
not available for the required radius, fuse a fitting of the required angle into the piping
system to obtain the necessary change in direction.
3.09 STATIC ELECTRICITY DISCHARGING
A. Static electricity charges are generated on polyethylene pipe by friction, particularly
during the handling of pipe in storage, shipping, and installation. The flow of air or gas
containing dust or scale will also build up significant static charges, as will the flow of
dry materials through the pipe. These charges are a safety hazard, particularly in areas
where there is leaking gas or an explosive atmosphere.
B. Plastic pipe is a nonconductor of electricity and the static charge will remain in place
until some grounding device comes close enough to allow it to discharge.
C. The discharge of these static electric charges is the responsibility of the Contractor.
D. Do not drag HDPE pipe over the ground, drop it onto the ground, or drop objects on it.
3.10 INSTALLATION OF PIPE USING PIPEBURSTING
A. General Requirements
1.Pipe bursting is a system by which the pneumatic burster unit, splits the existing
pipe while simultaneously installing a new polyethylene pipe of the same or larger
size where the old pipe existed. Only pneumatically operated equipment with
capacity for bursting point repairs, and rear expanders for the proper connection to
the polyethylene pipe will be allowed. The pneumatic tool must be used in
conjunction with a constant tension hydraulic winch of either 20, 10 or 5 tons, the
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-9
9 Jun 2017
size of the winch depends on the diameter of the pipe to be replaced. In no case is
the constant tension on the winch to exceed 20 tons.
2.The contractor shall be certified by the particular pipe bursting system
manufacturer to be fully trained in the use of the pipe bursting system.
3.The Contractor shall hold the owner and Engineer harmless in any legal action
resulting from patent infringements.
B. Equipment
1.The pipe bursting tool shall be designed and manufactured to force its way through
existing pipe materials by fragmenting the pipe and compressing the old pipe
sections into the surrounding soil as it progresses. The bursting unit shall be
pneumatic and shall generate sufficient force to burst and compact the existing
pipeline, including fittings and repair clamps. The contractor shall comply with
tool manufacturer’s specifications regarding size of tool to be used under project
conditions.
2.The pipe bursting tool shall be assisted by a constant tension twin capstan winch
through the old line by a winch located at the receiving pit. The bursting unit shall
pull the polyethylene pipe with it as it moves forward. The bursting head shall
incorporate a shield/expander to prevent collapse of the hole ahead of the PE pipe
insertion. The pipe bursting unit shall be remotely controlled.
3.The pipe bursting tool shall be pneumatic. The bursting action of the tool shall
increase the external dimensions sufficiently, causing breakage of the pipe at the
same time expanding the surrounding ground. This action shall not only break the
pipe but also create the void into which the burster can be winched and enables
forward progress to be made. At the same time the polyethylene pipe, directly
attached to the sleeve on the rear of the burster, shall also move forward. The
burster shall generate its own forward momentum while being assisted by
winching.
4.To form a complete operating system, the burster must be matched to a constant
tension hydraulic winching system. The winch shall be attached to the front of the
bursting unit. The winch shall provide a constant tension to the burster in order
that it may operate in an efficient manner. The winch shall ensure directional
stability in keeping the unit on line. The winch shall be hydraulically operated
providing a constant tension throughout the operation. The winch shall be of the
constant-tension type but shall be fitted with a direct reading load gauge to
measure the winching load. The winch must automatically maintain a constant
tension at a set tonnage reading.
5.The constant tension winch shall supply sufficient cable in one continuous length
so that the pull may be continuous between approved winching points.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-10
9 Jun 2017
6. The winch, cable and cable drum must be provided with safety cage and supports
so that it may be operated safely without injury to persons or property.
C. Access pits
1. The contractor shall provide a system of guide pulleys and bracing at the exit pit to
minimize cable contact with the existing line between launch and exit pits.
2. The supports to the trench shoring in the insertion pit shall remain completely
separate from the winch boom support system and shall be so designed that neither
the pipe nor the winch cable shall contact them.
3. The location and number of launching and receiving pits shall be proposed by the
Contractor and reviewed by the district prior to excavation. The pits shall be
located such that their number shall be minimized and the footage of the new pipe
installed in a single pull shall be maximized.
4. Before any excavation is done for any purposes, the Contractor shall contact the
various utility companies for determining field location of existing utilities.
5. All work is to be completed within existing street rights-of-way, utility easement,
or other areas designated on the drawings.
6. Where it is necessary to excavate to an additional depth for the placement and use
of a fusion machine, or any other cause, the Contractor shall furnish and install
trench shoring or bracing in compliance with OSHA standards.
D. Insertion of polyethylene pipe
1. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall develop a temporary bypass system per
section 015800 to maintain service to residents and businesses during pipe bursting
operations.
2. All buried utilities adjacent to the pipe operation shall be reviewed, and where
necessary be excavated to relieve transient loading during the insertion operation.
If any utilities are within 24" of the pipe to be burst, the Contractor shall excavate
a pit at the location to check clearance. If adequate clearance does not exist
between the existing sewer line and the subject utility, the Contractor shall employ
substitute means to rehabilitate the existing sewer line.
3. For utilities crossing within 6" of the existing water line to be burst, soil shall be
excavated and removed to relieve loading during the bursting operation.
4. Any concrete encasements shall be excavated and broken out prior to the bursting
operation to allow the steady and free passage of the pipe bursting head. All in-
line fittings shall be removed prior to the bursting operation.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
HDPE PIPE 402097-11
9 Jun 2017
5. Any section of the pipe with a gash, blister, abrasion, nick, scar, or other
deleterious fault greater in depth than ten percent (10%) of the wall thickness, shall
not be used and must be removed from the site. However, a defective area of the
pipe may be cut out and the joint fused in accordance with the procedures stated
herein. In addition, any section of the pipe having other defects such as
concentrated ridges, discoloration, excessive spot roughness, pitting, variable wall
thickness or any other defect of manufacturing or handling as determined by the
Engineer and/or his representative shall be discarded and not used.
6. The new polyethylene pipe shall be inserted immediately behind the bursting head
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedures. The insertion
tool shall be specifically designed and manufactured for the type of insertion
process being used. It shall be utilized to guide and assist the bursting head during
the operation. A pushing machine may be utilized to aid pipe insertion from the
rear.
7. Terminal sections of pipe that are joined within the insertion pit shall be connected
with Central Plastics electro-fusion couplings or equivalent connectors with tensile
strength equivalent to that of the pipe being joined. Mechanical couplings shall
not be used.
3.11 PRESSURE TESTING
A. Perform pressure testing in accordance with Section 400515.
B. The total time for initial pressurization and time at test pressure shall not exceed eight
hours at 1.5 times the system pressure rating. If the test is not completed because of
leakage, equipment failure, or any other reason within this total time, depressurize the
test section and allow the pipe to “relax” for at least eight hours before starting the next
testing sequence.
C. Allow the water, pipe, and soil to thermally stabilize. Fill the pipeline, vent the air, and
allow the filled pipeline to sit overnight (in above freezing weather) to thermally
stabilize.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 405000 PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section of the specifications includes materials, testing, and installation of process
control and instrumentation system as specified herein and indicated on the drawings.
B. These specifications shall not be interpreted as permission or direction to violate any
governing code or ordinance. Equipment, materials, and workmanship shall comply with
the latest revisions of the following codes and standards:
1.Instrumentation: ISA - The International Society of Automation.
2.Wiring: National Electrical Code (NEC), ISA S5.3 and S5.4.
3.Control Panels: NEMA Standards Publication 250-2003.
4.Control Logic: NFPA 79.
5.Piping: ANSI B31.3 (instrumentation piping).
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The work involves furnishing all hardware and software, programming, installation,
labor, material, equipment, and engineering in strict compliance with the contract
documents for the City of San Luis Obispo – Margarita Lift Station Replacement
Project.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Detailed System Drawings and Data:
1.The submittal shall consist of six sets of detailed drawings and data prepared and
organized by the Contractor. All drawings, schematics, layouts, and diagrams shall
be done on 11" x 17" sheets utilizing AutoCAD.
2.Drawings shall contain only relevant simplified details using symbol approach.
Photographic images of components depicting irrelevant details (screws, holes,
logos, etc.) are not allowed.
3.Drawings prints shall not contain details and texts smaller than 3/64”.
B. Two sets of submittals will be returned to the Contractor.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-2
9 Jun 2017
C. Submit these drawings and data as a complete package at the same time.
D. Submittals shall be in three-ring hardcover binders and arranged for convenient use
including tab sheets, all indexed, and cross referenced with a separate index for each
item.
E. Provide manufacturers cut sheets and manuals for all hardware to be provided.
F. Provide an Instrument Index.
G. Provide ISA type instrumentation data sheets for each component, together with a
technical product brochure or bulletin. The data sheets, as a minimum, shall show:
1.Instrument tag designation.
2.Component name.
3.Manufacturer's model number.
4.Calibrated range.
5.Instrument location.
6.Input and output characteristics.
7.Scale range and units (if any) and multiplier (if any).
8.Requirements for electric supply.
H. Group the data sheets together in the submittal by type. Provide individual data sheets
for each instrument with one brochure or bulletin to cover all identical uses of that
component.
I. The detailed construction drawing submittal shall include, as a minimum, the following
types of drawings and diagrams required for the construction of this project:
1. Legend, Symbols, and Index.
2.System Block Diagrams.
3.Power Distribution Diagrams.
4.Instrument Control Panel Layouts/Construction Drawings/Details. The drawings
shall include the following:
a.Dimensions
b. Location of all components
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-3
9 Jun 2017
c.Identification of all components
d.Bill of Materials
e.Conduit entry area.
5.PLC/RTU Rack Elevation Drawing for each PLC/RTU.
6.Internal Panel Wiring Diagrams.
7.Digital I/O Module Wiring Diagrams.
8.Analog I/O Module Wiring Diagrams.
9.Detailed NFPA 79-style Ladder Diagrams (for discrete wiring) to meet the
following minimum requirements:
a.Each subassembly shall be shown as a rectangle in the diagram with all
external terminals identified. Terminals unknown at the time of the
submittal shall be left blank, to be filled later. Single contacts internal to the
subassemblies shall be shown in the rectangle connected to their terminal
points.
b.Where the internal wiring diagrams of subassemblies are furnished on
separate sheets, they shall be shown as a rectangle in the schematic diagram
with all external points identified and cross-referenced to the separate sheets
of the control circuit. Coils and contacts internal to the subassemblies shall
be shown in the rectangle connected to their terminal points.
c.Show unique rung numbers on left side of each rung. A cross-referencing
system shall be used in conjunction with each relay coil so that associated
contacts may be readily located on the diagram. The contacts shall be
referenced to coils as well, so that associated coils may be readily located on
the diagram. Where a relay contact appears on a sheet separate from the one
on which the coil is shown, the purpose of the contact shall be described on
the same sheet. Spare contacts shall be shown.
d.Limit, pressure, float, flow, temperature sensitive, and similar switch
symbols shall be shown on the schematic (ladder) diagram with all utilities
turned off (electric power, air, gas, oil, water, lubrication, etc.) and with the
equipment at its normal starting position. If the equipment is shown in a
specific position, the position shall be identified.
e.Contacts of multiple contact devices, e.g., selector switches, shall be shown
on the line of the schematic diagram where they are connected in a circuit. A
mechanical connection between the multiple contacts shall be indicated by a
dotted line or arrow. This does not apply to control relays, starters, or
contactors. Additional charts or diagrams may be used to indicate the
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-4
9 Jun 2017
position of multiple contact devices such as drum, cam, and selector
switches.
f. The purpose or function of all switches shall be shown adjacent to the
symbols. The purpose or function of controls such as relays, starters,
contactors, solenoids, subassemblies, and timers on the diagram shall be
shown adjacent to their respective symbols. The number of positions of the
solenoid valve shall be shown adjacent to the valve solenoid symbol.
10. Detailed Loop Interconnection Wiring Diagrams (per ISA S5.3 and S5.4) for the
entire system showing all control equipment, instrumentation, electrical
equipment, components, wiring, routing, boxes (pull, junction, and terminal
junction), terminations, wire tags, and wire colors. The diagrams shall show the
detailed interconnection of all electrical equipment, instrumentation, panels,
enclosures, components and the like provided under this contract.
11. Arrangement and construction drawings for consoles, control panels, and for other
special panels for field installation. These drawings shall include dimensions,
location of all components, identification of all components, bill of materials,
detailed schematics of all internal wiring, preparation and finish data, nameplates,
and the like. These drawings also shall include enough other details to define the
style and overall appearance of the assembly; include a finish sample for all panel
surfaces.
12. Installation, mounting, and anchoring details for all field instruments and panel
mounted components.
13. An instrument list including all instruments provided under this project.
14. An I/O List for each PLC/RTU in the project.
J. Detailed System Software Submittal: The submittal shall consist of six sets of the
software system descriptions and diagrams. Two sets of submittals will be returned to
the contractor. The software submittal can be made as a separate package to be inserted
in the original submittal. The following items must be submitted at least eight weeks
prior to the factory witness test orientation:
1. Detailed PLC/RTU software logic diagram printouts for each PLC/RTU. Logic
diagrams shall be fully annotated such that an individual unfamiliar with the
diagram format can fully understand the process control logic presented.
2. An updated I/O List for each PLC/RTU in the project.
3. Narrative control descriptions for each analog and discrete control loop. Loop
descriptions shall describe how each control loop will operate, the PLC control
logic, SCS control and monitoring capabilities and in general a job specific
description of each control loop in the system.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-5
9 Jun 2017
4. Sample color printouts of each SCADA system screen, sample printouts of each
Operator Interface display, report, and log for the supervisory control system
(SCS) software.
K. Complete detailed bills of material: Detailed bill of material for all components shall be
provided including complete manufacturers name and model number, quantity to be
provided, and cross references to data sheet sections.
L. Operation, Maintenance, and Repair Manuals (OMM):
1. The organization of the initial submittal required above shall be compatible to
eventual inclusion as one volume of the operation, maintenance, and repair
manuals.
2. Operation manuals shall be prepared and submitted to the Owner's Representative
for preliminary review in six copies. When the Owner's Representative is satisfied
that these are complete and properly prepared, six final sets shall be delivered to
the Owner's Representative.
3. The complete OMM shall contain the following:
a. All the information included in the preliminary equipment submittal, the
detailed installation submittal, and the additional information required
herein, all bound in hard-cover binders and arranged for convenient use
including tab sheets, all indexed and cross referenced with a separate index
for each item.
b. All final “as-built” drawings with the AutoCAD electronic files.
c. Electronic files for all PLCs, Operator Interfaces, and SCADA
programming.
d. Calibration and maintenance instructions.
e. Trouble-shooting instructions.
f. Instructions for ordering replacement parts.
1.04 QUALIFICATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY OF CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor shall furnish and install all proposed hardware as shown on the drawings
and as specified herein. The PLC system installation and wiring connections to
peripheral equipment and instruments shall be the responsibility of the system supplier
using qualified personnel possessing the necessary equipment and having experience in
making similar installations. Evidence of such qualification, as well as notification of the
system supplier assuming unit responsibility, shall be furnished to the Owner in writing
for approval prior to commencement of the work.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-6
9 Jun 2017
B. Qualification Evidence: The qualification evidence shall include the following:
1.Verification that the system supplier shall have had a minimum of five years'
experience with the installation and programming of industrial control systems
similar in type to those to be installed in this project.
2.A list of completed similar installations including name, address, and telephone
number of the owner, name of project, and date of completion.
3.The name and qualifications of supervisory personnel to be directly responsible for
the programming and installation of the control system.
4.Software Expertise: The integrator shall be listed as a Solution Provider by the
SCADA system supplier.
C. Under this section, the Contractor shall furnish the following:
1.Instrumentation equipment (Section 405020).
2.PLC, HMI, and UPS (Section 405040).
3.Data Radio (Section 405050)
4.Control cabinets (Section 405080).
5. Spare parts per Sections 405020, 405040, 405050, and 405080.
6.Special tools and test equipment required by the supplier.
7.Installation, integration and testing.
8.Documentation.
9.Operator training.
10. Warranty (one year).
11. Shipping and receiving.
D. All calibration and final checkout of the process control and instrumentation system
shall be witnessed by the Owner's Representative to determine if the system complies
with the contract documents.
E. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating and interfacing with equipment
supplied under these contract documents, which are an integral part of the system.
Interfacing shall be incorporated in the detailed systems drawings and data section of the
contract documents.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-7
9 Jun 2017
F. The system supplier shall be experienced in the design, programming, and service of this
type of equipment. In the event of a dispute as to the acceptability of the system supplier,
the Owner's Representative shall make the final determination.
1.05 GUARANTEE
A. The Contractor shall repair or replace defective components, rectify malfunctions,
correct faulty workmanship, all at no additional cost to the Owner during the warranty
period.
B. To fulfill this obligation, the Contractor shall utilize qualified technical service
personnel. Services shall be performed within five calendar days after notification by
the Owner's Representative.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 DESIGNATIONS OF COMPONENTS
A. In these specifications and on the plans, all systems, and other elements are represented
schematically and are designated by numbers, as derived from criteria in ISA standards.
The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the plans shall be employed
exclusively throughout shop drawings, data sheets, and the like. Any other symbols,
designations, and nomenclature unique to a manufacturer's standard methods shall not
replace those prescribed above, as used herein, and on the plans.
2.02 INSTRUMENT TAGGING
A. Attach a stainless-steel tag to the instrument at the factory. Permanently mark the
stainless-steel tag with the instrument tag number and the instrument calibration range.
The manufacturer's standard metal nameplate as a minimum shall denote model number,
serial number, operating electrical voltage and amperage (when applicable), and date of
manufacture.
2.03 INSTRUMENT SYSTEM POWER
A. Power provided for the instrument system at the facility shall be 120-volt a-c, single
phase, 60 Hz.
B. Where d-c power supplies are not furnished integral with any one instrument system
loop, then provide separate solid-state power supplies.
2.04 MATCHING STYLE, APPEARANCE, AND TYPE
A. All display instruments of each type shall represent the same outward appearance,
having the same physical size and shape and the same size and style of numbers and
pointers.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-8
9 Jun 2017
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 UNIFORMITY OF COMPONENTS
A. Components, which perform the same or similar functions, shall, to the greatest degree
possible, be of the same or similar type, the same manufacture, the same grade of
construction, the same size, and the same appearance.
3.02 MOUNTING OF EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES
A. Mount equipment in accordance with the installation detail drawings as prepared by the
Contractor and reviewed by the Owner’s Representative. Mount equipment so that they
are rigidly supported, level and plumb, and in such a manner as to provide accessibility;
protection from damage; isolation from heat, shock, and vibration; and freedom from
interference with other equipment, piping, and electrical work. Do not install consoles,
cabinets, and panels until heavy construction work adjacent to computer and telemetry
equipment has been completed to the extent that there shall be no damage to the
equipment.
B. Locate devices, including accessories, where they shall be accessible from grade, except
as shown otherwise.
C. Mount local equipment in cabinets or existing panels as specified. Mount associated I/O
terminals on a common panel or rack; mounting panels and rack shall be baked enamel.
D. Coordinate the installation of the electrical service to components related to the system
to assure a compatible and functionally correct system. All accessories shall be
coordinated and installation supervised by the Contractor.
E. Test the completed system after installation to assure that all components are operating
with the specified range and all interlocks are functioning properly.
F. Tubing Valves and Fittings: All instrument tubing manifolds shall be Type 316 stainless
steel, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in these specifications. Tubing runs to
transmitters shall be installed with a positive slope in one direction. Fittings and valves
shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Block/bleed valves shall be as manufactured by Hex
Valve Series HB59, or equal.
3.03 CALIBRATION
A. Each instrument requiring factory calibration shall be furnished with calibration data.
The calibration data shall be factory certified.
B. Calibrate systems after installation in conformance with the component manufacturer's
instructions. This shall provide that those components having adjustable features are set
carefully for the specific conditions and applications of this installation and that the
components and/or systems are within the specified limits of accuracy. Defective
elements, which cannot achieve proper calibration or accuracy, either individually or
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-9
9 Jun 2017
within a system, shall be replaced. Accomplish this calibration work by a technical field
representative of the single instrument supplier. He shall certify in writing to the
Owner’s Representative that all calibrations have been made and that all systems are
ready to operate.
3.04 FACTORY TESTING
A. The fully configured SCADA system shall be successfully submitted to a factory
acceptance test before shipment to the jobsite. Instrument Control Panel(s) shall be fully
assembled and wired.
B. Factory testing shall take place at the PCIS Integrator’s facility located in California.
C. The factory test will be for one (1) day. Allow additional time for setup, breakdown and
pre-testing.
D. Prior to factory system testing, submit a written detailed test procedure for review by the
Owner. Notify the Owner in writing four weeks in advance of the scheduled testing.
E. Factory witness tests shall demonstrate that the system will perform each operation
required for all specified conditions, including both normal and emergency operations
and conditions. Provide a certification and log of all tests to the Owner for review and
comment.
F. Check panel wiring against approved submittal drawings. Record any changes made
during testing of the equipment on the record drawings.
G. The system shall be exercised through operational tests, under factory-simulated
conditions to demonstrate that the system is fully configured to perform all control,
logic, monitoring, reporting, logging, archiving and communications functions as
specified and that the system is ready for field installation. All test equipment required to
simulate actual field conditions shall be provided by the control system integrator.
H. The factory witness test shall take as long as necessary to demonstrate to the Owner and
the Owner’s Representative that the system performs each operation.
I. A return visit to the Contractor’s facility for re-testing will be at the total expense of the
Contractor.
3.05 FIELD TESTING
A. Exercise systems through field tests in the presence of the Owner in order to demonstrate
achievement of the specified performance.
B. Coordinate field tests dependent upon completion of work specified elsewhere. Schedule
tests among all parties involved so that the tests may proceed without delays or
disruption by uncompleted work.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM (PCIS) GENERAL
REQUIREMENTS 405000-10
9 Jun 2017
3.06 5-DAY ACCEPTANCE TEST
A. When systems are assessed to have been successfully carried through a complete
operational test and the Owner concurs in this assessment, a date to start the system
acceptance test involving the Owner's operating personnel will be agreed upon.
B. Recheck the systems at this time to verify proper operation, and make final adjustments.
The system testing shall consist of five (5) consecutive days (Monday – Friday) of
continuous testing utilizing the Owner's day shift working hours. The Contractor shall be
on call ready to respond to system failures within two hours after day shift working
hours and on weekends. The Owner’s representative will determine the severity of the
problem to the best of his ability and contact the Contractor for disposition. This
arrangement will in no way relieve the system supplier of responding within 2 hours and
resolving the problem in a mutually agreed upon time frame not greater than 48 hours.
C. The acceptance tests shall have a success factor of 95% system uptime. If the system
should fail below the 95% factor, correct the system problems. System start-up shall start
over again from day one. This will continue until the system functions for five
consecutive days with a 95% uptime success factor.
3.07 OPERATOR TRAINING
A. Provide the Owner's operating personnel and/or the Owner’s Representative with three
(3) days of formal instruction in the functions and operations of each system provided
under this contract.
B. Provide the training sessions at the Owner's facilities and on the equipment furnished
under this contract. The education and instruction of operating personnel shall be by a
qualified instructor familiar with the requirements for this project. Each training session
shall be for eight hours of formal instruction. Session dates shall be directed by the
Owner. There will be three (3) non-consecutive one-day training sessions, which shall
not coincide with any system testing or start-up activities.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM
LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
15 April 2016 405010-1
SECTION 405010 PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM LOOP
DESCRIPTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. The descriptions, together with the detail drawings, instrumentation diagrams, comprise
the functional design criteria of the Process Instrumentation and Control System (PCIS).
The process and instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs) represent the basic concept of the
PCIS requirements, whereas the descriptions supplement the instrumentation diagrams.
B. The PCIS Supplier shall utilize the descriptions and P&IDs as the basic criteria for the
design of the instrumentation schematics, control software, preparation of data sheets,
wiring diagrams, piping layouts, assembly drawings, and other requirements set forth in
these specifications.
C. The PCIS will provide an integrated control and reporting system. The function of this
system is to monitor, control, report, and safeguard the system. The PCIS system will be
based on programmable control units, linked to a SCADA computer and peripherals,
with selected monitoring and alarm functions displayed in the control room.
D. Status-to-Command Disagreement (STCD): Provide a STCD alarm for all equipment
controlled with the control system. The STCD alarm shall be initiated if a piece of
equipment is commanded to start/stop or open/close by a PLC and the appropriate run or
position status is not reported back within a time interval.
E. Provide high-high, high, low, low-low, rate of change and instrument fail alarms for all
analog points in the system. If a particular alarm is used by ladder logic, or requires to
be displayed at local Operator Interface, that alarm shall be implemented at the PLC.
F. All software switches shall be implemented with associated time delays. Time delay
value shall be pre-programmed initially to 10 seconds, unless specified otherwise.
G. All flow values and motors elapsed running time shall be totalized and stored at the
PLC. Resetting of those totals shall be coordinated with Owner's Representative during
submittal stage.
H. All scaling of analog signals shall be implemented at the PLCs. Each PLC shall
interface with an Operator Interface and with PLC network/SCADA System using data
in engineering units.
I. At each PLC the processor shall monitor the internal operation of the PLC and
communication system for failures. If a failure is detected, a dry contact closure shall
close and illuminate the “PLC Fail Light” at an ICP.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM
LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
15 April 2016 405010-2
J. SCADA System shall monitor communication with Lift Station PLC. If a
communication failure with a PLC is detected, an alarm shall be generated and logged.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. PCIS General Requirements: 405000.
B. Instrumentation Equipment: 405020.
C. Programmable Logic Controller and Operator Interface: 405040.
D. Instrument Control Panel (ICP): 405080.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 LOOP 011, LIFT PUMPS BACKUP MODE MONITORING
A. PLC shall monitor signals originated at the MCC while pumps operate in Backup Mode.
2.02 LOOP 021, LIFT STATION WET WELL LEVEL MONITORING
A. Margarita Lift Station Wet Well level shall be monitored by two submersible level
transmitters LT-021A and LT-021B.
B. An operator shall be able to select a “duty” level transmitter, which will be used for Lift
Pump Controls (see Para 2.03A below).
C. A differential level (DL) shall be calculated. When the DL remains above an operator
selectable set point for an operator selectable time interval (measured in minutes), a
“High Differential Level” alarm shall be generated, indicating some abnormalities with a
level system.
2.03 LOOPS 100, 111, 121, AND 131, LIFT PUMP CONTROLS
A. When the Wet Well level, measured by the “duty” transmitter (see Para 2.02B above)
remains above an operator selectable high level set point for an operator selectable time
interval (measured in hundreds of seconds), a pump step up demand is generated and
lead pump shall start.
B. When the Wet Well level, measured by the “duty” transmitter (see Para 2.02B above)
remains below an operator selectable low level set point for an operator selectable time
interval (measured in hundreds of seconds), a pump step down demand is generated and
lead pump shall stop.
C. Sequence of Operation
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM
LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
15 April 2016 405010-3
1.There shall be two modes for sequence selection: “Fixed Sequence” and “Run
Time Alternation”.
2. Fixed Sequence Selection
a.Pump sequence shall be determined by 2x2 pump sequence matrix software
hand switch (HS-100A): Lead, and Lag. Any pump could take any place in
the sequence.
b.Only one entry shall be allowed in any row or column in the Pump Sequence
Matrix. Provide the following prompts at the SCADA monitor:
(1) When an operator makes an illegal entry.
(2) Request for confirmation (“OK” and “CANCEL”).
c.New sequence shall be loaded to the PLC only after new sequence “OK” is
selected.
d. Sequence Rotation
(1) Sequence of operation shall be rotated after all pumps stop.
(2) If sequence is changed outside of normal rotation, as specified in
Paragraph 2.03F.4 below, no rotation for the next cycle shall occur.
e.Sequence Indication
(1) Current sequence shall always be displayed.
(2) Indication shall also include “PUMP AVAILABLE” status (see
Para 2.03D.1 below).
(3) Provide an indication on the screen “PUMP SEQUENCE FOR
NEXT CYCLE”.
3.Run Time Alternation
a.Pump sequence shall be determined based on current pump run times (RT),
as follows:
(1) A pump with the lowest RT becomes a lead one.
(2) If run time are same for both the pumps, add break condition to
assign first pump as lead pump.
b. Sequence Rotation
(1) Sequence of operation shall be rotated after all pumps stop.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM
LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
15 April 2016 405010-4
(2) If sequence is changed outside of normal rotation, as specified in
Paragraph 2.03F.4 below, no rotation for the next cycle shall occur.
c. Sequence Indication
(1) Sequence shall be indicated as specified in Para 2.03C.2.e above.
D. Pump Control Logic
1. Pump is treated as not available when at least one of the following conditions is
present:
a. Pump is not in AUTO at the SCS.
b. Pump READY signal from the MCC is not detected.
c. Pump STCD is detected.
d. Pump FAIL signal from the MCC is detected.
2. If, while the Lead Pump is running, a pump step up demand is detected (see Para
2.03A above), a Lag Pump shall start.
3. If, while two pumps are running, a pump step down demand is detected, Lag Pump
shall stop.
4. If, while Lead pump is running, a pump step down demand is detected, Lead Pump
stop timer shall be started, if the Scour Mode for the cycle is set. (See Paragraph
2.03E below). Otherwise, pump shall stop immediately.
5. Lead pump shall stop after the stop timer delay is expired.
E. Scour Mode
1. In Scour Mode a lead pump remains operating for an operator selectable time
interval (set in seconds).
2. An operator shall be able to select at the SCS number of cycles between the scour
modes.
3. Number of cycles remaining before scour mode shall be displayed at SCS.
F. Pumps Transitions
1. Next pump in sequence shall substitute a non-available pump.
2. If a running pump becomes non-available, an alarm shall be generated and the next
in sequence available pump shall start.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROCESS CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM
LOOP DESCRIPTIONS
15 April 2016 405010-5
3.When all available pumps are running and a demand exists for non-available
pump, a "DEMAND FOR NON-AVAILABLE PUMP" alarm signal shall be
generated and transmitted to the SCS for alarm indication and logging.
4.Changing the pump sequence "on the fly" is not allowed. New sequence shall take
effect after pumps stop.
5.When a non-available pump becomes available, it shall take its place in the
sequence. The pump transition, if required, shall be implemented as described in
Para 2.03F.4 above.
2.04 LOOP 131, LIFT STATION FLOW
A. Lift station flow shall be monitored by a magnetic type flowmeter FE/FIT-131.
B. PLC shall totalize the accumulated flow pulses generated by the flowmeter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
See Section 405000.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT 405020-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 405020 INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESIGNATIONS OF COMPONENTS
In these specifications and on the plans, all systems, meters, instruments, and other
elements are represented schematically and are designated by numbers, as derived from
criteria in ISA standards. The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the
plans shall be employed exclusively throughout shop drawings, data sheets, and the like.
Any other symbols, designations, and nomenclature unique to a manufacturer's standard
methods shall not replace those prescribed above, as used herein, and on the plans.
1.02 SIGNAL CHARACTERISTICS
Wherever possible and feasible, components shall be of electronic solid-state design and
systems shall utilize the same signal characteristics throughout each and all of the
several systems; transmission signals shall be 4 mA to 20 mA. The combined power
supply and transmitter loops shall, when tested with appropriate precision resistors,
present a voltage signal of 1- to 5-volt DC. Signal isolators shall be provided where
required.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 LEVEL TRANSMITTER--SUBMERSIBLE
A. The submersible pressure transmitter shall provide an electrical 2-wire d-c current signal
proportional to the pressure applied to the unit's diaphragm-sensing element. The
pressure sensing element shall be diffused silicon semiconductor with a process media
operating temperature range of –4 °F to 140 °F. Provide the level transmitter with the
following features:
1. Waterproof cable with internal vent to atmosphere rated for transmitter suspension
up to 300 feet.
2. Conduit adapter.
3. Cable strain relief.
4. Transducer junction box.
5. A separate suspension cable for transmitters suspended over 20 feet.
6. Cable suspension mounting kit
7. Sensor termination enclosure.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT 405020-2
9 Jun 2017
8.Flush Teflon-coated elastomeric diaphragm.
B. Accuracy of the level transmitter shall be ±0.25% of calibrated span.
C. The level transmitter shall be that manufactured by Siemens Mod A1000i, no
substitution is allowed.
D. The sensor termination enclosure shall be that manufactured by Siemens Model No.
W3T4804, or equal.
E.
LEVEL TRANSMITTER--SUBMERSIBLE
GENERAL
Tag No. LT-021A & LT-021B
P&ID No. N-003
Service Wet Well Level
Quantity 2
TRANSMITTER
Location Wet Well
Diaphragm Material Teflon-coated synthetic
resin
Output Signal 4 mA - 20 mA
Output Signal to PLC
Range 0-30 ft
Mounting Detail N-004, Detail 2
Cable Length 100 ft
SERVICE CONDITIONS
Process Media Wastewater
Specific Gravity 1.0
Oper. Press. (psig) N/A
Temp. (°F) 40 to 80
Power 24 V dc
2.02 MERCURY-FREE FLOAT SWITCHES
A. Each float switch shall contain a mercury-free switch, which shall actuate when the
longitudinal axis of the float is horizontal and de-actuate when the liquid level falls 1
inch below the actuation elevation. Float construction shall consist of a polypropylene
housing with a firmly bonded electrical cable protruding. One end of the cable shall be
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
INSTRUMENTATION EQUIPMENT 405020-3
9 Jun 2017
permanently connected to the enclosed mercury switch, and the entire assembly shall be
encapsulated to form a completely watertight and impact-resistant unit.
B. Switch rating shall be 10 amperes at 120 volts, 60 hertz, noninductive. Switch contacts
shall be normally open as detailed in the schematic drawings. Float cable shall be PVC
Type STO, No. 18 conductors (41 strand) rated 600 volts. Provide cable length as
required for each site.
C. Suspended-type floats shall include an internal stabilizing weight so that the float may
be suspended from above.
D. Float switches shall be Eco-Float Model GSI-NO by Anchor Scientific, or equal.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 405040-1
15 April 2016
SECTION 405040 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR
INTERFACE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes requirements for materials, testing, and installation of a control
system.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Process Control and Instrumentation System (PCIS) General Requirements: 405000.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Submit shop drawings in accordance with the Standard Details and Section 405000.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 DESIGNATIONS OF COMPONENTS
A. In these specifications and on the plans, all systems, and other elements are represented
schematically and are designated by numbers, as derived from criteria in ISA standards.
The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the plans shall be employed
exclusively throughout shop drawings, data sheets, and the like. Any other symbols,
designations, and nomenclature unique to a manufacturer's standard methods shall not
replace those prescribed above, as used herein, and on the plans.
2.02 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROL SYSTEM
A. A fully integrated programmable logic control system shall be furnished as specified in
this section. The programmable logic control system hardware shall be intelligent
process control units with analog and discrete I/O for process interface.
B. The a-c power of the control system will be 120-volt +/-10% a-c, 60 hertz, single phase
derived from line power. The system shall be designed to operate satisfactorily from
0 °C to 60 °C ambient temperature for the PLC.
2.03 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC)
A. The PLC shall be a 16-bit programmable logic controller microprocessor-based stand-
alone device. It shall be a process and logic controller designed for industrial
environments. It shall be capable of a mix of logic, timing, counting, computation,
library of preprogrammed subroutines, and PID loop control capabilities necessary for
the unit process application. The PLC shall utilize a "prepackaged"/"preprogrammed"
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 405040-2
15 April 2016
approach to functionality to allow its use by personnel who have no formal training in
digital equipment, digital communications, or software programming.
B. The PLC shall come complete with central processor, memory, power supply,
interconnecting cables, and discrete and analog I/O interfaces.
C. The logic and variable memory shall be read/write RAM. All RAM shall have integral
battery backup that will maintain the memory for a minimum of six months upon a
utility power failure. The logic and variable memory shall have a sufficient ladder logic
location for programming all specified functions plus 25% spare memory.
D. The PLC shall have the following features:
1. Logic Control: The PLC shall be capable of performing the same functions as
conventional logic systems including on delay timers, off delay timers, counters,
and drum sequencers.
2. Compare Function: The PLC shall perform the compare function that compares
two integers or floating point numbers for less than, equal to, greater than, and not
equal to. The programmed function shall energize when true and de-energize it
when false.
3. Move Function: The PLC function shall move an integer or floating point value
from one memory location to another memory location when an internal
permissive is enabled.
4. Math Function: The PLC shall be capable of performing addition, subtraction,
multiplication, and division on integer or floating point numbers.
5. Analog Controllers: The PLC processor shall perform all the functions of the
conventional three-mode (PID) analog controller. The controller shall perform
proportional only control, proportional plus reset, and proportional plus reset plus
derivative and integral only control. The controller shall be the conventional three-
mode controller.
6. The PLC shall be able to generate PID loops with a minimum sample time of 1.0
second. PID tuning constants shall have the following adjustable range:
Proportional Gain 0.0% to 99.99%
Reset Time 0.01 to 999.99 minutes
Derivative Time 0.00 to 999.99 minutes
7. Time-of-Day Clock: The PLC shall have an internal time-of-day clock/calendar
running independently of the CPU.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 405040-3
15 April 2016
8.PLC System Alarm: The PLC processor shall monitor the internal operation of the
PLC system for failures. If a failure is detected, the system shall shut down and
freeze all inputs and outputs in their last states until the error is cleared. As a
minimum, the following failures shall cause the PLC to shut down:
a.Memory failure.
b.Memory parity error.
c.I/O cycle failure.
d.Operating system error.
E. Input/Output:
1.The PLC discrete input modules shall be 24-volt DC or 120-volt AC and have
noise filters or use other techniques to reject short-time constant noise and 60-Hz
pickup.
2.The PLC discrete output modules shall be 120-volt AC, or 24-volt DC solid-state
drivers suitable for operating control relays. Each discrete output module shall
include fuses and fuse blown indicators.
3.The PLC analog inputs shall be suitable for accepting 4 mA to 20 mA from either
2- or 4-wire transmitters. The input power shall be from an external 24-volt DC
power supply. The analog to digital converter shall have a 12-bit minimum
resolution with an overall accuracy of 0.5% at 60 °C. A minimum of four PLC
analog inputs shall be compatible with the HART protocol.
4.Discrete PLC I/O modules shall have individual LED status lights for each I/O
point.
5.All discrete and analog modules shall have terminal blocks for termination of the
I/O wires.
6.Individual I/O points shall be capable of withstanding low energy common mode
transients to 1,500 volts.
F. Spare I/O
1.Provide the following minimum spare I/O:
a.Analog Inputs: One complete module.
b.Discrete Inputs: One complete module.
c.Discrete Output: One complete module of each type.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 405040-4
15 April 2016
2. Pre-wired Spare I/O: provide PLCs with the following minimum unused pre-wired
I/O for future plant expansion:
a. Analog Inputs: 3.
b. Discrete Inputs: 15.
c. Discrete Outputs: 5.
G. The PLC shall be Allen-Bradley CompactLogix, no substitution is allowed.
1. The PLC shall support Studio 5000 Logix Designer v21 and newer.
2.04 PLC SOFTWARE
A. All PLC programming shall be done using a standard Windows-based package
developed for this purpose.
B. All programming, monitoring, searching, and editing shall be accomplished with the
PLC programming software. The programming software shall be usable while on-line,
off-line, and shall have the ability to emulate/run the PLC program using the
programming unit. The PLC program shall display multiples of series and parallel
contacts, coils, timers, counters, and mathematical function blocks. The software shall be
able to monitor the status of all inputs, outputs, timers, counters, and coils. It shall have
the capability to disable/force all inputs, outputs, and coils to simulate the elements of
the ladder logic by means of color change. The software shall include a search capability
to locate any address or element and its program location. PLC status information, such
as error indication and amount of memory remaining shall be shown on the display
screen.
C. The programming package shall be Studio 5000 Logix Designer by Allen-Bradley.
2.05 OPERATOR INTERFACE (OI)
A. Provide, program, test, fully configure, and place into operation Operator Interface as
indicated herein.
B. The operator interface shall be a panel mounted electronic assembly that allows bi-
directional communication with a programmable logic controller.
C. The OI shall be a TFT-type and have touch screen capability. The unit shall employ
flash memory for storing the application specific symbols and data. The unit shall be
capable of handling up to 160 touch areas per screen display and a minimum of 50
screens. Each touch area shall provide audible feedback to the operator.
D. The unit shall meet the following requirements:
1. Display View: 10.4-in diagonal, minimum
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 405040-5
15 April 2016
2.Resolution: 800 x 600 pixel, minimum
3.Brightness: 300 nits, minimum
E. Screens shall be configured using an off-line PC based software package that operates in
the Windows environment. Configuration software shall be provided.
F. Each display screen shall consist of graphic representations of legend plates, push
buttons, pilot lights, numeric data displays, numeric data entry buttons, bar graphs, time
displays, text displays, selector switches, illuminated push buttons, counter/timer
numeric preset and increment/decrement buttons. Graphics can be created using any
software that produces standard BMP files. Applications shall be downloaded to the
operator interface device and stored in flash memory.
G. The unit shall be capable of displaying text messages that can be triggered by the status
or values of bits or numeric variables in the programmable logic controller. In addition,
the unit shall be capable of accepting and displaying text messages that are stored in
programmable controller as ASCII strings.
H. Graphics: The operator shall monitor and control the system using a number of pre-
configured graphic displays, which represent the particular equipment and processes
being controlled. Minimum of five screens shall be programmed for each process unit
shown on a single P&ID. Graphic displays shall be provided illustrating a process flow
using symbols to represent equipment with process flow direction lines connecting the
symbols. Symbols shall be used for pumps, motors, valves, and primary elements.
Adjacent to each discrete graphic symbol, the description shall be included. Adjacent to
each analog graphic symbol, the point description, current value, and engineering units
shall be displayed. Alarm messages shall flash. All process lines, structures, and
equipment shall be identified with the proper nomenclature. The process and
instrumentation diagrams (P&IDs) provided under these specifications shall be used to
help generate graphics displays.
I. The OI shall communicate with the programmable logic controller in a fashion, as
determined by the PLC manufacturer. A communication driver shall be provided with
the editing software.
J. All cables for communication between the unit and the PLC shall be provided along with
a cable for serially interfacing the device with a personal computer.
K. OI shall be C-more EA9-T10CL. No substitution is allowed.
2.06 ETHERNET SWITCH
A. Ethernet switch shall be DIN-rail mountable. Ethernet switch shall be in full compliance
with standards set forth by IEEE 802.3. Switch shall have five Ethernet ports, as
minimum. LEDs on each port shall indicate link data rate and activity status. A power
LED shall indicate that power is applied to the.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 405040-6
15 April 2016
B. Ethernet Switch shall meet the following specific requirements:
1. Operation: 10/100 Mbps, Full and Half Duplex, Auto-Negotiation
2. Switching Properties: Store & Forward
3. Number of MAC addresses: 1024
4. Up to 1.0 Gb/s Maximum Throughput
5. Minimum of 64K of message memory
6. Interface: RJ-45 10/100BaseTX ports
7. MDIX Auto Cable Sensing
8. Operating Temperature: -20 °C to 60 °C
9. Operating Humidity: 10% to 95% (non condensing)
10. MTBF: 100,000 hours minimum
C. The Ethernet switch shall be Phoenix Contact FL SWITCH SFNB 5TX, Contemporary
Control Systems Mod. EISK5-100T, B&B Electronics Mod. IASW5P, Moxa
Technologies Mod. EDS-205, or equal.
2.07 UPS
A. Provide a UPS to protect the PLCs, instruments, and communication system from line
disturbance, subcycle power losses, brownouts, blackouts, or general power outages. In
normal operation the UPS shall supply filtered and regulated AC power to the load.
Upon failure of the commercial AC power the critical load shall continue to be supplied
by the inverter, which shall obtain its power from the battery.
B. There shall be no interruption of the output waveform to the critical load upon failure or
restoration of the commercial AC source. Upon restoration of the commercial source, the
inverter/charger shall recharge the battery.
C. The UPS shall have a built-in battery test feature to periodically test the battery with
actual load connected. During the test the load power shall be derived from the inverter.
There shall be no power interruption to the load, if the battery test fails.
D. The UPS shall be complete with the following features:
1. Power indication;
2. “Common Alarm” discrete output;
3. “UPS on Battery” discrete output;
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 405040-7
15 April 2016
4. Inverter circuit breaker protection.
E. The UPS system shall meet the following requirements:
1. Input/output voltage: 120-volt AC, single phase, 60 Hz.
2. Output harmonic distortion: 5% maximum at full load.
3. Frequency stability: +/-0.5%.
4. Voltage regulation for line and load: +/-3%.
5. Overload capacity: 125% for 10 minutes.
6. Battery lifetime: 3 years at ambient temperature 40 °C.
7. Operating Temperature: 0 °C to 40 °C.
8. Batteries: Internal
9. Output rating: 500 VA.
10. Battery Backup Time: 9 minutes (at full rated load).
F. UPS shall be manufactured by Allen-Bradley Cat. No. 1609-U500-NS, or equal.
2.08 SPARE PARTS
The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner all necessary spare parts of components
required to maintain the system. Prior to final acceptance of work, the Contractor shall
provide a spare parts listing of all necessary spare parts and quantities for review by the
Owner's Representative. The spare parts shall include the following minimum
requirements:
Part Description Quantity
Power Supply 1 each
CPU and Memory Module 1 each
Analog Input Module 1 of each type
Discrete Input Module 1 of each type
Discrete Output Module 1 of each type
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner all the required spare parts upon final
acceptance of the work. The spare parts shall not be used as replacement parts during the
guarantee period.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER AND OPERATOR INTERFACE 405040-8
15 April 2016
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 REFER TO SECTION 405000.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DATA RADIO SYSTEM
15 April 2016 405050-1
SECTION 405050 DATA RADIO SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section describes requirements for materials, testing, and installation of Data Radio
System.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. PCIS General Requirements: 405000.
B. Programmable Logic Control System: 405040.
C. Control Panels: 405080.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 DATA RADIO
A. Provide a GE MDS Orbit Model MCR 900+4G.
2.02 YAGI ANTENNAS
A. Yagi Antenna shall be fabricated of 6061-T6 aluminum rod and seamless drawn pipe.
Aluminum materials shall be gold anodized for maximum reliability and corrosion
resistance. Hardware of fastenings shall be stainless steel. Heavy aluminum alloy
mounting casting allows installation for either vertical or horizontal polarization.
B. Internal balun, coax feed, and connectors shall be sealed in foam potting system to
prevent moisture penetration. Following specifications apply:
1. Frequency range to match radio frequency.
2. Gain (over dipole): 10 dB.
3. VSWR: 1.5:1 maximum.
4. Impedance: 50 Ω.
5. Front-to-Back Ratio: 20 dB minimum.
6. Maximum Power Input: 100 W.
7. Polarization: Vertical or horizontal.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DATA RADIO SYSTEM
15 April 2016 405050-2
8. Termination: Type N female.
9. Mounting: Maximum 2.375-inch O.D. pipe.
C. Manufacturer/Model: Bluewave/Marathon Series, or equal.
2.03 TRANSMISSION LINES AND ASSOCIATED DEVICES
A. Transmission Line (Coaxial Cable) and Connectors:
1. One-Half-Inch Foam Dielectric Heliax Cable from the ICP to the antenna.
Manufacturer/catalog number Andrew/LDF4-50A.
2. One-Quarter-Inch Superflexible Foam Dielectric Heliax Cable: Equipment
connection only, 36-inch lengths. Manufacturer/catalog number Andrew/FSJ1-
50A.
B. Antenna Support Structure Grounding
1. Ground System: Each antenna support (pipe extension) shall be equipped with a
ground connection bonded to the antenna support mast and connected either to an
ICP ground, when the antenna is ICP mounted, or to a driven 10-foot by 3/4-inch
copper-clad steel ground rod at the base of the antenna support structure. The
grounding conductors shall be sized no smaller than #6 AWG bare copper and
shall be installed without sharp bends. All ground conductor connections shall be
either clamped or exothermically welded with no dissimilar metals. The antenna
support ground system shall be connected at a single point to the facility power
service ground using a conduit protected ground wire sized to be equivalent to the
facility service ground. The radio rack or enclosure shall be equipped with a
ground terminal and a single conduit protected ground wire sized no smaller than #
6 AWG.
C. Antenna Transmission Line Surge Protection Requirements:
1. Antenna cable outer conductor shall be grounded to a facility common ground (for
the wall mounted antenna masts), or to the pole ground (for the pole mounted
antennas). Use grounding kits by Andrew Series SureGround Plus.
2. An antenna transmission line shall be equipped with a flange style surge protector
installed on a ground bus with a bonded ground connection at the radio equipment
rack or enclosure. Following characteristics and specifications apply:
a. Maximum Surge: 50,000 A.
b. Turn On Volts D-C: 600 V typical.
c. Turn On Time: 2.5 nanoseconds after voltage wave front reaches DC
threshold.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
DATA RADIO SYSTEM
15 April 2016 405050-3
d.Connectors: Type N female.
e.Dimensions: 2.45 inches by 1.75 inches by 1.5 inches.
3.Surge Protectors - Manufacturer/Model Number PolyPhaser/IS-50NX-C2 (50 W).
2.04 SPARE PARTS
The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner all necessary spare parts of components
required to maintain the system. Prior to final acceptance of work, the Contractor shall
provide a spare parts listing of all necessary spare parts and quantities for review by the
Owner's Representative. The spare parts shall include the following minimum
requirements:
MINIMUM SPARE PARTS LIST
Part Description Quantity
1 Radio Transceiver 1 each
The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner all the required spare parts upon final
acceptance of the work. The spare parts shall not be used as replacement parts during the
guarantee period.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Refer to Section 405000.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo – Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCADA HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 405060-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 405060 SCADA SOFTWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This section includes requirements for modifications of an existing Supervisory Control
and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. PCIS General Requirements: 405000.
B. PLC Hardware and Software: 405040.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 405000.
1.04 DESIGNATIONS OF COMPONENTS
A. In these specifications and on the plans, all systems and other elements designated by
numbers, as derived from criteria in ISA standards. The nomenclature and numbers
designated herein and on the plans shall be employed exclusively throughout shop
drawings, data sheets, and the like. Any other symbols, designations, and nomenclature
unique to a manufacturer's standard methods shall not replace those prescribed above, as
used herein, and on the plans.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 SCS GENERAL SOFTWARE BY GE INTELLUTION
A. Existing SCADA software is GE Intelligent Platforms iFIX.
2.02 MODIFICATIONS
A. Contractor shall coordinate with City staff and add new screens to existing SCADA HMI
for Margarita Lift Station to match existing screens for Laguna 3 Lift Station with
modification reflecting Margarita Lift Station features. See SCADA screenshots for
Laguna 3 Lift Station in the following pages.
B. Integrator must have 3-years of recent experience with iFIX in order to implement
programming.
City of San Luis Obispo – Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCADA HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 405060-2
9 Jun 2017
Overview Screen
Station Summary
City of San Luis Obispo – Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCADA HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 405060-3
9 Jun 2017
Pump Control Setting
Alarm Screens
City of San Luis Obispo – Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCADA HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 405060-4
9 Jun 2017
Pump Trending Screen
City of San Luis Obispo – Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCADA HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE 405060-5
9 Jun 2017
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 REFER TO SECTION 405000.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL 405080-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 405080 INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL (ICP)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section includes requirements for materials, testing, and installation of the cabinets
and consoles to be provided by the system contractor under Section 405000.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Process Control and Instrumentation System (PCIS) General Requirements: 405000.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 405000.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 FREE-STANDING INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL
A. The panel shall be a floor-mounted NEMA 4 enclosure and shall be constructed from
14-gage formed steel throughout. Access door shall have door bars on inside surface and
continuous hinges. All exposed edges and welds on the enclosure shall be ground
smooth. No penetration through the cabinet door or exterior with rivets, screws, bolts, or
back of panel nuts shall be allowed. The enclosure shall provide protection against dirt,
dust, oil, and water. The interior shall be provided with a formed 12-gage subpanel for
attaching surface-mounted components. All components shall be attached with screws,
and the subpanel shall be threaded.
B. Rivets or back of panel nuts, screws, or bolts shall not be allowed. No panel penetration
is allowed, except for the conduit entry.
C. Provide a fluorescent lamp in the panel. Each interior shall be equipped with a 120 V,
20 A duplex utility outlet and a dedicated single-pole, 20 A, 120 V circuit breaker
protecting the outlet and the lamp. The utility outlet and the lamp shall be powered by
utility power.
D. Power distribution system shall include a UPS to be powered from a designated
"UTILITY POWER FOR UPS" receptacle. The power distribution system shall be
connected to the UPS output by a cord with a plug matching the UPS outlet. Provisions
shall be made to allow the UPS to be bypassed, i.e. power distribution system to be
powered from the utility power by the power cord connected to the "UTILITY POWER
FOR UPS" receptacle. The receptacle shall be protected by a designated circuit breaker.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL 405080-2
9 Jun 2017
E. A folding shelf at least 18 inch wide and a documentation pocket shall be provided at the
panel. The shelf shall be secured to the door bars in a way to allow vertical adjustment of
the shelf location.
F. Refer to instrument drawings for enclosure size and installation details.
G. Temperature Control:
1.Contractor shall provide temperature control features, to maintain internal cabinet
temperature within the limits required by the equipment installed in the cabinet.
2.Submit cooling system sizing calculations, as part of the enclosure submittal.
H. The enclosure shall be customized Hoffman NEMA 4, or equal.
2.02 PANEL CONTROL CIRCUIT DEVICES AND COMPONENTS
A. General: All components, except those on the front panels, shall be mounted behind on
fixed or swing-out panels; terminal blocks for field connections shall be mounted on
fixed channels located near the bottom of the sections but clear of the conduit entry area.
Fixed panels shall be located so as not to prevent access within the cabinets to other
components, wiring, and terminal blocks on fixed panels or front panels.
B. All electrical devices within the panel shall be identified by tag number, machine printed
on a label visible from the panel interior. Labels shall be made of durable plastic tape
with an adhesive backing. The labels shall have rounded corners and shall be consistent
in size throughout the panel.
C. Control Relays:
1.Control relays shall have 120-volt AC or 24-volt DC coils, except as noted;
contacts shall be rated for the various circuit applications shown on the drawings.
Control relays shall be 10-ampere, multiple-contact, 300-volt, plug-in type with
dust cover and sockets. The relays shall be equipped with the following features:
a.Retaining clip.
b.Test button lockable in "ON" position.
c.Mechanical flag for contact status indication.
d. Pilot light for coil power indication.
2.If additional contacts are required, they shall be ganged.
3.The relays shall be Releco General Purpose Relays, Allen-Bradley Bulletin 700-
HA, IDEC series RU, Telemecanique RXM relay (Zelio Plug-in), or equal. All
control relays shall be products of one manufacturer.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL 405080-3
9 Jun 2017
D. Circuit Breakers: Circuit breakers shall be single-pole, 120-volt, 15-ampere rating.
E. Feed-Through Terminal Blocks: Feed-through terminal blocks shall be modular DIN rail
mounted with plastic insulating housings and screw secured cage clamp wire termination
and shall be rated 20 amperes at 300 volts. Current carrying parts shall be made of at
least an 85% copper alloy, nickel-plated for maximum conductivity and resistance to
corrosion. Terminal blocks shall provide a secure oxide-film free connection to the wire
without the use of spades, ring tongues, or ferrules. Terminals blocks shall have captive
screws and a built-in vibration resistance mechanism, which locks the screw connection
in place after the wire has been terminated. A bridge bar for cross connection shall be
provided. A test adapter for a banana jack shall be provided. The test adapter shall
provide a positive test connection to the terminal block and shall lock into place for
hands free operation. White marking strips, fastened securely to the molded sections
shall be provided and wire (terminal) numbers or circuit identifications shall be marked
thereon with permanent marking fluid. Feed-through terminal blocks shall be Phoenix
Contact Type UK 4, Allen-Bradley Series 1492-W, ABB (Entrelec) Series M4/6.NC,
Sprecher+Schuh Cat. No. V7-W4, or equal.
F. Fuse Terminal Blocks: Fuse terminal blocks shall be the same profile, but different color
as the feed through terminal blocks, and shall have blown fuse light indicator. Fuse
terminal blocks shall be Phoenix Contact Type UK 4-TG, or equal.
G. Disconnect Terminal Blocks: Disconnect terminal blocks shall be of knife disconnect
type. The blocks shall have a universal foot for mounting on DIN rail and a width of the
feed through block. Disconnect terminal blocks shall be Phoenix Contact Type UK 5-
MTK-P/P, or equal.
H. DC Power Supplies: Provide DC power supplies as required for analog loops and DC
circuits. Each power supply shall be enclosed and include internal short-circuit
protection. Current requirements shall not exceed 75% of manufacturer maximum rating.
I. Receptacles: Duplex receptacles shall be molded composition, ivory, specification grade,
with finder groove face. Duplex receptacles for 120-volt, single-phase, 3-wire service to
be rated 20 amperes, 125 volts, back or side wired, NEMA Type 5-20R. Duplex
receptacles shall be Arrow-Hart No. 5352I, Bryant No. BRY5362-I, Hubbell No.
CR5362-I, or equal.
J. Indicating Lights: Indicating light shall be push-to-test transformer type with LED.
2.03 PANEL CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING
A. Wire Type and Size: Instrumentation signal cables shall be of the type used for process
control with shielded pairs or triads with polyvinyl jacket and overall shield over the
multiple pairs or triads. The instrumentation cable shall be rated 300 volts at 90 °C or
better. The size of the instrumentation cable shall be AWG No. 18 with seven strands
minimum, unless otherwise specified elsewhere. All instrumentation cables shall meet
all the requirements of IPCEA S-61-402 and shall be UL listed.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL 405080-4
9 Jun 2017
B. 120-volt AC wiring within the panel shall be AWG No. 14 THHN. Main power (120-
volt AC) to the panels shall be wired using color coded AWG No. 12. AC power to all
system power supplies. Wires shall be color coded in accordance with the following
table:
Black L1 (hot)
White L2 (neutral)
Red AC control circuits
Blue DC circuits
Yellow Interlock control circuits wired from an
external power source
Green Equipment ground
C. All interfacing between the cabinets and the field shall be accomplished at a terminal
strip (TB-1). No internal panel wiring shall be connected to terminals on the "field side"
of TB-1. Likewise, no field wiring shall be connected to terminals on the "panel side" of
TB-1.
D. All intentionally grounded, grounding, and bonding conductors shall be sized by NEC
Article 250 as required.
E. Wires carrying voltage from external devices and one wire from an analog loop shall be
terminated at the disconnect terminal block.
F. Only one wire shall be terminated at each side of a terminal block. A bridge bar shall be
used for cross connection.
G. Wiring run from components on a swing-out panel to other components on a fixed panel
shall be made up in tied bundles. These shall be tied with nylon wire ties and shall be
secured to panels at both sides of the "hinge loop" so that conductors are not strained at
terminals.
H. Wiring run to control devices on the front panels shall be tied together at short intervals
and secured to the inside face of the panel using Panduit adhesive mounts with Eastman
No. 910 adhesive.
I. Wiring to rear terminals on panel-mount instruments shall be run in plastic wireways
secured to horizontal brackets run above or below the instruments in about the same
plane as the rear of the instruments.
J. Conformance to the above wiring installation requirements shall be reflected by details
shown on the shop drawings for the Engineer's review.
K. Signal conditioners and control interface relays shall be provided wherever proper
instrument interfacing dictates use of these components. Each auxiliary device shall be
assigned a tag number and shall appear on the panel shop drawings.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
INSTRUMENT CONTROL PANEL 405080-5
9 Jun 2017
L. Wire Marking:
1.Each signal and circuit conductor connected to a given electrical point shall be
designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings.
These numbers shall be marked on all conductors at every terminal.
2.For field distribution of a common potential, wire number to each field device
shall consist of a common (group) number and individual number, ex. if a wire
connected to a “hot” potential on a panel side of a terminal block has tag “5”, then
field wires should be tagged “5-1”, 5-2”, etc.
3.The markers shall be permanent sleeve type with machine printed black markings.
Markers shall be Thomas & Betts Series EZS, Tyco Series RPS, or equal.
M. Terminal Marking: Each terminal shall be identified by a single unique number. Hand-
written labels shall not be allowed. The match between the terminal identification and
the wire identification is not required.
N. All electrical devices within the panel shall be identified by tag number, machine printed
on a label visible from the panel interior. Labels shall be laminated plastic with an
adhesive backing. The labels shall be consistent in size throughout the panel.
2.04 SPARE PARTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish to the Owner all necessary spare parts of components
required to maintain the system. Prior to final acceptance of work, the Contractor shall
provide a spare parts listing of all necessary spare parts and quantities for review by the
Owner's Representative. The spare parts shall include, but not be limited to, the
following minimum requirements:
MINIMUM SPARE PARTS LIST
Part Description Quantity
1. Power supply 1 each type
2. Relays 2 each type
B. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner all the required spare parts upon final
acceptance of the work. The spare parts shall not be used as replacement parts during the
guarantee period.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 REFER TO SECTION 405000
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS 409115-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 409115 MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes requirements for magnetic flowmeters.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 019310.
B. Painting and Coating: 099000.
C. Pressure Testing of Piping: 400515.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and detail drawings showing dimensions, pressure
rating, coatings, and meter parts and describe by material of construction specifications
(such as AISI, ASTM, SAE, or CDA) and grade or type.
C. Furnish manufacturer’s application performance guarantee with submittals.
D. Show meter laying lengths.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. The meter flow tube and transmitter shall be by the same manufacturer.
B. The magnetic flowmeter and transmitter shall be manufactured by one of the following:
1.ABB Instrumentation, Rochester, New York:
Magnetic Flowmeter with Transmitter: Model WaterMaster.
2.Endress+Hauser, Greenwood, Indiana:
a.Magnetic Flowmeter: Model Promag W.
b.Transmitter: Model Promag 50.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS 409115-2
9 Jun 2017
C. The manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years' experience in the manufacture of
bipolar d-c magnetic flowmeters.
2.02 METER DESIGN
A. The magnetic flowmeter shall be an obstructionless pipeline-mounted instrument to
magnetically measure the flow of the process media. The output signal shall not be
affected by changes in fluid viscosity or density and shall have zero point stability and
auto zeroing functions. Provide the magnetic flowmeter with the following features:
1.Drip- and splash-proof sensor, capable of withstanding temporary submersion of
up to 30 feet of water for 48 hours.
2.Integral terminal box with watertight cable seals.
3.Interconnecting cables.
B. Provide stainless steel grounding rings and grounding straps per manufacturer’s
requirements.
2.03 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION - FLANGED METERS
A. The flow tube shall be Type 304 stainless steel with carbon steel flanges.
B. Liner and electrodes shall be as indicated in the subsection on "Service Conditions."
2.04 INDICATOR/TOTALIZER
The indicator/totalizer shall accept the process flow signal from the magnetic flowmeter
and convert its electrical output signals directly proportional to the instantaneous
metered flow rate. The housing shall be suitable for field mounting.
2.05 TRANSMITTER
A. The transmitter shall be microprocessor based with flow rate indicator in engineering
units, forward, reversed, and net flow totalizer, all in user-selectable engineering units.
The display shall also be capable of indicating alarm status and velocity of fluid. The
transmitter shall be mounted as indicated in the instrument list.
B. The preamplifier input impedance shall be a minimum of 10E+11 ohms.
C. Power Requirements: 117-volt ac, ±10%, 60 hertz.
D. Totalized flow and programmed configuration shall be maintained in memory for up to
10 years.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS 409115-3
9 Jun 2017
2.06 INTERCONNECTING CABLE
The interconnecting cable between the sensor and the transmitter shall be furnished by
the magnetic flowmeter manufacturer.
2.07 PERFORMANCE
The overall system's performance shall be as follows:
A. Accuracy: 0.5% of flow rate with minimum fluid velocity of 1 fps.
B. Repeatability: ±0.1% of flow rate.
C. The accuracy of each meter shall be verified by calibration in a flow laboratory traceable
to the U.S. National Institute of Standards and Technology.
D. Adjustable full-scale range.
E. Outputs: Bidirectional, isolated 4- to 20-mA d-c, and either 24-volt d-c scaled pulse, or
0- to 10-KHz frequency, and isolated 4- 20-ma d-c HART protocol compatible.
F. Minimum Conductivity: 5 micromho/centimeter.
G. Power Consumption: 20 watts maximum.
H. Temperature Limits, Ambient: -20°F to +140°F.
I. Temperature Limits, Process: Elastomers +160°F, Teflons +300°F, ceramic 350°F.
J. Field Selectable Low Flow Cutoff: 0% to 10%.
K. The flowmeter shall have a positive zero return (PZR) input controlled by an external
dry contact.
L. Environmental Rating: NEMA 4X for both sensor and electronics whether remote or
sensor mounted.
M. The meter shall have empty pipe detection.
N. A common alarm discrete output (a dry contact or a transistor switch) shall be provided
for remote indication of fault conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SERVICE CONDITIONS
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS 409115-4
9 Jun 2017
MAGNETIC FLOWMETER AND INDICATOR/TOTALIZER
1. P&ID No. N-003
2. Service Raw sewage
SENSOR
3. Tag No. FE-131
4. Metering Tube
Size Flg. 6 inch
Rating (psi) 250
5. Metering Tube
Material
Stainless Steel
6. Liner Material Polyurethane
7. Electrode Material 316 SST
8. Elec. Class. NEMA 6P
TRANSMITTER
9. Tag No. FIT-131
10. Flow Rate Ind. Scale 0 – 1,000 gpm
11. Flow Totalizer
Multiplier
1,000 gal
12. Aux. Output Signal 4 – 20 mA
13. Aux. Output Signal To PLC
14. Elec. Class. NEMA 4X
15. Mounting Wall Mount
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
MAGNETIC FLOWMETERS 409115-5
9 Jun 2017
16. Process Media Raw Sewage
17. Spec. Gravity 1.0
18. Conductivity (Mhos)
(min/max)
1,500
19. Percent Solids
(min/max)
0 – 0.5
20. Flow (gpm) (min/max) 0 / 1,000
21. Velocity (fps)
(min/max)
0 / 11
22. Press. (psig)
(min/max)
0 / 22
23. Temp. (°F) (min/max) 40 / 110
3.02 REPLACEMENT SPOOL
Furnish a flanged ductile-iron spool with gaskets for each magnetic flowmeter. The
spool shall be the same length as the meter.
3.03 PAINTING AND COATING
Coat exposed carbon steel components of meter tube and sensor in accordance with
Section 099000, System No. 10. Apply the specified prime, intermediate and finish coats
at the place of manufacture. Finish coat shall match the color of the adjacent piping.
END OF SECTION
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-1
9 Jun 2017
SECTION 432132 SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
This section describes materials, installation, and testing of immersible, end suction,
screw centrifugal pumps for sludge, scum, and raw wastewater service.
1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 019310.
B. Painting and Coating: 099000.
C. Fusion-Bonded Epoxy Linings and Coatings: 099761.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with the General Provisions.
B. Submit dimensional drawings.
C. Submit manufacturer's catalog data and detail drawings showing all pump parts; describe
material of construction specification (such as AISI, ASTM, SAE, or CDA) and grade or
type. Show linings and coatings. Identify each pump by tag number to which the catalog
data and detail sheets pertain.
D. Submit pump curves from manufacturer's catalog data on which the specified operating
points are marked. Show efficiency and brake horsepower for the selected pump curve.
Show NPSH required.
E. Submit manufacturer's reports on hydrostatic tests and performance tests.
F. Submit manufacturer's sample form for reporting the performance test results at least
two weeks before the tests. The test form should contain the data presented in the sample
form in Section 6 of the ASME PTC 8.2 or ANSI/HI 1.6.
G. Submit manufacturer's certified performance curves for review at least two weeks prior
to shipping the units from the factory. Show pump total head, torque, brake horsepower,
pump efficiency, and required NPSH. Provide copies of the data recorded during the test
and methods of data reduction for determining certified test results.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
Terms shall be as defined in ASME PTC for centrifugal pumps.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-2
9 Jun 2017
1.05 MANUFACTURER'S SERVICES
Provide equipment manufacturer's services at the jobsite for the minimum labor days
listed below, travel time excluded:
A. One labor day total for both pumps listed in the subsection on "Service Conditions" to
check the installation and advise during start-up, testing, and adjustment of the pumps.
B. One labor day to instruct the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance of the
pumps.
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.01 PUMP DESIGN
A. Equipment for the pumps, including motors and baseplates, shall be provided as a
complete unit by the pump supplier.
B. The design pressure of the casing, including the stuffing box and gland, shall be at least
60 psig. Design casing to withstand a hydrostatic test pressure of 150% of the maximum
design pressure for the pump or 125% of the shutoff head, whichever is greater.
C. Each pump shall be capable of at least a 5% head increase at normal operating
conditions by installing a larger impeller or an impeller of different hydraulic design.
D. Pump curve shall be continuously rising and shall be free of dips and valleys from the
design point to the shutoff head. The shutoff head shall be at least 150% of the head that
occurs at the design point.
E. The NPSH required shall be at least 5 feet less than the minimum NPSH available at all
points on the pump curve up to 120% of the flow at the BEP.
F. Design the pumps and their components to operate continuously over a preferred
operating range (POR, as defined in ANSI/HI 9.6.3-1997) of 70% to 120% of the flow
at the BEP.
G. Immersible pumps, with appurtenances and electric cables, shall be capable of
intermittent submergence under water without loss of watertight integrity to a minimum
depth of 65 feet. The pumps shall be capable of running under both submerged and dry
pit conditions.
2.02 DISCHARGE CONNECTIONS--IMMERSIBLE PUMPS
The pump shall be automatically connected to a discharge connection elbow when
lowered into place and shall be easily removed for inspection or service. Sealing of the
pumping unit to the discharge elbow shall be accomplished by a simple linear downward
motion of the pump. A sliding guide bracket shall be an integral part of the pump unit.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-3
9 Jun 2017
The entire weight of the pump unit shall be guided by no less than two stainless steel
guide bars pressed tightly against the discharge connection elbow. No portion of the
pump shall bear directly on the floor of the sump. Provide intermediate supports for
pump rail system. Maximum distance between rail supports shall be ten feet.
2.03 PREROTATION BASINS
Fiberglass form for prerotation basin shall be provided by the pump manufacturer with
stainless steel lifting eyes. Form shall be filled with concrete mix by pump manufacturer
or manufacturer’s representative and allowed to cure for a minimum of 2 days.
2.04 CASING DESIGN FOR HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL PUMPS
A. Casing shall include a suction cover and stuffing box frame bolted to the volute casing.
Provide internal casing clearance to allow passage of a 2 3/4-inch sphere. Provide a liner
for the suction cover. Clearances between the impeller and liner shall be adjusted by
external regulating screws or by using shims between the volute casing and liner.
2.05 IMPELLERS
A. Provide open screw centrifugal impellers. Impeller tip speed shall not exceed 4,500 fpm.
Impellers shall permit passage of a 2 3/4-inch-diameter sphere and shall be statically and
dynamically balanced. The impeller shall be of high chrome construction.
B. Mount the impeller on a flange fastened to the shaft by a key washer, cap screw, and
impeller nut threaded to tighten with the rotation of the shaft, or fasten the impeller to
the shaft by an impeller nut threaded to tighten with the rotation of the shaft.
C. Provide Teflon or neoprene gaskets between impeller hub and shaft sleeves. The
impeller shall be of nodular iron construction and be coated with a 0.015-inch
aluminum/titanium oxide ceramic coating having a hardness of 60 Rockwell "C" and a
density of 3.5 g/cc.
2.06 PUMP SHAFT
A. Tolerance on the shaft diameter through the stuffing box shall not exceed 0.002 inch
TIR. Shaft runout on the stuffing box face and at the impeller shall not exceed 0.002-
inch full indication movement. The shaft stiffness shall limit the total deflection under
the most severe dynamic conditions over the allowable operating range of the pump,
with the maximum impeller diameter installed, to 0.002 inch at the primary seal faces or
at the stuffing box faces.
B. The first lateral critical speed of the rotating assembly shall be at least 120% of the
maximum pump operating speed.
C. Shafts and sleeves shall be machined and finished so that the surface finish of the shafts
or sleeves through the stuffing box and at the rubbing contact-bearing housing seals shall
not exceed a roughness of 32 microinches TIR.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-4
9 Jun 2017
2.07 SHAFT SEALING—IMMERSIBLE PUMPS
A. Shaft sealing shall be by independently mounted, tandem mechanical seals running in an
oil bath. The motor side or upper mechanical seal shall utilize carbon/ceramic faces and
shall seal the barrier cooling oil from the motor. The pump side or lower mechanical seal
shall have a solid tungsten-carbide rotating face running against a solid silicon-carbide
stationary face. The lower seal shall be a bellows-type construction with an external
rubber bellows vulcanized to the rotating face and firmly clamped to the shaft or a
jacketed construction with a stainless steel external housing firmly clamped to the shaft.
Either seal type shall fully shroud the seal springs to avoid fouling the springs with
stringy materials or other contaminants.
B. Seal Types: Tandem, inside, shaft-mounted seal, with hard/hard or hard/soft faces
inboard at the seal manufacturer’s discretion, hard/soft faces outboard. Design shall be
elastomer bellows, metal bellows, or pusher design with a dynamic O-ring that slides
over a clean surface, not the shaft/sleeve, when the faces wear.
C. Seal Materials:
1.Metals: Type 316 stainless steel minimum for loaded parts over 0.060-inch cross-
section. For thinner parts (springs and bellows capsules), use Hastelloy-C, Alloy
20, or other alloy that is not vulnerable to chloride stress corrosion.
2.Elastomers: Fluorocarbon (Viton).
3.Faces: Faces shall be of homogeneous construction. Do not use surface treatments
and plated faces. Acceptable hard face materials include nickel-bound tungsten
carbide, self-sintered silicon carbide, reaction bonded silicon carbide, or
graphitized silicon carbide. Acceptable soft face material is carbon-graphite, either
Union Carbide 658RC or Purecarbon P8412.
D. Design seal for 200-psig service or the sealing area pressure, whichever is higher, at the
design rotating speed, shaft diameter, temperature, and liquid of the pump for the
service.
E. Environmental Controls:
1.The area between the inboard and outboard seals on the tandem shall be flooded
with lubricating oil. It is not required that the buffer oil be pressurized, but if it is,
the pressure shall be kept at 15 to 30 psig above the design box pressure inside the
pump.
2.Provide a positive means of venting the stuffing box area prior to start-up. This can
be either an automated vent valve or a pipeline to suction (if box pressure is higher
than suction).
F. The setting of the two component seals composing the tandem seal arrangement shall
not require any setting distance measurement by maintenance personnel. Provide a
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-5
9 Jun 2017
positive stop for the ends of the seal collars. This can be a snap ring, collar, or shoulder
on the shaft/sleeve at the manufacturer’s discretion.
G. Install seals per API 610 (tenth edition), Section 5, paragraphs 5.8.4 through 5.8.11.
2.08 BEARINGS FOR IMMERSIBLE PUMPS
A. Each pump shaft shall rotate on two permanently lubricated bearings. The upper bearing,
providing for radial thrust, shall be a single row, roller bearing. The lower bearing shall
consist of one double row or two single row angular contact bearing(s) for combined
axial and radial loads.
B. Pump bearings shall be of the antifriction type designed to give 50,000 hours minimum
life by L-10 calculations at maximum speed and operating load in continuous operation.
2.09 MOISTURE PROBE FOR IMMERSIBLE PUMPS
Provide a conductivity probe to monitor the moisture content of the oil in the chamber
between the outer and the inner mechanical seals. The probe shall be wired to a separate
protective circuit which, when connected to a conductivity-sensitive relay in the control
panel, will trip an alarm if moisture content in the oil indicates a failure of the outer
mechanical seal. Pump Vendor shall provide moisture sensor relays to be mounted in
the motor control center by the electrical contractor. Relays shall be Warrick 27A1 or
equal.
2.10 ELECTRIC MOTORS FOR IMMERSIBLE PUMPS
A. Each pump shall be driven by a vertical, immersible squirrel-cage induction motor,
shell-type design, housed in an air-filled, watertight chamber. The stator winding and
stator leads shall be insulated with moisture-resistant Class F insulation which will resist
a temperature of 155°C, 40°C ambient plus 115°C rise, and designed for continuous
duty, capable of sustaining a minimum of 10 starts per hour.
B. The motor shall incorporate a separate heat-exchanger system, with a shaft-mounted
cooling pump circulating oil from a jacket surrounding the stator housing to a heat
exchanger surface cast into the pump backplate. The system shall transfer excess motor
heat through the cooling oil without the need for submergence at any continuous power
output up to and including rated power.
C. The stator shall be dipped and baked three times in Class F varnish and shall be shrink-
fitted into the stator housing. Do not use bolts, pins, or other fastening devices requiring
penetration of the stator housing.
D. The motor shall be sized to be nonoverloading when the pump is operated at any point
on the pump performance characteristic curve drawn through the design point and shall
have a minimum service factor of 1.0 up to a flow of 120% of the flow that occurs at the
BEP.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-6
9 Jun 2017
E. Provide thermal sensors to monitor stator temperatures. Equip the stator with three
temperature sensors embedded in the end coils of the stator winding, one sensor in each
stator phase, to switch off the unit if a winding temperature of 285°F is exceeded.
F. Connect sensors and monitors to the pump motor starter in such a manner that their
signal can actuate an alarm or provide for immediate shutdown or both.
2.11 MOTOR CABLES FOR IMMERSIBLE PUMPS
Pump motor power cables installed shall be made of a Hypalon or Protolon synthetic
rubber-jacketed, Type SPC multiconductor cable, suitable for submersible pump
applications and heavy mechanical stresses. The power cable shall also be sized
according to NEC and ICEA standards and also meet with P-MSHA approval or
equivalent. Use a separate Hypalon or Protolon synthetic rubber-jacketed, Type SPC
cable for thermister pilot protection signals. The total length of each cable shall be a
minimum of 50 feet long.
2.12 CABLE ENTRY FOR IMMERSIBLE PUMPS
The motor cable entry sealing assembly shall consist of the following components to
provide a watertight seal:
A. The sealing component shall be mechanically isolated from cable strains by a two-piece
restraining clamp, which will securely grip the cable above the moisture-sealing
components and bear any mechanical force applied to the cable.
B. The cable moisture seal shall consist of an elastomer grommet, prevented from extruding
past the cable by stainless steel retaining washers on either side. The grommet shall be
compressed tightly against the cable outside diameter (and the entry assembly inner
diameter) by a screwed follower gland.
C. Each individual conductor shall be interrupted by a solid-copper isolation dam to prevent
wicking of moisture through the conductor strands.
D. The cable insulation shall be sealed by an epoxy poured into the cable entry and
separately encapsulating each individual lead with its individual copper dam. This
poured epoxy seal shall also function as a redundant seal for the cable outside diameter.
E. The cable free end shall be sealed from moisture-entry during shipping, storage, and
prior to connection to the control panel by a plastic sleeve securely clamped over the
cable end.
2.13 VIBRATION AND RESIDUAL UNBALANCE
A. The maximum vibration levels shall not exceed that shown in Figure 9.6.4.10 in
ANSI/HI 9.6.4. Maximum residual unbalance in rotors shall not exceed that shown in
Figure 9.6.4.15B in ANSI/HI 9.6.4.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-7
9 Jun 2017
B. Provide two-plane balancing for double-suction impellers and for impellers in which the
D/b ratio (per API 610, tenth edition, Figure 30) is 6.0 or greater.
2.14 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
A. Material of construction shall be as listed below:
Component Material Specification
Casing, cover, bearing housing,
backplate
Cast iron ASTM A48, Class 30
Impeller High-chrome
iron, min 450
Brinell hardness
ASTM A532, Class III,
Type A
Suction liner High-chrome
iron, min 450
Brinell hardness
ASTM A532, Class III,
Type A
Shaft Stainless Steel AISI Types 420, 440A, or
440C; having a minimum
hardness of 450 Brinell
Casing cap screws Stainless steel AISI Type 316
Drain and vent plugs Malleable iron ASTM A197
B. Bronze shall have the following chemical characteristics:
Constituent Content
Zinc 7% maximum
Aluminum 2% maximum
Lead 8% maximum
Copper + Nickel + Silicon 83% minimum
2.15 SPARE PARTS
A. Provide the following spare parts for each model or size pump:
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-8
9 Jun 2017
Quantity Description
1 set Mechanical seals inner and outer (for immersible pumps)
1 Hi Chrome Impeller
1 Hi Chrome Suction Liner
1 set Motor bearings
B. Pack spare parts in a wooden box; label with the manufacturer’s name and local
representative’s name, address, and telephone number; and attach list of materials
contained within.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 SERVICE CONDITIONS
A. Pump hydraulic performance conditions and design data shall be as shown below.
B. Pump Tag Numbers: LP-01 and LP-02
Location Margarita Lift Station
Service Raw sewage wet well
Elevation Approx. 140 feet above mean sea
level
Liquid Pumped Raw sewage
Installation Immersible with prerotation basins
Pump Data
Capacity
(gpm)
Pump Total Head
(±2 feet)
Minimum Pump
Efficiency
(%)
200 50 54
360* 38 68
660 20 50
*Design point.
Maximum Pump Speed 1,750 rpm
Minimum NPSH Available 33 feet
Motor Horsepower (Minimum) 7.5
Adjustable Speed Drive Required No
Type of Packing or Seal See 2.07 of this spec
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-9
9 Jun 2017
Manufacturers and Models Hidrostal Model D4K-LT with dual
prerotation basin series 600, No
equal
3.02 PREROTATION BASIN INSTALLATION
A. Install prerotation basins per pump manufacturer’s recommendations and in accordance
with the drawings.
3.03 PAINTING AND COATING
A. Coat submerged or immersed pumps and motors per Section 099000, System No. 1.
Apply the specified prime and finish coats at the place of manufacture. Color of finish
coat shall match the color of the connecting piping.
3.04 SHIPMENT AND STORAGE
A. Prepare equipment for shipment including blocking of the rotor when necessary. Identify
blocked rotors by means of corrosion-resistant tags attached with stainless steel wire.
The preparation shall make the equipment suitable for six months of outdoor storage
from the time of shipment, with no disassembly required before operation, except for
inspection of bearings and seals.
B. Identify the equipment with item and serial numbers and project equipment tag numbers.
Material shipped separately shall be identified with securely affixed, corrosion-resistant
metal tags indicating the item and serial number and project equipment tag numbers of
the equipment for which it is intended. In addition, ship crated equipment with duplicate
packing lists, one inside and one on the outside of the shipping container.
C. Pack and ship one copy of the manufacturer’s standard installation instructions with the
equipment. Provide the instructions necessary to preserve the integrity of the storage
preparation after the equipment arrives at the jobsite and before start-up.
D. Coat exterior machined surfaces with a rust preventative.
E. The interior of the equipment shall be clean and free from scale, welding spatter, and
foreign objects.
F. Provide flanged openings with metal closures at least 3/16-inch thick, with elastomer
gaskets and at least four full-diameter bolts. Provide closures at the place of pump
manufacture prior to shipping. For studded openings, use all the nuts needed for the
intended service to secure closures.
G. Provide threaded openings with steel caps or solid-shank steel plugs. Do not use
nonmetallic (such as plastic) plugs or caps. Provide caps or plugs at the place of pump
manufacture prior to shipping.
City of San Luis Obispo Margarita Lift Station Replacement
SCREW CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS 432132-10
9 Jun 2017
H. Clearly identify lifting points and lifting lugs on the equipment or equipment package.
Identify the recommended lifting arrangement on boxed equipment.
I. Wrap exposed shafts and shaft couplings with waterproof, moldable waxed cloth or
volatile-corrosion-inhibitor paper. Seal the seams with oil-proof adhesive tape.
J. If electric motors are stored or installed outside or in areas subject to temperatures below
40°F or are exposed to the weather prior to permanent installation, provide the
manufacturer’s recommended procedures for extended storage. Provide temporary
covers over the motor electrical components. Provide temporary conduits, wiring, and
electrical supply to space heaters. Inspect electrical contacts before start-up.
3.05 FIELD TESTING
A. Perform testing in presence of manufacturer’s representative and Owner’s
Representative.
B. Bump motor to ensure that motor has been connected for proper rotation.
C. Perform field tests on each pump. Measure flows to confirm pumps operate at or above
the design point.
D. If the measured flows at the above-tabulated pump heads are more than 5% below the
flows obtained on the laboratory or factory test, adjust the impellers or provide new
impellers or otherwise repair or replace the pumps or calibrate meters or pressure
gauges.
E. Assure that limit switches on the pumps' check valves indicate and transmit the signals
for the valves in the open and closed positions.
F. Demonstrate that the pumping units, motors, and control system meet the following
requirements:
1.The pumping units operate as specified without excessive noise, cavitation,
vibration, and without overheating of the bearings.
2.Automatic and manual controls function in accordance with the specified
requirements.
3.Drive equipment operates without being overloaded.
END OF SECTION
APPENDIX A
Landscape plans
JOB NO: SLO-1502
DATE: 11-25-15
DRAWN BY: PR/KT/DS
CHECKED BY: PR
ALL IDEAS, DESIGNS, ARRANGEMENTS, AND PLANS INDICATED OR
REPRESENTED BY THIS DRAWING ARE OWNED BY AND THE PROPERTY OF
PIERRE RADEMAKER DESIGN, AND WERE CREATED, EVOLVED, AND
DEVELOPED FOR USE ON AND IN CONNECTION WITH THE SPECIFIED
PROJECT. NONE OF SUCH IDEAS, DESIGNS, ARRANGEMENTS OR PLANS
SHALL BE USED BY OR DISCLOSED TO ANY PERSON, FIRM OR
CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER WITHOUT THE WRITTEN
PERMISSION OF PIERRE RADEMAKER DESIGN. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON
THESE DRAWINGS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS.
CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL
DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB, AND THIS OFFICE MUST BE
NOTIFIED OF ANY VARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS
SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS. SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO
THE OFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.
REVISED:
12-14-15
SHEET NO:1 OF: 2
CLIENT:City of San Luis Obispo, Utilities Dept.879 Morro Street, San Luis Obispo CA 93401
PROJECT:Margarita Sewer Lift Station
SHEET CONTENTS: Site Layout
1041 CHORRO STREET, SUITE 230
SAN LUIS OBISPO, CALIFORNIA 93401
rademakerdesign.com
TELEPHONE: 805/544-7774
12" minimum
planting area
Re-stripe spaces per
City of SLO “average”
car specifications
40'-10" min.
40'-10" min.
59'-0"
6'-8"45'-1.5" bay width45'-1.5" bay width9'-7.5" min.8'-7.5" min.Ameristar Montage Plus
welded steel removable
fencing panels.
Submit shop drawings for
City approval prior to
construction
12’ welded steel
rolling gate
(see detail sheet 2)
Permanent
Easement
6” concrete curbs
per city standard
as needed
6” concrete curbs
per city standard
[Qew 18” sq. brick
pillars(see detail sheet 2)
6” concrete curbs
per city standard
as needed
Lantern locations [
Scale: 1/8” = 1’ - 0”
Concrete paving
inside fenced area
N
18" x 18" x 5'-0" pillar
to match existing
W\S
Hinkley lantern (“Hud-
son” 1911OZ)
Safetyshield
12' gate opening
JOB NO: SLO-1502
DATE: 11-25-15
DRAWN BY: PR/KT/DS
CHECKED BY: PR
ALL IDEAS, DESIGNS, ARRANGEMENTS, AND PLANS INDICATED OR
REPRESENTED BY THIS DRAWING ARE OWNED BY AND THE PROPERTY OF
PIERRE RADEMAKER DESIGN, AND WERE CREATED, EVOLVED, AND
DEVELOPED FOR USE ON AND IN CONNECTION WITH THE SPECIFIED
PROJECT. NONE OF SUCH IDEAS, DESIGNS, ARRANGEMENTS OR PLANS
SHALL BE USED BY OR DISCLOSED TO ANY PERSON, FIRM OR
CORPORATION FOR ANY PURPOSE WHATSOEVER WITHOUT THE WRITTEN
PERMISSION OF PIERRE RADEMAKER DESIGN. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON
THESE DRAWINGS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED DIMENSIONS.
CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL
DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB, AND THIS OFFICE MUST BE
NOTIFIED OF ANY VARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS
SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS. SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO
THE OFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.
REVISED: SHEET NO:2 OF: 2
CLIENT:City of San Luis Obispo, Utilities Dept.879 Morro Street, San Luis Obispo CA 93401
PROJECT:Margarita Sewer Lift Station
SHEET CONTENTS: Site Details
1041 CHORRO STREET, SUITE 230
SAN LUIS OBISPO, CALIFORNIA 93401
rademakerdesign.com
TELEPHONE: 805/544-7774
Steel Ameristar Montage Plus Commercial Fence
5' tall, “Bronze” (color)
Lantern on Brick Pillar
5' gate height
Ameristar “Passport II” Classic Industrial Rollgate
5' x 12', “Bronze” (color)
Typical Pillar Footing
Scale: 3/4” = 1’ -0”
Ornamental Pickets: 1” Square
Top Rail(s), Uprights and
Diagonals Braces: 2” Square x 11Ga
Bottom Rail: 2” x 4” x 11Ga.
(Notched & Plated for V-track wheels
Roll Gate Hardware: Kit #PGKOD
Furnish and Install Gate Latch and
Locking System Suitable for use
With City-Furnished Padlock
DATE REMARKS
DRAWN BY:
SCALE
JOB NO.
SHEET
OF SHEETS PROJECTSHEETCLIENTDebbie BlackLandscape ArchitectMobile: (805) 748-77242668 Richard Avenue Cayucos, CA 93430MARGARITA LIFT STATION REPLACEMENTSan Luis Obispo, California1/8" = 1'-0"
1518
DNB
DATE
11-3-15
All ideas, designs, arrangements and plans indicated or represented by the drawings are owned by, and the property of, Debbie Black, and were created and developed for use, and in conjunction with, the specific project described herein. None of these ideas, designs and arrangements or plans shall be used by, or disclosed to any person, firm, or corporation for any purpose without permission of Debbie Black. Filing these drawings with a public agency is not a publication of same, and no copying, reproduction or use thereof is permissible without the consent of Debbie Black.DEBOR A NOBLE
BL
A
CKNo. 1940
REN. 10-17
N D S PECAAL
CESDEN
ILC
I
TCEH
R
A
TCA L IF O R NIAFOETATS
L1 /$1'SCAPE PLANCity of San Luis Obispo, Utilities Dept.12-17-15 revised plan notes
~~~~~
BACKFILL DISTURBED
PLANTER WITH
IMPORTED PLANTING
MIX, 8" DEEP MINIMUM
6" CONCRETE
CURB PER CITY
STANDARD 4020
flush
flush
tall
tall
flush
18"
MARGARITA AVENUE
6" CONCRETE
CURB PER CITY
STANDARD 4020 5'3'12"24"12"12"4"
18"
30"
root
ball
backfill
material
remove clay
slick if dug
by power auger
ties shall be interlocked
around tree
24" cinch ties (4) each
8' lodgepole pine stakes
(2) each
1"x4"x18" redwood
cross-brace and 6d
galv. nails
mulch wood chips (2" deep)
top of rootball 1/2"
above finished grade
PREVAILING WIND
tree2" space
8" stake
cinch tie
1-1/2" fence staple, galv.
(over, not through cinch tie)
root
barrierclean float rock
TREE STAKING DETAIL
(3) boulders
(bury 1/3)
5" river cobbles
Leptospermum 'Ruby Glow'
Leucodendron 'Pisa'
Melaleuca quinquenervia
Phormium 'Duet'
Phormium ' Tom Thumb'
Pittosporum crass. 'Compacta'
Rosmarinus 'Irene'
Rosmarinus 'Tuscan Blue'
Tea Tree
no common name
Paperbark Tree
Flax
Flax
no common name
Trailing Rosemary
Upright Rosemary
(7) 5 gallon
(3) 5 gallon
(2) 15 gallon (with tree stakes and root barriers)
(1) 1 gallon
(11) 1 gallon
(7) 5 gallon
(4) 1 gallon
(4) 5 gallon
BONTANICAL NAME COMMON NAME QUANTITY/SIZE
PLANT LEGEND
Plants have been selected for aesthetics, drought tolerance, and low maintenance.
LANDSCAPE PLAN
scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
PLANTING NOTES:
1. All planted areas shall receive 3" of heavy chipped cedar
or redwood bark, except for the areas shown as 5" river
cobbles.
2. Quantities shown are for reference only. Contractor is
responsible for take-off from the plan which shall prevail if
discrepancies occur.
3. All soil prep and planting shall be done in accordance with
the Planting Specifications. PROVIDE AMENDMENT FOR
EACH PLANTING HOLE per specifications.
4. Contractor shall coordinate adequate drainage from all
planter areas. Consult with General Contractor.
5. No subsitution will be allowed without approval of Owners.
Contractor shall exhaust all reasonable sources before
requesting a substitution.
6. All plants shall be Nursery Grade.
7. Site conditions may require adjustment of plant locations.
8. Plan is schematic. Field conditions may be variable.
9. There is no existing irrigation in this project area. Irrigation
shall be determined by HASLO.
10. Loosen soil in all planter areas to a depth of 8" and
incorporate 2" of approved compost.
LANDSCAPE PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS
MAINTENANCE:
A. Maintenance shall consist of all the necessary steps to insure that the
landscape is in healthy, attractive, thriving condition.
FINAL ACCEPTANCE: will occur upon satisfactory completion of all work,
including maintenance, but exclusive of replacement of plant materials
under the warranty period.
WARRANTY PERIOD AND REPLACEMENTS:
A. Contractor shall not be held responsible for failure due to vandalism
or neglect by Owner.
PLANTS: shall be healthy and vigorous, well branched and densly foliated
when in leaf. They shall be free of disease, and pests, and shall have
healthy, well-developed root systems.
BARK: All planted areas shall receive 3" tree bark mulch per 329010.
PRE-EMERGENT: Contractor shall apply pre-emergent on entire planted
area just prior to placing bark. Contractor shall confer with Landscape
Architect on type, brand and application rate.
SURFACE DRAINAGE OF PLANTED AREAS: Contractor shall bear final
responsibility for proper surface drainage of planted areas.
TREE STAKING: All trees shall be staked per detail, including cross bar.
ROOT BARRIERS:All trees planted within eight feet (8') of paving, curbs, or
buildings shall receive a 24" deep root barrier twice the diameter of the root ball.
LAYOUT OF PLANTED AREAS: Prior to excavation of planting holes, all plants shall
be set out on the project in containers so that locations can be approved by Owner
EXCAVATION OF PLANTING HOLES: Width (can x 2) Depth (can + 8")
DETRIMENTAL DRAINAGE: Notify Landscape Architect if there exists drainage
conditions detrimental to growth of plant material.
PLANTING OPERATIONS:
A. Planting soil: 2/3 existing soil and 1/3 mushroom compost or approved equal
B. Gro-Power planting tablets (21 gram): 1 gallon = 1 tablet
5 gallon = 3 tablets
15 gallon = 4 tablets
boxed specimens = 6 and 8 tablets
Contractor must verify to L.A. or Owner's Representative the placement of
tablets.
SOIL AMENDMENTS:
Container Plants backfill material: 60% native on-site soil
40% nitrolized shavings
18 lbs Gro-Power Plus per C.Y. mix
END SECTION
STONE/ROCK: Submit type, color, and size for City approval prior to performing work.
APPENDIX B
Easements
EXHBIT ‘A’
An easement for sewer lift station situate in the City of San Luis Obispo, County of San Luis Obispo,
State of California, being a portion of Lot 91as shown on that certain map entitled “Map of Tract Number
400 El Camino Estates, in the City of San Luis Obispo” , recorded in Book 8 of maps at Page 2, on June
25, 1971, along being a portion of Parcel A as shown on that certain parcel map entitled “Parcel Map
SLO-76-560”, recorded in Book 24 of Parcel Maps at Page 16, on October 27, 1977, said easement being
more particularly described as followed:
Beginning at a point on the northerly line of Margarita Avenue (84 feet wide), said point being the
southwesterly corner of said Lot 91 shown on said map described above;
Thence northerly along the westerly line of said lot, said line being coincident with easterly line of said
parcel described above, North 05º16’00 East, 15.07 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
Thence leaving said line, South 79°03'40" East, 15.76 feet along the northerly line of an existing sewer
lift station easement described in that certain deed filed as Document No. 35593 of Official Records of
San Luis Obispo County, State of California, on November 1, 1972, said northerly line described in said
deed as “South 80º16’14” East, 35.00 feet”;
Thence leaving said northerly line, North 10°50'27" East, 17.76 feet;
Thence South 79°01'34" East, 14.03 feet to said westerly line of said lot of said map described above;
Thence leaving said line, South 79°01'34" East, 19.32 feet;
Thence South 04°20'20" West, 11.35 feet;
Thence South 10°51'47" West, 14.61 feet;
Thence North 78°37'34" West, 8.40 feet to the easterly line of said easement described above;
Thence along said easterly line, North 10°56'20" East, 8.08 feet to the northeasterly corner of said
easement;
Thence along the northerly line of said easement, North 79°03'40" West, 10.49 feet to the TRUE POINT
OF BEGINNING;
See attached Exhibit ‘B’ made a part hereon.
Containing and area of 676 square feet, more or less.
End of easement
EXHBIT ‘C’
A temporary construction easement in the City of San Luis Obispo, County of San Luis Obispo, State
of California, being a portion of Lot 91as shown on that certain map entitled “Map of Tract Number 400
El Camino Estates, in the City of San Luis Obispo” , recorded in Book 8 of maps at Page 2, on June 25,
1971, along being a portion of Parcel A as shown on that certain parcel map entitled “Parcel Map SLO-
76-560”, recorded in Book 24 of Parcel Maps at Page 16, on October 27, 1977, said easement being
more particularly described as followed:
Beginning at a point on the northerly line of Margarita Avenue (84 feet wide), said point being the
southwesterly corner of said Lot 91 shown on said map described above;
Thence westerly along the southerly line of said parcel described above, said line also being northerly
line of said avenue, North 79°03'40" West, 17.23 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
Thence continuing along said avenue and said line, North 79°03'40" West, 49.10 feet to the
southwesterly corner of said parcel;
Thence leaving said northerly line, North 05°16'09" East, 78.73 feet along the westerly line of said
parcel;
Thence leaving said parcel line, South 84°32'31" East, 66.00 feet to said westerly line of said lot on said
map described above;
Thence leaving said lot line, South 84°32'31" East, 21.96 feet;
Thence South 05°06'21" West, 53.21 feet;
Thence South 11°20'27" West, 1.05 feet;
Thence North 79°02'55" West, 22.11 feet to said westerly line of said lot on said map described above;
Thence leaving said lot line, North 79°02'55" West, 14.03 feet;
Thence South 10°50'27" West, 32.76 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
See attached Exhibit ‘D’ made a part hereon.
Containing and area of 6,066 square feet, more or less.
End of easement
QUITCLAIM EASEMENT
That real property situate in the City of San Luis Obispo, County of San Luis Obispo, State of California,
being a portion of Parcel A as shown on that certain parcel map entitled “Parcel Map SLO-76-560”,
recorded in Book 24 of Parcel Maps at Page 16, on October 27, 1977, also being a portion of that certain
deed filed as Document No. 35593 of Official Records of San Luis Obispo County, State of California, on
November 1, 1972, being more particularly described as followed:
BEGINNING at a point on the northerly line of Margarita Avenue (84 feet wide), said point being the
southeasterly corner of said Parcel A shown on said map described above;
Thence along the northerly line of said avenue, North 80º16’41West, 17.23 feet to the TRUE POINT OF
BEGINNING;
Thence continuing along said avenue, North 80º16’41West, 8.77 feet;
Thence leaving said avenue at right angles, North 09°43'19" East, 15.00 feet;
Thence South 80º16’41 East, 8.75 feet;
Thence South 09°37'26" West, 15.00 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;
See attached Exhibit ‘B’ made a part hereon
Containing and area of 131 square feet, more or less.
End of easement